PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER Professorial Lecturer in Chemical Engineering ‘Cave Institute of Technalony McGRAW-HILL BOOK COMPANY Auckland Bogoté Guatemala Hamburg Lisbon London Madrid Mexico New Delhi Panama Paris San Juan Sao Paulo Singapore Sydney TokyoPROCESS HEAT TRANSFER ‘To my wife INTERNATIONAL EDITION 1965 NATALIE W. KERN for her real b Exclusive rights by MeGras-Hill Book Co-Singapore er Teal help for mansfacrre and export. This book cannot be recesporl fom the country t which i it consigned by McGrew Hil 12345678920 SIP98765 the McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc. AML rights etserved. blication may be reproduced, stored in a retneval syxtem, or tansmited, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior writen permission of the publisher. ‘When ordering this title use ISBN 0-07-085353-3PREFACE in the object of this text to Provide fundamental instruction in heat z 2 has obtained additic ional information frm industial epplcati ion.PREFACE ‘The author has been inffuenced in his ows profesional dev velopment by slo extonded to Richard L, Cawood, President, and Arthur E, Kempler, ‘Vieo-President, for their personal assistance and for the cooperation of ‘The Patterson Foundry & Machine Company. Donard Q. Kuen Naw Yous, NY. ‘April 1960 CONTENTS, Pzrace. as BESSSR seer. 2888INDEX TO THE PRINCIPAL APPARATUS CALCULATIONS ‘Todular hester, unbafled (sugar solution-stoam) SECEURREND gBUeEeELERUEEeReEEESeEEEsxii INDEX 70 THE PRINCIPAL APPARATUS CALCULATIONS ‘Longitudinal fin double-pipe cooler (gas oil-water) ‘Tubular longitudinal fin cocler (oxygen-watet). “Transverse fix erossfiow cooler (air-water). - Bas BE 88 888 88 CHAPTER 1 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER ‘Heat Transfer. The science of thermodynamics deals with the quanti- tative transitions and rearrangoments of energy asheat in bodies of matter. Hea tronafer isthe science which deals with the rates of exchange of heat in process {s identical. ‘The rates at which either process can be made to progress with an independent source or receiver, however, are inherently very different, Vaporization is generally a much more rapid phenome- non than condensation, Heat Theories. ‘The stady of heat transfer would be greatly enhanced by a sound understanding of the nature of heat. Yet this isan advantage which is not readily available to students of hest transfer of thermo outside the critical region, a large amount of energy is involved in the ‘transition, For the same suibstance in its different phases tho various thermal proporties have different orders of magnitude. Ax an example, the ape- 40%, the total change in the tem- 2 (2 4 4 BH) am perature gradiont will be — 20029) ar or — Fax, ‘Then at = the 6 op \Bas © Oyi ™ oe . an ‘When the flow af heat into and out of the cube is constant asin the eleady aradicnt ia — 2, and ab x + dz the temperature gradient is stale, £ does not vary with time, and dé/de = 0, in Eq. (2.12). °dt/éz in a constant and d%/az* = 0. dQ = dQj, and Eq. (2.8) reduces to Eq. (2.5) 4 - Sa where dody = dA. Substituting ‘dQ for d0’/d#, both terms having12 PROCRSS HEAT TRANSFER dimensions of Bta/he, the oleady-sfate equation is a dQ = kdA (2.44) Equation (2.14) applies to many of the common engineering problems. ‘Thermal Conductivity’ from Electrical-conductivity Measurements. ‘The relationship between the thermal and electrical conductivities of metals demonstrates an application of Fourier’s derivation incorporated. bar of metal as shown in Fig. 24 thas its left and right cross-sectional temperature baths at f and t, r6- spectively. By fastening electric of heat leaving both ends of the bar in the stoady state must be equal to the amount of heat received as electrical energy, J*R», where Re is the resistance in ohms, From Ohm's law pains Aue GEA) ~ 6 oe whore E, — B; is the voltage difference, « the resistivity of the wire in ohmeft and K, the reciprocal of the resistivity, is the clectrieal conductivity. az T= KA 15) ody _ de pattie (2.16) Substituting Eqs, (2.16) and (2.16) for 1*R*, a9 = pr = eur(#) B= xa(Zl ee am But this is the same as the heat transferred by conduction and given by CONDUCTION 13 Eq, 29). When t = 4 and equating (2.9) and (2.17), a * Gia — x (2) d=0 (218) But dt _ a dk a Bas 19) Differentiating, Ses) am If and A are constant for the bar, then K(dK/dr) is constant. Since K does nat vary greatly with ¢ or z, d#f/dz is constant, d'E/ds? = 0, and from Eq. (2.18) substituting Eq. (2.20) for d¢/ds* kag K=0 @2n aK ae (2.22) #olmsogee, K 2 ” 4 (2.23) constant. Upon integration of Hq. (2.14) when all of the variable ‘are independent the steady-state equation is sebeee q= tan 24) Given the temperatures existing on the hot and cold feces of a w reapectively, the heat flow ean bo computed through the use af this equation. Since kA/L is the conductance, its reciprocal B is the resist. ance to heat flow, or R = L/kA (hr)(°F)/Btu, Example 21. Flow of Heat through a Wall. Tho faces of « i. ota Peatneretane etait mt of Kaolin insulating brick. How much heat will escape through the wall? Selation. “The average temperature of tho wall willbe 900"F. From Table in the‘on ta OOO"F will not change this value appreciably. ° Siterent ro materials are placed toyetherindlsted by th ecbecriptao , nod icknose te the temperature difference across each layer to its resistance must same aa the ratio of the total temperature difference is to the total ‘For any composite eystem using actual temperatures conpuerion 15 Rearranging and substituting, atte = ty Oo RCFE Ue |) Rompe 4 ow of Het troughs Compose Wal The wall ofan oven con- sits slayer of bh nde be of Bia ot eal Wee ag) st he interfaces ofthe layers? ‘Seton; or the fbr, Re = Da/had = 8/18 X 0.68 % 1 = 0.98 (hiN"R)/(Ba) Anmulating brick, Ry = In/beA = 4/12 X 0.15 X 1 = 2.23 Boling brick, = L/h = 6/12 X 040 X t= 125 ‘Heat Joes of wall, @ = a/R = (1000 — 125)/4.45 = 822 Bta/hr or the individual layere: . Baample 25. of Heat through & Composite Wall with an Air Gap. To larteste the poor conduetivity ofa gas, mappone an air gap of 1 in. were ltt between ‘he inmalating brick and the icbiick. How much haat would be Jot through the ‘wall if the insito and outside temperatures are kent oonstant? atation, | From: Table 8 in the Appendix nf 572°F air bas a conductivity of 0.0985 ‘Bou/(he) NCH AE), and this tonaperatare is clone to the range of the problem, Rats ~ 0.35/12 X 8.0205 = 0.70 (hx) °F) (Btn. Bm AAS $0.70 om 54 te at any radius r is given by Qxrl if the heat flows out of the eylinder the temperature gradient for the16 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER incremental length dr is dt/dr. Fquation (2.14) becomes a= ore (- GZ) a/anint 229) Integrating, tm hint (2.30) When r= 7, (= 6; and when r = rq ¢ = yj whore ¢ and o refer to the inside and outside surfaces, respectively. ‘Thon 2xk( — b) 47 33 lgrdn 31) and if D is the diameter, te De nD s, 1. Big ig inal" ylindrcal resistance, i tent og 232) f= + 2B gt (2.33) Adding, 6 4 3H yyy De == 28 tog Bt + BEF tos Ft ea) ‘Bxampie' through a Pipe Well. |A glace pips has an outside diame- EeaiG AA ROUNT Gmaer of 80a be ud to traawort » ud sree cintains the nner suraee at 200°P. It is expectod that the outside of the Tipe wil be malntained at 175°E, What hest flow will veut? "Solution. k = 0.68 Btu /Chr) (fi) CB /tt) (see Appendix Table 2). <4). _ 2X 8.46 x 0.680000 — 170) oo BS, = PEE aio corse” See eustint If the inside diameter of a cylinder is greater than 0.75 of the outside Ginmeter, the mean of the tivo may be used. Then per foot of length At At hot (235) 9° * Dyed, ~ Da = Dye we ADs + DY/B where (D; ~ Di)/2 is the thickness of the pipe. Within tho plated haere eien ‘Da/Ds, Eq, (2.35) will differ from Bq. (2.34) by conpucrion Ww about I percent, Actually there are 1.57 ft? of external surface per linear foot and 1.31 ft? of internal surface. The heat loss per square foot is 343 @Btu/br based on the outside surface and 411 Btu/hr based on the inside surface. ‘Heat Lossfrom a Pipe. In the precoding examples it was assumed that, the cold external surface could bo maintained at a definite temperature. ‘Without this assumption tho examples would have beon indeterminate, since both Q and St would be unknown and independent in a single equa- tion. Tn reality the temporature ascigned to the outer wall depends not ‘only on the resistances betwoon the hot and cold surfaces but also on the ability of the surrounding eolder atmophere to remove the heat arriving, at tho outer surface, Consider a and carrying steam at a:tempers- (4 ‘ture & considersbly above that of desirable to report the data as s unit conductance torm k/L Btu/(hr)(ft? ofPROCESS HBAT TRANSFER 8 . connection 19 external surfs (°F of temperature difference). The unit conductance : een ara eo unt Feidance L/h intend of he reriproal ofthe Pipe wall: ork resistance for the entire surface L/kA. In other words, it is the con- 9" ree) (sy) Guetance por square foot of heat-flow surfsco rather than the oon- agulation: 71D, ductance of the total surface, ‘The unit resistance hae the dimensions insulation: orks , 9 = x37 Bo © ~ 4) @sy ‘Radiation and convection to air: = herDills — t.) 2) ‘or combining wo tun aga + Bk H+ BE oe Dh + dy) ‘The terms inside the parentheses are the four resistances, and of these the first two can usually be neglected. ‘The equation then reduces to ge ph 23), Ds, 2 35, 8 DP + RD; ‘From the abscissa of Fig. 2.9 it is seen that A, depends upon not only the temperature difference but the setual temperatures at the outside insulati the air, ia necessary for the’ calculation of the total temperature difference, and therefore tho mirtace coefficient h, eatmot be vomputed except by trial- and-error methods. o_o erin mai aba Brample 26. Heat Loss from ¢ Pipe to Air. A 2in. steal pipe (dimensions : * m 40 ®. TO ‘Table 11 in the Appendix) carries steam at 30°F. ‘bin igged eth to of rk ‘Teeperahire difference t-10),F wool, f ~ 0.038, and the surrounding air is at 70°F, What will bo tho beat loee per ‘pu. Boat camer by onveton en vdaton fom Bernt pip tempaatrk Enea foot? Paae ini es te ‘alien Anu b= LSP, f¢ — 70 = BOF, he = 2.98 Bea /Cn) RCP). ‘The reciprocal of the unit resstance, Jy sign oat rina/ (NEC) and is sometimes designated the eurface 104.8 Bea /(oe in 2 ‘Condensation of steam: a= hadi — ©) aay 1 RW, Ind, Eng. Chem, M6, 445-452 (1924). 1 ll, A, and N.C. Lae eginsring, 1%, 60-42 (1880)2 PROCRSS HEAT TRANSFER t= 1258" Cheek ‘The total heat loa g docs not appear to vary significantly for the diferent assumed ‘valaes off. This a bocauge the iurulstéon and not-the small surface coefiient affords the majorrecitance to heat How, | When the varistin in gis considerable for diferent ssiumed temperntares off, it indicates innufisient Snnuiation, ‘The Maximum Heat Loss through Pipe Insulation. It would scem at first that the thicker:the insulation the less the total heat loss. This is always true for flat insulation but not for euryed insulation. Consider a pipe with successive layers of cylindrical insulation. As the thickness of ‘the insulation is ineressed, the surface area from ahich heat may be removed by air than the resistance. Referring to Fig. 2.10, 7 the resistance of the insulation per linear foot, %., of pipe is, - iat Bem pein (236) Fro. 2.10. The eritioal rw Oaks sae and the resistance of the air per linear foot of ‘ips, slthongh a function of the surface and air temperatures, is given by R= ae (2.37) ‘The resisfance is a minimum and the heat loss a maximum when the derivative of the sum of the resistances’ with respect to the radius r is set equal to zero or aR ig Maint 4 Lat a alt hae ee 38) 1 1 ~~ ‘At the maximum heat loss r = r the critical radiua, or nop (2.39) Jn other words, the maximum heat loss from a pipe occurs when the critical radius equals the ratio of the thermal conductivity of the insula- tion to the surface coefficient of heat transfer. ‘The ratio has thedimen- sion of ft, It is desirable to keep the critical radius 2s small as possible conpuerion a were to cary @ hot fuid, there would be a certain hour hreniay could be determined from the cost. ot prota iat in lant heat-generating station. The tho ticles and initial ost of tho nae ne lost enter lation and the greater the annual fixed nomic thickness of the insulation, ‘Tho °t=#oo. form of such sn analysisis ahown in Fig. 2.11. ‘The most dificult partis * obtaining reliable initinl-installation-eoat date, ninco they vary peat ith plan to plant and with the amount ofimulting to be done ata at a i gb: J a2 F Schofield, Proc. Inter. Congr. Reri., th Cong. 8, 801-610a PROCESS HEAT TRANSPRR Since the drawing is symmettical about the vertical line BE, consider only the right half of the drawing bounded by ECF, Assume an arbi- traty auraber of isotherms 1, in the direction from B to B so thet, if & o 1 f* in constant, At = 2, Ata 1 vases wit thon ate = 2 kd, Tho greater the assumed number of isotherms the greater the precision of the renter ths Sent, coaldar Ui hat to fw from to oll ot fs rough ‘my lanes emanating from BC and forming the network indicated. Now pel. * conpueri0N 23 ‘The total heat flow from BC thus requires 1 = Qne/k(é, — 42) lanes, whore Q is the total heat flow. Figure 2.12 was constructed in this manner starting with six isotherms, ‘PROBLEMS 2.3. furnace ixencloood by walle made (fram inside out) of 8 in. of kaolin firebrick, 6 in, of kaolin innulsting brick, and 7 in. of fireclay brick. What ls the heat om per ‘equare foot of wall when the jaside of the fornaoy ia maintained at 2200°F and the outside at 200°F? ‘22. A fumace-wall is to consist in serin of Tin, of kaolin frebeck, 6 in, of Kaolin imagoente bricks cannot withsiaad » ise lemperatare above 1500°F, and the low {ade bricks cannot exoeed 600°F, What ¢hicknea of the wall wil give « hos! loan ot in excuse of 1500 Btu /(a2 (19) when tho extrome face temperatures ar 250 ant 200°, respectively? 24. A Gin TPS pipe ia covered with thse rsistancen in scion consisting from the inside outward of 3 i. of kapok, Lin. of rock wool, and 35 ia-of powdered magnesite applied os a plaster. If the inside surace in masitained at 600°F and the outside at 1OI°F, what i the heat loos pr oquare foot of outed pipe sutaco? 2A. A Din, IPS line to a drigerated procom covered with 3 in. of kapok caries 25% NaCl bri at °F and at » ow rat of 90,00 bfir. ‘The outer surface of tne ‘apok wil be maintained nt 00°F. Whats the equation for the Gow of best? —Calcu- late ‘the heat Loakage into the pipe and the temperature ris of the Suid for 60-f atructurally supported roof of the saane material when exposed to the name differenoe in temperature?er PROCESS HBAT TRANSFER 4 G,, Cy Go Satherand contest oe ‘Volumetric specific heat, Btu/(ft*)("F) Specific heat at constant pressure, Btu/Gb)°F) zt woes ot ‘Stroma fo loctromotive free Fanusecoticiet of heat transfer, Bra/(s)(0CF) 1 Garret, amp K ‘Flectrical conductivity, t/obm-ft k ‘Thermal conduetivity, Btu/(ar)(te*)(F/tt) L Thickness of wall or length of pipe, ft = @ Oe ¢ 4 & ‘ ‘ a r Hest, Boa “Heat ‘flow, Btu /(hr) in £2) Resistance to hoat low, (hi) °F) /Bta Resistance to electri flow, chs ‘Temperstare at any pot, “F Tamperetore difereace promoting ext fow, °F i 3 CHAPTER 3 CONVECTION Introduction. Hest transfer by convection is due to fluid motion. Cold fluid adjacent to s hot surface receives heat which it imparts to the ring, although in most process applications it is induced by circulating the hot and cold fluids at rapid rates on the opposite sides of pipes or tubes. Free- and forced-conveetion heat transfer oceur at very different speeds, the latter being the more rapid and therefore the more common. Factors which promote high rates for foreed convection do not necessarily have the eame effect om free convection. It is the purpose of this chapter to establish a genoral mothod for obtaining the rates of heat transfer particularly in the presenee of foreed convection. and the average temperature of the air, Since the distance from the pipe surfaeo to the region of averago air temporature is indefinite, the resist noe cannot be computed from R, = Ls/kad, using & for air. Tnstesd ‘and the heat transferred from the pipe as evidenced by the quantity of steam condensed in it. The resistance for the entire surface was then computed from RZ WICH /Bea Ji desired, Z, can also be calculated from this value of Rand would be the length of a fictitious conduction film of air equivplent to the eom- bined resistance of conduction, free convection, and radiatios. The length of the film is of little significance, although the concept of the fictitious film finds numerous applications. Instead it is preferable to 25 SVNOWLEd QO TONAL LUSHAAINA AUVASIT26 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER directly wit reciprocal of the unit resistanco A, whieh has an Ss Fr ae rouce the te of the unit resistance Z/k ia 90 Hi a weet ich Guide having a variety of physical propertios and under va re oof agitation traafer beat. ‘Other factors influence the CONPRCTION ‘oanaidered to be on the inside or outside of the pipe. With so many ‘The rate of shear is proportions! to the velocity gradient du/dy. Ap- plying Newton's rule, if ris the shear shreas, roe @3) ‘chore 1 is the proportionality constant or sti rele in deformation and is oquivlet8 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER by u = Vy/¥. Rate of shear = $= 5 3) roy os) where y is called the viscosity when V and Y bave unit values. ‘The actual force roquired to move the plate is +A. If F is the pound- force, L the length, and @ the time, the dimensions of the visoosity are a HPL FO BeTy "LE of using the pound-mass M, where F = Mg and 9 = L/¢, the accelera- tion of gravity, MLL Mw BS GOT 8 ‘When evaluated in cgs metrie units « is commonly called the absolute ‘viscosity. = —_Stammass__* ** centimeter X sevond ‘This unit’has been named the poise after the French scientist Poiseuille, ‘This ia ailarge unit, and it is customary to use and speak of the centi- ‘poise, or-one-hundredth poise. In engineering units ite equivalent is defined by = Pound-pass * foot X hour ‘Viscosities in centipoises can be converted to engineering units on multi- plying by 2.42. This unit bas no name, Another unit, the kinematic ‘viscosity, is also used because it occurs frequently in physical systems and produces straighter graphs of viscosity ve. temperature on logarithmic coordinates. The kinematic viscosity is the absolute viseosity in centi- poises divided by the specifi gravity. ss = Shsolute viseosity ‘inomatie viscosity ear ‘The unit of kinematic viscosity is the stokes, after the English mathe- rmatician Stokes, and tho'hundredth of the stokes is the centistokes. temperature, The commonest is the Sybolt viscometer, and the time of efflux from a standard cup into a standard receiver is measured in convection 29 seconds and recorded as Saybolt Seconds Universal, 88U. Conversi factors from the time of efflox to centistokes for the Saybolt and ether viseometers are given in Fig. 13," . and olher oat Transfer between Solids and Fluids: Streamline and Turbulent neha, Wo, BA. Turbulent fow in pipes Reynolds? observed that the type of flow assumod «tubo was influenced by the velocity, density, and 1 Figure numbers which are not preceded b; Reynolds, Papers : ® 0, *Betantific of Oxborne ” ie versity Pres, London, 1801, Osborne Reynolds,” p, 81, Cambridge Uni.30 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER CONVECTION Tine flow. Streamline flow is, in fact, s form of conduction whose study different groups of variables, each group having the net dimensions of ‘will be deferred to a later chapter. ‘The speed with which heat is the dependent variable. As » very simple Mlustration consider the con- Jarred to or from a given liquid to n tube is considerebly lese for stream ‘inuity equation which is frequently written in elementary physics and fine than for turbulent flow, and in industrial practice itis almost always thermodynamics texts in the form jjminable to aveid conditions such ss low liquid velocity which promote ws streamline flow. wt (as) ‘Dimentional Azalysis, A method of corrclating a number of varisbles where w = fluid flow rate, weight/time ato e engl equation expressing an effect is known as dimensional analy: wv = fluid velocity ia conduit, length time St cally cans pena ‘ensein te 4 = cross section of the conduit, length % length = length? i from basic laws deri example is 9 m= ppecifio vol : tan of ron of pda fms Nero's eto weight tumo, length X Fength X length/weight = length/ frevitational constant, Still other effects can be doscribed by difer Why doos Eq. (8.5) have this parti ‘ffjal equations, and the course or extent of the phenomons dediiced by ode tht their ef dimenion ae tho amen then ofthe depend moana of the caleulus, Numerous examples of this iype are encountered ent variable t, namely, weight/time. An eqt ine pe depend in elementary physics. ‘Tn still other types of phenomens there is ineufi- numbers and dimensions must be correct with respect nvok the end both. +e ot information to permit the formulation of either differential equations Checking the dimensions slone, writing for the variables in cen clear picture by which fundamental laws may be spplied. This last ‘their individual dimensions, Eq. 6.) {Gap mus: bo suid experinentally, and the corlaton of the ser Weieht tions is an empirical approach to ‘equation. ‘Equations which can Sygiakt — emai length’ weight be obtained theoretically oan also be obtained empirically, but the reverse time * Tengah = “imo Ge) 5 a pment has presented by far tho most extensive proof of the mathe Iti fdgmant has presented by far the . It in seen that the dimensions on the left side are identical wit matical principles underlying dimensional analysis. Because it operates dimensions of the group ouly when the auisbler ol the greupareaaneed aly upon the dimensions of the vasiables, it does not directly produce in the particular manner indicated by the formuls. The three inde- vakerical resulta from the variables but instesd yields s modulus by pendent variables above give an answer in weight/time only when winch the observed data can be combined and the relative influence of Reranged in a single way, ua/o. Consereely t may be dedueed thatthe Thevarisbles established. As such, itis one of the important comorstones of an equation ia determined only by its dimensions; ‘he form which oo. Gf empirical stady. Tt recognises that any combination of « sumber duces dimensional equality represents the Bro- Ghd dimonsion, such as 5 Ib or 5 ft, possesses two identifying aspects, one tho variables. Any physival aqustion may be writ Telationship among SF pure magnitude (numerical) and the other quantitative dimensional) ‘terms of & power series containing all the variables, Tl the forin were not Fundamental dimensions aro quantities such as length, time, and tempers Known in the llustration above and it was desirod to ind a relationshi fare which are directly measurable. ‘Derived dimensions are those /hich must exiet between the variables: ‘end ‘be . veh are expreaid in terms of fundamental dimensions such as veloo- by a power series such as may be expremted lengthtime or density ~ mase/length'. ‘The end results of & Fy casional analysis may be atatod 08 follows: If « dependent variable (0, 0, 9) = awutatr + aluruat +--+ = 0 B7) having given dimensions depends upon some relationship smong ® group ‘The factors a and a’ are dimensionless proportionality constants, Since we ha ins alg te on sn the dimension of al she cansecutre terms of the ewina wep idenlca: i ‘a way that the se group are identi not neoossary to consider 4 She dependent varialo, The independent variables may also bo relsted ‘one oan write ‘ny of the terme beyond the fist, Accordingly jnauch a way that the dependent variable is defined by the sum of several ewer) =1 as 1 Bridgman, P, W., “Dimensional Ansty," Yale University Prom, New Haven, where ¢ indicates the function, Axbi sng b= 100 tat bitrasily setting b= —1 « 1981,32 PROCKSS HBAT TRANSFER ‘will not appear in the final equation exised to a fractional exponent, w= vate @s) Substituting dimensions, Weight _ o( ley" X (lengthyé x (ose) (@.10) Time Time Ii a group of independent variables will establish numerical oquality ‘with @ dependent variable, tho samo is true of their dimensions. Equa- tion (3.6) imposes this condition, ‘The exponents ¢, d, and ¢ snay then assume such valves as are necessary to effect the dimensional equality Detween the loft and right sides. ‘The remainder of the solution is merely ‘to evaluate c,d, and e by simple algebra. Summing the expononts of the dimensions on both sides and recalling that an exponent of zero reduces & cumber to unity, Z length, 0 = c + 2d + 36 ‘Solving for the unknown, d is found to be +1. The three exponents are then e = +1,d= +1, ande = —1. Substituting these in Ea. (8.9), ws aati = at @1y) ‘Inasmuch 25 this is an exact relationship, the proportionality constant « fs equal to 1.0 and , w= ‘Thusby purely algubraie means the correct frm ofthe equation hasbeen to employ other dimensions suth as temperature and a derived heat unit H, the Btu or lorie, ‘a moshanial and seni! ngning 1 curacy ou of unitof foree and the unit of mass. Tn the preceding illustration the weight ‘was employed. The relationship would hold whether the pound-mass or Ggran-maas or the pound ores (poundal) or gram-force (dye) were used convection 33 Tapia 8.1. Dmevaions ax Users Pimensiona:* Force = 7, heat =H, length = Z, mass = M, temperature = 7, time = 0, The foree-pound is the poundal, the forcegrasa is the dyne TE in ihe pound the forcegram in the dyne Sym- a ‘Quantity: consisient engineering and metric unite Dimen- 4 | Acocteration of gravity, fer, em, 4. [ven otc, tyne ue Kx | Conversion from kinetic energy to beat mn Mian $y | Gonverin rom fr oa aie 5 aye ke z Lye a & E ® L ¥ a @ myo ’ ayers Fun P Bh Fits ? PL/s z ayer . be : Pas ‘ ma [Roast conde Blu /tanceyer/e, eatfomeyfemnec/ | H/tTe =| Thermal diffusivity, 1/hr, em?/eee ; Sian as T7170 ue Het (EVE) Oa Btu, 7C)fom) (ve) foal ire Lye ” Pais “ Mile 2 | Work, (orceb)f),(oree-) fem) x "Fore yet without beat change tha sutoraaliy dane we FER 8 long as the weight was always troated in the enme ‘gutem in whch the mas ea fundaneatal dimension 96 6, 8 ‘From the acceleration equation, force = mass X acceletation, F = Mie. In another set of dimensions it may be more convenient to consider forcea PROCESS HBAT TRANSPER fundamental ‘hich expressed by ON EeTOF 3 the dimension, in which case mass is " " Substituting dimensions and ar! itrarily Fr M = Fe. equal to 1, ‘teary sting the exponent of aP/at, ‘When some of the variables are commonly expressed in units of foree f- aur + MN! (aen\* such ae pressure FZ! and other variables by units of mass such as the B 4) Xt) \ta) rey G14) density MZ", it is necessary to introduce dimensional constant into the ; series expression before solving for the exponents. ‘The constant relating Summing exponents, ‘M and F naturally has the dimensions of the gravitational acceleration 2s constant L@*, A similar situation also arises when describing a phe- BL, -8 -a+b~ae~d+ ‘aomenon by which a work or kinstie energy change occurs in a system. 2M, O-eta+ ‘Some of the vatiables may ordinary be expreseed in terms of foot-pounds 0, b-d-2 (foree-pound X foot) and others in terms of hest energy such as the Solving simultaneously, Btu. A conversion factor which is the beat equivalent of work must be toa introdueed fo convert FL to H, or vice verse. ‘The constant isthe kinetic tral ‘energy equivalent of the heat HZ+/H¢. A number of common variables 4 and dimensional constants are given in Table 3.1 together with their net q- @) dimensions in a six-dimension system. Typical sets of engineering and Zé aetrie unite are included. : . . ‘Analysis for the Form of a Fiuid-flow Zquation. When an incompressi- Substituting back in Eq. (3.13), ble fiuid flows in a straight horisontal uniform pipe with a constant mass © rate, the pressure of the fluid decreases slong the length of the pipe Gf = admire = sae (Due) owing to friction. ‘This is commonly called the preanwre drop of the OR 2.15) system, AP. The pressure drop per unit length is referred to sa the where @ and —d must : pressure gradient, dP/dL, which haa been found experimentally to be Yesient tm of aimee iver ten ent a A con influenced by the following pipe and fluid properties: diameter D, veloo- which is identical with up and corresponds te the so eas SeityG, ity w, fluid density p, and viscosity 4. What relationship existe between foot of flow ares. To obtain the dep ieee flow per equare ‘the preesure gradient and the variables? aP by AR, dl by the length of pip ree ae 8) replace Sokition, ‘The pressure has dimensions of force/area, whereas the ‘equivalent g, ibetituting for Ky its density is exproseed by mass/volume 0 that a dimensions) constant relating Af to F must be included, Ky = ML/F@. The same result ap = Seu(bay* aay be seccmnplished by including the acceleration constant ¢ along with Dave @.16) ‘the variables above. While the viscosity is determined experimentally where Duo/u ot DG/u is the Reynolds nuunber. as a force offeot and has the dimensions F#/Z*, it isa very small unit, and Analysia for the Form of a Forced-convection it is more common in the engincering sciences to uso the absolute vis- heat transfer by forced convection to an i Zavation. |The rate of coaity M/L# in which the conversion from force to mass hss already been furboleat Bow in a pipe of uniform col A Content aeelngin made. found to be influenced by the focity u dont Using the sasoe method of notation aa before, Semen condetity By vty a8 wl oh nie dita af te nate relocity, vitoosity, density, end diameter fe DwomKn 6.19) ees of the fivid film the pipe wall through which the eat genet, a te condvoted, and they also influence the extent of Avid musing,” fis we : §~ Derek: 013) aiato a ee36 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER tion, What relationship holds between the film coefficient or rate of heat transfer, ky = H/@LA7 [euch as Btu/(hr)(ft*)}CF)], and the other number ha = 9.0, Dw Ke Bs ane briteeky na jana 7) ain=«C8) (2) (6h) © (aay Ga) Summing exponents, BH, ladt+f~i | BL, -2=a—~B+e—f-g+R BM, O=b—dto+i baa d=1-~f fmf g=l-fr-a@ i=0 Subwttting ack, hy = apt DW pK (3.19) or collecting termes, p-(@Q" am a, d 1 — ‘must be evaluated from a minimum of three sets of sae esta data ‘i Rbetitating ‘the mass velocity for up in the above, e-NG) em ‘The dimensionless groups AD/k and tu/k, like the Reynolds number convection ar Dup/ of DG/u, have been assigned names to houor earlier investigators in the field of ffuid mechanics and beat transfer. A list of the common ‘groups and the names assigned to them are included in Table 3.2. ‘Tanur 32, Comox Dumxsroxunes Gaovrs One of the useful aspocts of dimensional analysis is its ability to pro- vide a relationship among the variables when the information about a phenomenon is incomplote. One may have spoculated that both fluid {fiction and forced convection are influenced by the surface tension of the fluid, ‘The surface tension could have been inoluded as a variable and ‘same token, the equations obtained above may he considered to be prodi- cated on incomplete information. In either case a relationship ix obtainable by dimensional analysis. Consistent Units. In establishing the preceding formulas the dimen- sions wore referred to in general terms such as length, time, temperature, te.” In order that the not dimensions of the variables may be obtained by cancellation among the fundamental ard derived dimensions, all must employ the same basic measured units. Thusif several variables employ ‘dimensions containing length such as velocity L/@, density M/L', and ‘thermal conductivity H/0LT, each must employ the same basic unit of length such as the foot, Accordingly, when substituting values of the variables into « dimensionless group, it is not permissible to signify the38 ‘PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER Slowntnn frome ante a Sys nish, sand etl others in ‘uted into the dinesoatm groupe Meee 20 | am algebraic solution. In general, it is desirable to solve for the dimension- Jess groups appearing in Table 3.2. * Buckingham, B,, Phys. Rev, 4 345-876 (1014). *Trdgman, 0. ot CONVECTION 30 Analysis for a Port-neerinEaaion he Theorem, ete.) =O = Sioncony) = 323) “(Gy us , GY GA) © Gey @y CRY a2 txpoosus atin catty umeaad oe Stn not be possible to obtain either a Reynolds number or a Prandtl number,40 PROCESS HEAP TRANSFER Assume f=1, ¢=0, ¢~0. Solving the simultaneous equations above, bed = 1,9 =0jm= 1,5 =, n=¢(P#) x ry Toprevent the hc tetm andi the velocity or density from appearing again, asume a= 0, = 1, f=0. All the exponents will have now ppoated in one or more eolutions, ‘Assume a= 0, ¢=1, f= 0. Solving the simultaneous equations above, b= 0,d =0,g=—I,m=1i=0, n-8 $) +Ch 2g) -9 29 AD ‘Dup' ou" . 4p = 0() (2) . Sterne ona tes ~ (22) @)-<2Y GY om where the proportionality constant and the exponents must: be evaluated from experimental data. ‘Development of an Equation for Streamline Flow. Since streamline flow is » conduction phenomenon, it is subject to rational mathematical analysis, On the ‘assumption that the distribution of velocities at any ‘cross section is parabolic, the indide surface ‘of the pipe is uniform, and the velocity at the wall is zero, Graetat obtained for radiel conduction {to a fluid moving in a pipe in rodlike flow Bohn —ay (@) Gan where t; and are the iilet and outlet temperatures of the fluid, ¢, is the Uniform inside pipe surface temperature, fy — fs the temperature differ- ‘The final expression is o Temperature of the fuid flowing in the pipe, ia considered to be infurnced 1 Grnote, Inj Ann. Phy, 8, 387 (1885). For areviow of the treatment of conduc tion in moving Btlds a0e'T. B. Drow, Trane, AICHE, %6, 32 (1931). convECTION 4 jin radial conduction by the length of path Z,-the rate of flow specific hhoat, thermal conductivity #, and the temperature dliference between the pipe inside surface and the fuid temperature 60 that Al; = ty — . feo t= alte at (6.28) Solving by the method of dimensional analysis, hohe (8) At (8.29) or aera @y (8.30) which is similar to Eq. (3.27). Now note that neither Ke (2.29) containe hor the Vsamnity go But Q = beds at ar (2) ner ‘wolts — 4) = hye DL Ate ‘and substituting @ = A in Eq, (3.30), Deb (DG Be GE ea Now synihetically introducing the viscosity by multiplyii i Be SN) by yas on Saiag LY Malvina thee torm and the temperature difference was simply the difference between any42 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER inside the pipet ‘Pferring to Fig. 3.6, the constant temperature of the inside pipe wall fs shown by the horizontal line f,. If the specific heat is assumed con- a 4 s i 4 \ ta] 1 i. Lo a ‘Temperature diference between a fxd and « pipe wall, Pena stant for the liquid, the rise in temperature is proportional to the total ‘heat repeived by the liquid in passing from the inlet temperature {1 to the ‘outlet temperature t, and if hy is considered constant dQ = heddca 633) ‘The slope of the lower line defining the temperature difference At a8 a function of Q is Ss = em) where Aly = & — hand Ah = 4 — te Eliminating 4Q from Eqs. (3.33) md G34), Spay [ME am ‘Integrating Q = BAGH hs 336) s/s “The expression f= isthe logarithmic mean temperature diference, abbreviated LMTD, and the value of hy, which has been computed from Q = hAcAte when Af; is the logarithmic ‘mean, ia a distinct value of convection 8 fa W the value of At; were arbitearily taken as the arithmetic mean of ‘Ais and At, the value of A; would have to be designated to show that it does not correspond to the logarithmic mean. This is usually accom- plished by affixing the subscript or m for arithmetic mean, a8 hy of ha. When A’, and Al, approach equality, the arithmetic and logarithmic means approach each other. Q = Welly — f) = Bidets (37 From the observed values of the experiment and the calculation fiven in Eq, (8:8), hs oan be computed from of Ah, a8 emt e (te — AEN tae B= wet (838) factors which affect h, are those encountered in the dimensional analysisconvection 45 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER “4 the pipe-turface thermocouples sto brought out throvgh the geakete en the ends of the test soction, The pestormance of the experiment requires the selection of an initial fs calming sections, Next the liquid passos through s ooolar where its termmerature ia returned to t. The annulus of the test section is con-WAY TRANSPEBR 46 PROCESS HUAT TRANSF! convacrion « and thermometers appear elsewhere.” ‘The same is true of equations to a aan entton id Row through standard orioes when the propertin of the |, 26 BBormonovene| | ane~wecennanson quid vary. FE t SERRSIZSSETR TBvaluaton of a Forced Convection Equation from Bxperimental Dela. sS ‘Anan example of correlation, data are given in Table 2.3 which, wee 2k ie an ed by Morris and Whitman? on heating ga oil and straw oll with Boa tna nT le wih i a te rg 3 oiaton, ae crea] conductivities may bo obtained from Tig. 1 B ti | cseveanaas: eee oe 2 eae epacic heats from Fig. 4. Both aro plotted in the Appendix = aaa | | REQRSEgeeskages E y|. | SERSESS8R8888 | | S888R2 | e ale | RRCSESSERESEE | | SAMARETSRENES ¥ | |seeeeegeeeees |,/ eeeeeseeeceeeee | HSA iif > emeniuaeg | +100} e 4 é aang eee 3 ae = 3e 30 pase | fap | ideas Stniaaebiamn Ae Ab 7 [iedezanaseens | afanneaveeses vat erm a ea Agp | sbasedasteses |§) agestsuacseccss with °APT as parameters. The thermal conductivity of the metal wor aa L . | sseseseseeses |!) sgegeseteegeass whoa by Moris and Whitman to be 35 Btu/ (hr) (2) CE/At and constant, ° ‘Sthough thi is higher than the value given ip Appendix Table 3- Only: rl sudcnsdacdeve |2| Sesavekenseeege Colatns 2, 8,4, ae 5 in Table 33 were observed where a = oS |) REXRASNSRERSRIT th = oil inlet temperature, be moscenasomcan meceneNanonene’ ty = cil outlot temperature, “F F - |Seggungegesss| | sggggaus' renenes 1. Gaeperatare of over pipe ouxace averaged from thermocouples [* LSRRRRRRRARERR |_RARRRERARSARERE | = weight flow, Ib far L = |ageenmeazanas| | isenzesneessnea «re Git oto in correlating a forood convection equation i to determine Senaceancusagay wee the date arein turbulent flow, otherwise on attempted correlation by Sees Ba G8) would be incorrect. In column 11 the Reyaolds aunbere p< Svebeo eal ing the ae nn el dare eeny be found in Table 11. Fluid properties have been obtained Le rae eza temperature (i + 4)/2. ‘The Reynolas numbers all exceed Pe |RESSSSS58e8¢3| | RRSzRazESgRISLY “Amaten ntt Pp, Tempe Te Menon sod Gila Le]. oe — ‘Science and industry, ‘aisha blag Corporation Non or 3 BERRRRERRRESE | | SVSSCSTSESESRES + Marts, F. H., aad W. G. Whitmn, /48 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER ‘2100.in substantiation of turbulent flow. Equation (3.26) ieigiven aa Poe EF GY e w) NE and a, p, and g oan be found algebraically by taking the date for three test points i igebraic Solution. This method of correlation is demonstrated ‘by wa the three ‘points B4, #12, and C12 in Table 3.3 which include lange range of K,D/k, DG/s, and cp/k as calculated presonty from flow and uid properties and tabulated in columns 9, 11, and 12. C12: 191 Bid: 350 q = 0.407, end the final equation is » Px oosse "ey" ‘When the equation is to be used frequently, it can be simplified by fixing aa8 the eae oot of the Prandil number and solving for new values of aand p. ‘The simplified equation would bo AD. payee ( en " & = 0.0089 e t Graphical Solution. Yor the correlation of a lange number of points the gtapbical method is preferable. Rewriting Eq. (3.26), 2gy'y am which is an oqustion of the form yaar 8.40) CONVECTION 40 ‘Taking the logarithms of both sides, Tog y = log a + log 2 ‘which reduces on logarithmic coordinates to an equation of the form veatpe a1) On Togarithmie coordinates the entire group (hD/k)(o4/b)-* is the ondi- atte y in Ea. (8.41), the Reynolds number is z,p isthe slope of the data when plotted as y vs. z, and cis the value of the intercept when Plog 2 =0 which ooours when the Reynolds number is 1.0, To plot valuee of dz 5 RD/RCca/Y~, tho exponent ¢ must. be sasumed. "Tha eeost ‘satisfactory assumed valuo of the exponent will be the one which permits Observed teat data: Wight flow of gas ci, wo = 722 tb/hr ‘Temperature of ofl at pipe inlet, ty = 7.1°F ‘Temperature of oil at pipe outlet, fg = 106.9°F Average temperature of outside pipe surface, fw — 210.1°F Physical data and calculated results: Heat load, Btu/hr: Average oll temporature ~= 71 + 1069 yo gop Average specific heat, ¢ = 0.472 Btu/(Ib)(°F) = wells ~ ts) = 722 x 0.472(106.9 — 77.1) = 10,180 Bta/ae ‘Tomperature of pipe at inside surface, ty: . LD. of }4-in. IPS = 0.62 in; 0.D, = 0.84 in, Length, 10.125 %t; surface, 1.65 ft?x” PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER ‘Thermal conductivity of steel, 85 Beu/ (hr) (*) CF /ft) a 10,180 © y097 Bia oe 23 X 1007 |, 0.84 = 28.7F fate — 2B Nog BE = 04 ~ FcR Ta we 8 OO 308. ‘Bf in expression Q = feAc Att inlet, At, = 208.7 — T7.1 = 131.6F peers = 208.7 — 100.9 = 101.8°F 131.6 —- 1018 28) A= MTD ~ giog pastors) STE G @ 10,150 _ 5s er he qo, = THB KIT 58.6 Btu/{hr)( ft?) ithe thermal conductivity of the ofl will be considered constant at 0.078 Bea/(ex) te C/A). . 6 X 0. i . Noselt nusaber, Nu = 22 = SACI = 95.5; dimensionless = 12,000 @ w 722 xT Mass velocity, @ = =ps7a~ GIF KRHA X 9 nT OES o/c) is fool viscosity from Fig, 3.8 at 92°F is 2.22 oontiposen [gram-mas/1 en (of 3.22 X 2.42 = 7.80 1h/(ft) (hx). : DG _ 0.62 Reyoolds number, Re = PE = “Fp x 42,000 X 7755, oe ‘= 2280, dimensionless 0.472 X 7.80 ‘ s Prandti number, Pr = & = “SE IETS = 472, dimensionlees ‘Asoume values of g of 1.0 and 34 respectively. se a= Mo/Py = 075 potted in Fig. 3.9 Sovond trial: jx = Nu/Pr* = 0.88 plotted in Fig. 3.10 ip ‘ oo “te vaten of tha Si tral in whch te odin it = 3B /(F ‘umber of liquids and this oan be {ines result, one f¢ ech thoi provide but fiom for & to Peovished ‘by adjusting the exponent of tho Prendt] number, By seruming a value of ¢ = ¥4 and plotting the ordinate j= =2/(): sts pono to obtain the single line as shown in Fig, 3.10. By drawing CONVECTION $1 ‘the boat stright line through the points of Fig, 3.10, the slope can be measured in the same way as on rectangular coordinates, which in this particular ease is found to be 0.90, By extrapolating the straight line ® 150 mt M 4 80] 8 6 5 50) # 40) 4 2 0 3 4 ao} 3 ex a Pra 08] we 8 by 6] ¥ ; on 4 os 3 a2} 2 os q ‘as ae tar oe" 2 eae peo BE Wie, 29, lok of Be va ja wih Prandil Fro. 30, Plot of Bevin with Prana ‘sponses of Lo. exponent of 36. until the Reynolds number is 1.0, & value of a = 0.0115 is obtained as the intercept. ‘The equation for all the data is thus Po oons (22) @ (6.42) ascamod = 1 are plotted in Fig. 3.9 where two distinct =| into a i ft etal poe ther yeeros Tt is the object of a good correlation I a on ‘called the isothermal unt 1 but the procedure involves an additional consideration which is deferred Correlation of Fiuid Friction in Pipes. When a fluid flowa in a pipe iothermally, it undergoes a decrease in pressure, From Kg. (8.16) it in seen that for isothermal turbulent flow this pressure drop is « function of tho Reynolds number and, in addition, to the roughness of the pipe2 PROCRSS HEAT TRANSFER Rewriting Eq. (8.16) ia dimensionless form, =e. (2y* rei 7 where J" is one of the dimensionless factors found in the literature to designate the friction factor and AP is tho pressure drop in pounds per square foot. For combination with other hydrodynamic equations it is more.convenient to use a fiction factor f so that po SP ted _ « aL ~ Ret ‘When experimental data are available, it is thus convenient to obtain a correlation by plotting f as a function of the Reynolds aumbor and the conventional Fanning equation as shown in Fig, 3.11. The Fanning ‘equation comprises the first and second terms of Eq. (3.43) and is usually written as AF = AP/p where.AF is the prossure drop expressed in feet of quid, or . _ sox ak = FED (8.43) (3.44) For the portion of the graph corresponding to streamline flow (Re < 2100 to 2300), the equation for the pressure drop may be deduced from thearetical con- siderations alone and has been verified by experiment. The equation is 326 aD (345) By equating (3.44) and (3.45), since each applies at the transition point from streamline to turbulent flow, the equation of this line, known as the Hagen-Poiseuille equstion, where f is used with Eq. (3.44), is oF = f= 05 G48) To the right of the transition region in turbulent flow there are two Jines, one for commercial pipes and the other for tubes. Tubes have ‘smoother finishes than pipes and therefore give lower pressure drops when | all other factors aro the same. ‘This is not so af streamline flow where ‘the Suid at the pipo or tube well is assumed to be stationary or neatly stationary and the pressure drop is not influenced by roughness. The equation of fin Eq, (3.44) for fuids in tubes in turbulent flow is given by | t t CONVECTION 83 Drew, Koo, and MeAdams! within +5 per cont by J = 0.00140 4 799125 wan For clean commercial ron and steel pipes an equation given by Wilson, 020 0.55] (8.470) ie Th ra Sezgeo Jar A8ott o10 ae 0 Merete a $B dimensionless ‘Fa. 2.1, Frietlon factors for flow in pipes and tubes, ‘McAdams, and Seltzer* within +10 per cent is J = 0.0085 + 0.204 es ne eu ,, {teat be seen that, ifthe transition from stream is given by Dup/u = 2400, approximately, thon the velociy oy aie in a pipe changes from stroamline to turbulent flow ig . . _ 2300 wt Dp or water fowing in In TPS pipe at 100%F, the visolity is 0.72 ceati- er, TB B.C. Koo and W. H. McAdams, Trot, AICAE, 98, 60-72 (1692) : R aan Bs W. H. MeAdasas, and M. Settee, Ind. Boo, Chen. ta totes 2a a sere 470)Bs PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER CONVECTION 55 X 100 (em)(s0e) oF 0.72 X 242 = 1.74 Ib/(H) L +L tho temperature of tho fuid is T, and the temperature at the Be oe ae diameter f the pipe 00a, ot 1.00/12 = 001 inside surface of the pipe wall ist, Of the total fluid flow along the axis " im cf the pipe, sscume that m Ib/(hr)(t*) impinges on the pipe wall where ten — POLE — 707 ttf, or 0.196 fps its velocity falls to zero and its temperature approaches the temperature O0er x 623 ‘of tho pipe wall, t, Each particle of fluid which thus contacta the wall For air at 100°F the visoosty is 0.0186 X 2.42 = 0.0447 Tb/(f8)(br) and gives up its axial momentum and upon returning to the main body of the ‘the density is approximately 0.075 Ib/ft* ‘Then for the sare pipe ‘fiuid has ite axial momentum renewed at the expense of the energy of the Sensity ” main etream. The constant los and renewal of momentum are the an = 2a Sag = 100 f8/hr, ox 4.19 foe cause of the pressure drop, ‘The traction or drag on unit area of the pipe 0.001 x 0 fia eetion 5 val obtained by equating to drag on unt length of pipe rall to the Reynolds Analigy. Both heat transfer and fluid friction in product of the pressure gradient and the cross-sectional area of the pipe, turbitcat dow have boon trested empirically, whereas their streenuline- which reduces to radmt G48) ‘att pore where r is the drag. Sinco the drag is assumed to be equal to the loes of ar momentum of the Buid, mueradat (49) mn be ‘The rate of hont transfer between the fluid and the wall is given by . mCIer dL(T ~ ty) = WaT (8.50) wor cor from Eqs. (8.49) and (3.60) _ WaT it re, 21% Mowextip seas bebwoet nH and» boundary Le "SUT a (3.51) A li ic ii sble accuracy. ‘In simple terms the last two members of Eq. (3.51) state fiow equivslants may be studied theoretically with reasonable scours ‘Tsbulent How is of greater importance to industry, yet this empircis ‘Host actually given up to pipe wall i cs cr orPPipe anderlanding of both flds could be iooenced by experiments: i = Wear we foo hy= TL = (ass) setpetter understood if they were directly relatod. The analogy between Ser Ut — 1) ¥ 7 fransfer of fd momentum ean bo related. A simplified proof follows, ra Referring to Tig, 8.12 a fuid in amount Wib/br and spooiio beat Cj ara eae 0 Fe Suan, Inthovection ofthe pipebetwom Land | ti intresting to notin a, (3.9) that an equation has ben ota for the hest-transfer coeficient which involves the frietion factor and 5 Reynolds, op. cit, pp. 81-85. \56 PROCHSS HWAT TRANSFER ‘Which can be determined from an experiment in which no heat was trans- Torred. Like’ most derivatious which require a number of assumptions, ‘the use of Eq. (8.63) applies only to a small range of fluids, particularly permanent gases. Tt was Reynolds as quoted by Stanton! who preidicted that the coeff- cient of heat transfer obtained from Eq. (3.53) should be affected by the ratio of the thermal conductivity and viscosity of a specific fluid. While uid in-turbulent flow is not turbulent. ‘a laminar layer exists near the pipe wall through which conduction must occur. "Prandtl? and Taylor? indepen i i of its inner circursforence is ¢’, the hest flow per square foot of layer is given by ’ q- Hee) 8.54) where kis the mean conductivity for the layer. Assume that the transfer of heat and momentum is carried through this layer by molecular motion ‘without disturbing its laminer flow, The inner suriace of the layer moves with a velocity u’ in streamline flow, and writing (u — w’) for u in Eq. (3.53), rr - ¢) Qa MT — 8) = ay (3.55) From the definition of viscosity given by Ea. (3.4), ts § (8.56) where y is the viscosity of the fluid in the layer. From Eq. (3.54), e-4=9 = 08 8.57) And from Eq, (8.55), r-r- Me) G58) Combining Eqs. (3.57) and (8.58), r--0(%+4-3) 6.50) * Stanton, T. E,, Phi. Trans. Roy. Sec. (London), A 190, 67-88 (1807). + Brandt, L., Piyedk Z., 9, 487-480 (1928). Taylor, G.1., Brit, Ads. Comm. Aero., Repl. and Meme 272 (1917). t CONVECTION 87 ‘The corrected value of fy becomes oo + “Ow ae @.00) ETC Ee Substituting r’ for the ratio w/u and eliminating r by means of Eq. (3.48), 61) or in dimensionless form using ¢ for C and & f¢ ‘ rin dim ing. 4 for h;as usually given in the as i GIF Fre (62) Equation (861) is the Prandtl modifieetion of the Reynolds asal which i> sometimes called the Prandil analogy. ‘The dimensioues Prandtl group ou/k bas appeared earlier in this chap E numerically equal to 1.0, Eq. (3.61) reduces to Eq. This ii approximately the ease for petmanent gases. While Ea. "i notable extension of the Reynolds anlogy, it too has ita PROBLEMS. 3.1, The hent-transfer coeficient A from a hot horizontal pipe to a gus by free cone density p, viscosity », thermal cocficient of expansion p cf the diameter D perenne otra a elt mai Sepa ems wen wall, chermal conductivity #, latent heat of vaporisation 2, vi va 7 . As viscosity ay and the tasty of the vapor. Extabish » dmvensonlom expreaion forthe hese renee $4. The rata of cooling of bot ool in sil air has been found to be inftuenced , ean nll aie res {he-pecic host, themal condutivty b deasty » and vioumity «of the pe to Jonge ‘of the solid 1, and the temperature difference af between thé surface of the aold stones MaPeatueof the gas.” Estalch a diensiolem equation for She rte ‘34 When a fuid flows sround a aphere, the farve exerted by the fd has heen58 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER Sound to be a function ofthe visosity 4, density ¢ and velocity wof the gxs, and the digmeter D of tho sphere. Eatablish an exprestion for tho preamare drop of the fuid ‘a fanction of the Reynolds number of the gas. 12.5. ‘The heating of gax ofl ond straw cil in a pipe han been found for a }4in. TPS pipe to follow Ea. (8.42). SP x oms("2)”(@)" stile ie temperature zai fom 130 10 130°F._ Tn the abeence of any additional heat-transfer dota, calculate the het-runaer coedicint in the Hin. 1P8 pipe, How dogs thie compare widh the value af hy when th same quantity of gas oil Sows in a ‘ide, TPS pipo as oaltlated by tho simo eqstion? The data will be found in the ilaetration in the chapter. ‘3.6. Using Hq. (5.42), it in deste to circulate 4000 Ib far of amyl acetate through 1 Hin, TPS pipe while its temperature ie rased from 190 to 180°. (6) From date tevalable in the Appendix ou the phytial properties of amyl acctate caleslate the Ireat-raaafer cooicient, Tt may be neceeary to extrapolate some of the data, @) Do £be sams for 6000 Ib/hr of ethytene glycol in the mame pipe when heated from 170 to 20°F. 1 only one point ia given for n property, such as the Unermal eonduetivity, and iis lower than the average temperature, its un wil ataally introduce a slight factor of salty. * fr heating water in « pipe while rteam is circulated on the outalde, Note thet G’, ‘te reported maas velocity, is not in consistent units, SGbeas RSERESE ‘Viscorton snd conduotiviten cam be found in the Appendix. The specie heat ond Rarity should bo taken ut 0, Ratablich an equation ofthe form of Bq, (2.6) ning {Si the data, (int, To seve time in the lection of the exponent of tho Prandil ‘pambes, take three random point such asthe fre, lat and an intermediate one and solv algebraically.) ‘3A. On cooking a 9B8°API gas oll with water Morrie and Whitman reported the following for 10135 fof 34 TPS pipe: ‘8.47. Ons }4-n. IPS pipe 10.196 ftlong Moris and Whitentn reported the following agai Ee ShSee). g beeeale SRE SE8E EEEE EES8 Ess Bobes esSealr ML crs 165 am 252 292 34 ar a m™ 485 05 356 on 618 633 ono me 61 REE EnSeE sag8 §6) Hatablish an oquation of the form of Eq (8.26) forall the data. (8) Combine ‘4s With hat of Prob. 2.10 lain one creation for both ele “¢) Suntano PROCRSS HBAT TRANSFER convection 6 ‘Acceleration of gravity, ft/hr® Heat unit, Blu Heat-transfer eveflicicit in general, Btu/(hr)(ft*}(F) Hrent-teanafer coeficeat based on the inside pipe surface, Btu /(hr)(ft*\°F) Hoat-transfer cocficient based on the outalde pipe murface, Btu /(hr)Gt!)(F) Factor for heat transfer, dimensicaless Conversion factor between kinetic energy and heat, (maatb)({t)/Blu ‘wien the exponent ofthe PrandH nuthber is 4, and plot ogether with therdata for the illustration in the text on heating. What oonchasion may be'drawn? ‘3.10. Sioder anil Tate! obtained Yata.on the cooling of a 21°API oll flowing on the ingide of eopper tubs having an inside diameser of 0.62 in, and 5:l ft ong: Gonversion factor between force and mass, mase-lb foree-Ib ‘Thermal conductivity, Btu/(oe)() (08/10) Length, ft Fundamental dimension of mass, masse Mass velocity perpendicular to inside pipe surface, Ib/(he)(t') ‘Pressure drop, Ib/i* ‘Thermal resistance on inside of pipe, (hr) (U8) (°#)/Btu ‘Thora resistance on outside of pipe, (bx) (0) (°F)/Biu Rediug, ft babe geese SOP PASAT RRORI RET pay Peo es e Beko BR us. 208. 300. 200. 202. | ma. 208. 24 134 188. ‘ 41” ‘Tesiperatarediference for heat tcamaor, “F ra ° at, Temperature diferene between outede pipe Guid and outdo pipe wall, “F Velocity in genora, /hr w Velocity of laminar layer, ft /ar Speco velume, ‘The temperature fyi for the inside surface of the tube. Insamuch as theee dae fall Ween eae ase tee below a Reynolds tumber of 2100, obtain sa equation of the form of Eq. (8.2). The % foe a iscontyof the oil is 24.0 centpoies nt 200°F und 250 ceatipoies wt 100°F. Tatar- Sy Cont ata sate an ota) smoiate viscosities can be obtained by drawing a straight lin on logarithmic paper as e Deaee re ordinate shown in Fig. 88, (The hint of Problem 9.7 is applicable.) i Re thetttea propor ity a, i |e me, br Peremaliy content, mening NOMENCLATURE FOR CHAPTER 3 $B cts) A/ Heaitranafermufoce, ft? + Dimonsinlea group, @ Fluid flow are, ft > Density, bie 2% ‘Thioknoas of laminar layer, ft + Shear sires, fh/ftt C— Boecific heat of hot fluid in derivations, Btu /(ib) CF) . + Reale © pectic heat of cold Suid, Btu/Mb)F) D__Taside diameter of pipe or tube, ft F Fundamental dimension of fore, foreo> Soperecrinte . AF Prossure drop, ft of liquid : aq Constant bE ee ect emt se de @ Mags velocity, Tb (hr!) § Inside « pipe or tube 1 Ind. rig, Chem, 98, 1420-1485 (1896), F& Ontaide «pipe or tubeRADIATION 63 ‘The Origins of Radiant Energy. Radiant energy is believed to origi- alo within the molecules ofthe raiatiog body, th aloes of ouch tues. cules vibrating in a simple harmonic motion as linear cecllators. ‘The ‘eniistion of radiant enctgy is believed to represent a decrease in the ampl- fdas ofthe vibration within the moleue, whe an absorption of ney CHAPTER 4 repremnte an increase in its essence the quantum theory postulates pApLATION that for every frequency of radiation thore i. emall mimi pulaaton | f energy which may be emitted. This is tho quantum, and a amaller Introduction. All too often radiation is regarded as a phenomenon quantity cannot be emitted although many such quants may be emitted. indent oly te Ho, unin bi In this chapter it will be seen ‘Tho total radiation of energy of ‘a given frequency emitted by a body is an this is not the case ‘and thst radiation, as a third means of trana- integral number of quanta at that frequency. "For diferent frequencies, fening bent, difare grealy fi from conduction and convection. In heat ‘the number of quanta and thus the total energy may be different. Planck conduction through solids the mechanism consists of an enetgy transfer | showed that the energy associated with a quantum is proportional to the through a body whose molocule, except for vibrations, romain continu- : frequency of the vibration or, if the velocity of all radiation is considered ously in fixed positions, In convection the heat is first absorbed from a sonst, avery proportional a due wavelength, | Thosradian energy souree by particles of fuid immedistely adjacent to it and-then trans- ofa given frequaney may be pictured as consisting of successive pulses ferred to the interior of the fluid by mixture with it. (Both mechanisms of radiant energy, each pulse of which has the value of the quantum require the presence of a medium to convey the-heat from a source ton | for a given frequency. receiver. ( Radiant-heat transfer does not require an intervening: The pictur of the atom proposed by Bobr is helpful to a clearer under- wehiecs eae be transmitted by radiation acrom an abeolute vest} standing of one posible origin of radiant energy. oso ae pe: ‘Wavelength and Frequency. Tt is convenient t0 mention the charso- sumed to travel about the nucleus of an atom in elliptical or! re a Prema nie before deuming the Origine of $n cinepane from the nario "The ovenont eral does poms aint co Radiant energy is of tho same nature as ordinary visible definite energies comprising their kinetio and potential energies, by virtue light. It is considered, in accordance with( Maxwells electromagnetic of their rotation about the nucleus. The potential energy is the energy st cosa of er anlatng ‘socompenied by » mag required to remove an electron from its orbit to an infinite distance from netic field oscillating in phase with it. wc College physics texts usually Se mslee A given electron in an orbit st a given distance from the ‘reat the theory in detail, amucleus will have a certain energy. Should a disturbance oceur such a8 “The variation with time of the intensity of the elootrie field passing a ‘the collision of the atom with another atom or electron, the given electron _ given point can be represented by a sine wave having finite length from may be displaced from its orbit and msy (2) return to its original orbit, wee to crest and which is 2, the wavelength. The oumber of waves (2 paso soot obit whowe drone poe» Giferent energy, oF (@) passing a given point in unit time is the frequency of the radiation, and tntirely leave the system influenced by the nuclous. If tho transition i the product of the frequency and wavelength is the velocity of the wave. from an orbit of high energy to one of lower energy, the readjustmentis For travel in a vacuum the velocity of propagation of radiation is very ‘tad by th aan of th exc eneey ‘neatly 186,000 miles/sec. For travel throngh a medium the velocity is Another origin of radiant energy may be attributed to the changes in somewhat less, although tho deviation is generally neglected. the energie of son and molec themes without reference to Uti "The wavelength of rediation may be specified in any unite of length, individual electrons, If two or more nuclei of the molecule are vibrating but the mieron, 1 X 10~‘ems, is common. _ All the known waves incnded ‘with respect to each other, 2 change in the amplitude ot muaplitudes of in the electromagnetic theory lie between the short wavelengths of comic ‘vibration will cause a change in energy content. A decrease in amplitude rays, lees than 1X 10- micron, and thé long wavelength of radio above the result of an emission of radiant energy, while an increase is the result 1% 10" mlcrona. Of these, only waves in the region between the near the absorption of radiant anergy. ‘The energy of « molecule may be and far infrared with wavelengths of 34 to 400 microns are of importanco changed by an alteration of its kinetio energy of translation or rotation, to rediant-heat transfor as found in in onlinary industrial equipment. ‘and this will likewise result in the emission of radiant energy. / A decreaseot PROCESS HBAY TRANSFER 1 RADIATION 65 snvelécity ta:the dmission of radiant energy, whilean increase red Lent is a faribettor source of energy than white heat, Were it corresponds ti the doles for this fact, the near-vhite incandescent lamp would require race energy for illumination and give off uncomfortable quantities of heat. ‘When dealing with the properties of radiation, it fs necessary to difler- entiate between two kinds of Properties: monochromatic id total A monochromatic property, sueh as the maximum values refers to a single wavelength. A total property indioates that it w che emitted from a substance. pletely only at the absolute | & = —t x s energy emitted from the surfaces of solid bodies is generated by energy- level changes in molecules near and on their eurfaces, ‘The quantity of radiant energy emitted by a solid body is consoqyently a function of the surface of the body, and conversely, radiation ineident on solid bodies ‘is absorbed at the surface. The probability that internally generated ‘radiant encrgy will reach the surface is far greater for hot radiating gases ‘than for solids, and the radiant energy emitted by a gas is a function of the ‘gus-volume rather than the surface of the gas shape. Ta Liquida the situ- ation is intermediate between gnees and solids, and radiation may orig- inate somewhat below the surface, depending on the nature of the liquid. ‘The Distribution of Rediant Energy. A body at a given temperature will emit radiation of a whole range of wavelengths and not a single wave- ° te. ini i infinite var 2, wavelength merons ‘Via 41. Intensity of monochromatic radiation for hot body s dtferent temperatures a * 1, intensity of manoctromete erin Biulthr FY? Krnicron) & tu 1 4 if i 2 2 ments on a given body will produce curves as shown in Fig. 4.1 for each ebromatic radiation literally means given: temperature. The curves are plots of the intensities of the radiant experimentally it actually refer to a ‘pou oe each ne wavelength but energy I, Btu/(br)(ft*}(micron) against the wavelengths in microns \ as wavelengths cannot be resolved individual “Mon releugtia, since determined at numerdus wavelengths and connecting points. For any ae not important to th direct solution of engineering potions Woe given-tomperature each curve possesses a Wayilength at which the amount necessary for the derivation of basic radiation relationsh ‘ee of spectral enorgy given Kass pow Ty YOM uy Jo 100y arunbe sod [qe gary omy Aq poynrare wy ABsoue FURL, “poowly wae 9q eo [Tea YoRe Jo UoHMEPET OM OBB OFTUE Jo TEAL O44 JOG “VoINOS en ° om) 0} 08g pereTper sopuTemar otf PUT ‘pequoegs oq yun aud garg om Pe ‘mous poyyras Azone oy}. omg “IUarETp 04 TH Aron jo Fux. on a= JT OM ‘soR}AWETD GUaIOYIP eABY PUT soTPOG FowA you ar comeyd ht ‘oma om JL "SeIpOq JoRIq 0} pandas uoxsenoEp HurPHOad oq, “GP (ogy) worenbg Mg = 5 unyn o uwo a PI 6a/ OM SAT ARDY HIND IC, Jo souN TolTwIVG Ow, waoMieq ARsoug jo omUTTH SResrwo ory ‘Ape quON o Apo s FE(FT'Y) ‘Ba moML “AOR ATA " pan “bg ‘reaomoyy “woonannd 04 stv V¥ = D 30} peALop sea (02'¥) (omned/ene ons'e = GED — Lown) exv0 = " ‘U00GE = OOP + 006 = SL AsOYT = OOF + OOOT = . ja Femepoag Ot FE TAMOTY of (,) (0H) ED/MT empundne yor © imi of a. 29099 os} Pouca og mE HEMEL Aer armour COVER-UP OB UAE SL, oq ‘sorpoq oua are don Frmumary “,000T PAY Gog 70 aanquseclaray WTHYETO SYs 3 01 X Vereduoy aynyoage orp Jp saaod TMos om 04 TraORO ore Ava oli ios ous, soumg oR] omy nocajoq uoepME “Tp UU se ea yore 2d © wou LOTR yvoy mp ¥mY SHES = ven ‘gor _ (908) Frac emay Tv Wy onsmo w open wary OM Fa (Oe) BORNE : [)-@)] oe - cen pde-ot X 110 = 2 sensed Y) Ga ~ y= a = & b — of somparoduio} $u636u09 ore) wex [hg 78 Je poareyuymr soueyd ong woasateq 4o0§ arenbs Jad oBaeqoxo qo otf Put y Sanessoqtt poqiosqe 6 soatooar 31 £zoua op Te ‘Apoq youq v yo uorpuyop amy Aq ‘avogiadie 2e mop yxy ow Lya0 Husarmins pure mu Yowe ZUR Fue'= Mg puooes ayy wos paw fo = My st yay oy woss AB1009 OY} of 2 ae ‘worpoq Zon re cad a sro Og “yreograian wt 101900 1H) PO tartar tat taht TD ogy Jo soBpo omy zax0 pu sormos oy} Jo safe arp. waxy yho sre) TOA ‘BORS per Jo guMoUre oy yr o8 ‘BiG AeyUBUY axe souNd guNIpEL 20 feeonquored ur w304 ogy Srpusdeg. aL NOIEVIGVE HRdSNVUL LVEH S8TOONE ¥e% PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER Rample 42. -Radlaton between Planes with Diferent Emisivitie, I the two wale i Bcample 41 have eiavtice of 08 and 03, respectively, what i the not exchange? Solution: = cartes sie ~ ORY = For portect black bois the valu waa 600 Btu/ Gert) Radiation Intercepted by = Shield. Sappoce two infinite and parailel planes are separated by a third plane which is opaque to direct radiation between the two and which is extremely thin (or hn nit thermal oadetviey) shown a Pe, 3, Tho net exchange between the two initial as Ba (4.28). = tT (4. @- aay Foret tt OD eq but ¢ » e, the net exchange from | to 3 ia given by 1895 Biu/Caeytte) hooF L gin (fa) + (fer) = 1 When ¢: = (Q, and for the simple case where n shiolds are amployed, ete eae - ee = 5 RADIATION 7 where @ is the exchange if the initial planos were not separated. Spheres or Cylinders with Spheriesl or Cylindrical Enclosures. The falls on seas ~ () 1! (1 — 4)F:As Salis on As. If this analysis is continued as before, the energy exchange will again be represented by a geometrical series end the net exchange between the inner and outer sphere is given by (4.32) ‘Sometimes it is convenient to represent the net effect of the radiation in the same form employed in convection; namely, Q = hAxlTs — Ts) (4.33) here hy is @ fictitious film coefficient representing the rate at which the radiation pases from the surface of the radiator. ‘The values of Q in Bigs, (4.82) and (4.38) are identical, but the value in Ey. (4.32) is related to the mechanism by which the beat was transferred. Eq. (4.93) is statement of the heat balance as appliod before in the Fourier equation to conduction snd convection. Fishenden and Seunderg* have treated a ‘umber of interesting aspocts of the subject. 'Yighenden, M., and O. A. Saunders, “The Calculation of Heat Trensminon,” Bis Majesty's Stationery Office, London, 1932.RADIATION 9 reflect some of the incident energy, but only a part of it will retum to Pl ae a Fra. 45. Boetion view betwean two platen, BEE _- sides, anglo aba’ must equal a; and the side a’ corresponding to a both are black bodies, the radiation from plate 1 to plate 2 is proportional to the normal surfaces exposed to each other and inversely to the square of the distance between them. 0.2 = Hadi aay 39 where J; is the proportionality constant dimensionally equal to the intensity of radiation. Substituting the original surfaces, 401-4 =F 000 a1 008 as 24: dds (435) ‘An important relationship exiats between the intensity I, and the emiseive power E. In Fig, 4.6 let dus, be the solid angle which is by definition ‘the intercepted area on a sphere divided by r*. dA, is a small plate in80 PROCESS HBAT TRANSFER the center of the isometric plane of the base, ‘Then doy 2 245 reine dB rd esinedaap * (4.38) ‘From Eqs. (4.38), (4.35), and (4.36), #2, = 1 sin wos ade 48 =e (437) neh (4.38) Substituting Eq. (4.38) in Eq. (4.35) the net exchange between 1; and T, is 08 a1-¢08 as AAs dAs aq = Meaveo ands AAs yiry — ry) (4.39) If 008 au cos a ¢Aa/ar? is written Pa, Fa is known as the configuration or geometric factor. For some aystems it is very difficult to derive, but for o ol i+ <4 cA chad Tacit basen poral | tetueen he planes —] Foca a 4 3 a 1 | of ee een Side or diateter Reto Fetance bsinern planes Fue. 47. Radinton between parallel planes. (Hetil) several basic arrangements it is fairly simple, Hottel' has integrated a number af esses, the commonest of which are plotted in Figs. 4.7, 4.8 and 4.9. Equation (4.99) can thus be written in integrated form Q= Awl — TH (4.40) \ Hottel, HL C., Mech, Bag, 82, 600 (1980). RADIATION rl A a aS oS LY Dimension ratio ta/Ly ae Fro. 48 Radiation tween on elemeut sod wpe plane (atl) Anat fasion deiner aon fet ie =| See Pa ae 7g ait A, ala nt eedIf the two surfaces are gray and.therefore nonblack, from Eq. (4-26) eh mutcn om » Ppa « Dut Clee the radntion Lam 4 arte apie carping stam #4 900°? and pang through the center of 1-by “Ht galanin secon dust at 70°F and hows Gules is insulated. dan int Tale nthe Apne = O58 fof cera me or 0 0.0 (Table 4.1) “rate eee = RADIATION Ey PROBLEMS 41, A Din. IPB stoe! pipe carrica stosm at 325°P through 8 room at 70°F. What rt vaoggconsita oft fin that ager af mabeien, Tas wa anova of 28 or cent skin pant tobe invetinted. What prcntags ving in hat ow can 1b affected ‘48, molien pac compound i caso in the amar of two conoantsi stal 408, Calculate the radiant-best loa from s furnsce through a 2in-diameter peep door when the inside teraperature is 1760°F and. the outside temperature ia 70°F. ‘Consider the eoirion dye to a black body. 41. A bare conereto pump Louse 10 by 20 by 10 ft high is to be ested by pipes ‘id nthe once Sor, wat in be nod atthe sting modi to maintain ducting and reradisting? ‘Tha pumps cover « negligible area of the Boor. (6) What sation! beat wil be requ the Boor aren is doubled by enlarging the rom to by 20) ‘48. A>bath of molten sine is located in the corner of the foor of azine dipping room 20 by 20 by 10 ft high. Zine melts at 787°F, and the ceiling could be maintained at 90°F in the summer by conduotion throogh the roof. (2) What heat will e radiated from » 14¢# bath? () Ifthe bath ia moved to the center of the room, what heat will ‘be radiated? Hoartrane void auton to mdatin, Btu /Ta) 090)z sae ROR PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER radiation, cre) Teta oe emo, s/o) Nomber of rditon sede Heat fow or net heat exchange, Btx/(hr) Fatletivity, dimensionless; rediua, Renmei ‘constant, 0.578 X 10-4 Hua/(or}Gt)CR4) ‘Tyanenisavity, dimenaionlons Sobsecipts Black body Source Receiver ‘The Temperature Difference. A temperature difforence is ie the diving outer is th immesiat eject for study. In the experimental data of Chup. 3 the temperature of the inside pipe wall f, Was calculated from the reported value of the outside pipe-wall tenoeatre te ‘The logarithmic mean of the differences % — ty and — t was used to calculate 44, The reported temperature of the pipe industrial equipment to measure ibe average pipe-wall temperature. the inlet and outlet temperatures of the hot. and gold fluids are acer ea meamutS_an here aro. raced. tos the, procss Temperature vs. pipe length, 1 vs. Z, for a system of two con- centric pipes in whieh the annulus Guid is cooled senebly and the pipe Tan similar except that one is a plot of tvs. I: od the cine plot oft a tho heat tsensferred. When the suids travel. in the 3 ims “in cither caso varies nocording to one ourve ait proceeds along the length of the pipe, and the temperature of the snnulus fluid vaties according to Bn vem at mab ana ec te ed cence will be very sll, a significant factor in heat tranafer. The definition of approach. for other types of equipment will be discussed in Chap. 7, 85rs \. Usis ji L = Oisthe ‘erin dante bebran We UNO CUTE ig eran ie natigivin By. TA2) and 6.2 bring together two streams each having » particular film coof- - ah a) cient snd whose tamperatnren vary from inlet to. eet For con UO” WTA) Fk, venience, the method of calculating the temperature “ea eae Heroafter Eq. (6.3) will be referred to simply as the Fourier equation. the two should employ only the process temperatures, since thes Birt ust a8 By was obtained from hy = Q/AiAt in Eq. (8.2) using thermo- se couples, 0 U can be obtained from U = Q/A At using process tempera- ee ‘tures alone. In experiments involving sensible heat transfer between two. fiuids, Eqs. (5.2) and (5.4) ean be used to obtain either individual film coefficients, and it usually is, it may be neglected. If one film coefficient {s small and the other very large, the muall eoefficiont provides the major ‘resistance and the overall coefficient of heat transfer for the apparatus is ‘very nearly the reciprocal of the major resistanos, Suppose hi(Ai/A) = 10 and A, = 1000 Btu/(br)(H?)(CF) Br = }40 = 0.1, Re = ooo = 0.001, and ZR = 0.101, A variation of 50 per cent in R. does not materially influence Q, since « value of hy = 600 will change 2R only from 0.101 to 0.102. @When a significant difference existe, tho smaller coofcient inthe, | i ‘ture difference was obtained from a stady of T’ —tvs.Q. However, there is an advantage to a derivation based on T — £ vs. D, since it permits ff88 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER idéntifiention of the temperaturo difference anywhere! along the pipe length. Later, when mere ‘complex flow patterns ;are éncountered, this information will be essential. Although two fluids may transfer heat difference. This point cannot be overemphasized: Any flow pattern formed by two fluids must be identified with its unique temperature difference. For the derivation of the temperature differenco between the ‘two fiuids of Fig'S.1 in counterflow, the following assumptions must be “1, The overall coefficient of heat transfer U is constant over the entire Jength of path. qs. iy 2. The pounds per hour of fuid flow is constant, obeying the steady- state requirement. ‘3. The specific heat is constant over the entire length of path. 4. There remo partial phase changes in the system, ic, vaporisation or condensation. ‘The derivation is applicable for sensible-heat changes and when vaporization or condensation is isothermal over the whole Jength of path. ~ ‘5. Heat losses aro negligible. Applying the differential form of the steady-state equation, 4Q = U(T — ba" al, (6) where a” is the square feet of surface per foot of pipe length or a" dix dA. From a dierentil heat balance, aQ = Wear = wedt 68) where @ is the limit a5.dQ varies from 0 to Q. At any point in the pipe from left to right the heat gained by the cold fluid is equal to that given up by the hot fluid. ‘Taking balance from L = OtoL = X WC(D — Ts) = welt — 4) 6.7) from which . T=T+ pe =Mt+pet-w) 8) From Eqs, (5,5) and (5.6) substituting for 7, dQ = wedt = ott fu-w era, ) 7 TEMPERATURE 89 ‘and Lare’the only variables, Collecting terma of ¢ and L, Ua’ a | / et a 69) Te ‘This right-hand term is of the form a 1 late = 5 98 (a + bu) Intograting dL between-0 and L and dt between ty and fs Th (6.10) wal " we we ™ & =1 ) Th Wolt ‘To simplify this expression substitute for 7 i the numerat sion from Eq, (5.7), expand the denominator, and cancel ‘ous oor uA L 1 M4 we ~ Gee A ja Substitute for tve/ HC the expression from Eq. (5.7) Since wo(és ~ ) = Q and substituting Ais and Ais for the hot an “ene nin er 7. het and colt IMTD. Equation {239 a annie ners [e = UAMt=UAXT (5.134) and ® soa eager At=LMTD = {i= 4) — (Trt) _ ty — ty Oh OTs =a} inna O14)90 PROCESS HNAT TRANSFER Parallel Flow. Referring to Fig 5.2 for the ease where both fiuids flow in the same direction, the basic equations aro essentially the same. | For the steady state, dQ = UT = a" al dQ = WOa? = —wedt since ¢ declines in the direetion of inereasing values of 7. hheat balance between X and the left end, but ‘Taking the WOU? — Tr) = welts — ‘Again considering the hot terminal diflerence Ala = T, ~ ts a8 the grealer temperature diference in parallel flow and At, = Ts — tx the lesser tem- pa Eat (T= A) yg Ale ah ev) VA tmanjan =O) Relation between Parallel Flow and Counterflow. ‘Tt may appear from the final form of the derivations for two flow arrangements that ‘there is little to choose between the tw: examples which folloy demonstrate that exeept where one fluid is isothermal (such as condensing ‘stoam) there is a distinct thermal disadvantage to the use of parallel flow. ‘apparatus ato temperature of S00°F and is to be cooled to 200°F by s oold tid cal 100°F and beat to 150°F. Shall they be directed in parallel ow or tentertow? “Scio Tei convealent to write th temperature in th form employed bere sr to elise thatthe log menn always omowhat lo than tb arithmetic mean (Ate + Oh) /2 (@) Counterflow: Het fuid Cols fo (B,) 800 — 180-44) = 160 (Ais) (Fp 200 — 100) = 100 (At) 30 (a — af) lp = Ate 0 IMTD ~ 5g ah/ ah, ~ LTE Hee ~ PF ») Parallel flow: ato it 200 — 180s) = 50 (4h) ‘than for counterfiow. . 2 ke 9 TEMPERATURE 1 seprts comin enue rete Sab eee soomest accor,92 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER Lastly, when one of the fluids proceeds through the apparatus isoth nally (condensing steam), parallel flow and counterflow yield ‘identi temperature differences, Example 5.4, Calculation of the LMTD with One Isothermal Fluid. A cold uid is heated from 100 to 275°F by ateun at 300°P. (0) Counterflow: Hot fui Cold fui 300-25 = 25 300 = 100 = 200 () Parallel fone: ‘Thene are identical, Heroafter, unless specifically qualified, all temperature arrangements vill be assumed in counterflow, Many industrial types of equipment are actually a compromise between parallel flow and counterflow and receive additional study in later chapters, . ‘Heat Recovery in Gounterflow. Very often a counterflow apparatus is available which has a given length L and therefore a fixed surfsce A. ‘Two process streams are available with inlet temperatures Ts, 4 and flow rates and specific heats W, C and w, c, What outlet temperatures \eill be attained in the apparatus? . ‘This problem requires an estimate of U which can be checked by the methods of succeeding chbpters for ¢ types of counterfiow heat- transferequipment. Rewriting Eq. = ua) =) wells =) = UA ee oy Rearranging 16) Since WO(T, ~ T:) = welts — th), we/WE = (Ti — TAM —x). This means that the ratio of the temperature ranges can be established with- ‘out reeourse to actual working temperatures. Calling this upique ratio R without s subseript Substituting in Eq, (5.16) and removing logarithms, z Sm granoien (a7) TEMPERATURE 93 "To obtain an expression for 7 alone, ange hem Substituting in Bq. (6.17) and solving, 7, = CORT + [1 ~ etraroreopiey, T= Reta (6.18) For parallel flow it becomes 7, = Rb momen, + [eeanncery — IRE Tear “RF Dawaere———#.19) 4: may be obtained from 7 by applying the heat balance WC(Ts — Ts) = welts — 41) clamps, take ‘case of an e and outlet as obtained from the data. is Sit sade of Morris and Whitman through use ‘Bxaraple 6.5, Celeulation of and hs. Calculation of point Beg: Ant y= 1097 Inlet ab 90.7: Sah GY" GRRE)” 0 Faoor Busanmncrmy — (Z) = (9x88 X42 a 59 = 0078 x gly x 0016 x25 5 ~ 18 anaTRUPRRATORE 95 where U is the average value for the incromont or a PROCS HEAT TRANSFER Outlet at 120.2°F: cross 2)” - Gstasseia)” - iyo 300 we 5 _ (0495 2200 x 240yie £0078 3)" - Csi)" ~ a8 Since U = a'(1 + 0), substitute for U, 2 Ay = 0.078 X ge9q X O.O11 X 3800 X 3.23 ~ 190 at ouitlet a ad ‘At the arithmetic mean (114,3°F) he = 174.5, which is only 3.6 per cent in error of the PTF UOT —H ~ we ‘experimental valve of 182 but the variations against A, at the arithmetic moan are From the heat balance obtain the expression for 7’ in terms of ¢ and 2 ppeg 22) 100 = -200 per cent and (FHS) 100 = 489 pert. separate into parts, ‘From the above it is seen that under actual conditions the variation 1 Lt vay_ faa TREAT OT TORE Ju + R= THF, we Tutegrating, (20) dQ, the heat traneferred over incremental lengths ofthe pipe aa = dA, 1 4 Rt, +(R— 4} lan tind using tho averago values of U trom point fo point in th difrential aaa rromy | RSB EES mth) ce a= cg Th ei fy rn 7a, ion a gives Q = UA At very costly. This is a spt 1 to indi ‘the increase in the scoursey of the result does not warrant the effort, Uaing the aubseript 1 to indicate the cold terminal and 2 the hot terminal Cofburn' has undertaken the solution of problema with varying values of U hy assuming the variation of U to be linear with temperature and by K=cdthn) Wasa +yn) deriving an expression for the true temperature difference accordingly. ‘As before, ‘Theratio of the LMTD for constant U and the true temperature difference MM she for varying U is then used as the basis for establishing a single overall coefficient which is the true mean rather than the arithmetic mean. and factoring Bq. (6.21) Assume: fat jy Tatty A 1. The variation of U is given by the expression U = a'(1 + ¥/t) Tidy — Ura ” Tsay * we (6.22) 2. Constant weight flow Combining with Q ~ wo(t, — t,), 2 Consant specie Pia Dott am) Ove whole transfer path er the er Ps Equation (6.23) is » modification of Hq. (6.18) which accounts for the Q = WES - Ty) = welts — 4) variation of U by replacing it with UJ, and U7, where d = Oand 4 = A, Since H = we/WC = (P,— 7:)/\le — 4) oF generalized as in Fig. 6.1, repactiely This unttifetoy, however, ae it require ten (TT, salouta individual film coefficients to obtain Uy and Us. ‘Col- a Gap bum shoe to obtain eile overall oaicen, Us a which al the surface can be regarded to be transferring : The heat balance for the differential area aA ia given by defined by heat at theL MED. Usia then 9 = UCT — aA = weat Q _ Wide Vian 4 (ae — an) Colburn, AP, Ind. Hang. Chem, 46, 873-877 (1988). 42> Uyany0. an, ~ 9 (inayat (62)96 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER Substituting Us = (1 +840, w(t) da — a! Ta (+ Wh) A at a“ fn Bits wy bo identified by finding f,, the temperature of the properties ve hae eed ‘arid at which such a value of U, exists. Tat F, be a fraction. By multiplying the temperature rise of thy con trating (fm) strat by Fe and adding the resulting fractional rise to ‘the lower terminal temperature of the stream, a temperature is ob' so bf which to evatuate heat transfer properties and esleulate Ay, hey an Un Up = a(t + bite) = (5.25) whch 5.26 Be heh 28) cis the caloric femperature of the cold stream. By definition, let bok Ten U Ole Knee aie Bt, ‘and substituting the equivalents in Eq. Le¥e gw 44 kee) Tem from which QE) mit fea KF Ke apes Equation (6.27) has been plotted in Fig. 17 in the Appendix with Uy- Ur tia= Ue Ur W rameter, where ¢ and h refer to the oold and het, terminals, Roettely “ie calorie fraction F. ean be oblained from Tig. 17 by computing K, from Us and Us and At/At for the process conditions. ‘The caloric temperature of the hot fluid T+is T, =P, + FAT: ~ 7) (6.28) and for the ookd Suid watt Pla- 0) 29) (6.27) Ke Colburn in the i of K, where the shes correlated in the insert of Fig. 17 the vahues of Ky ‘onirelling fm is thet of a petroleum cut. A correlation of this type oon _TBMPERATURE 97 be made in any industry which deals with- particular group of fluids by obtaining a’ and ¥ fram proporties and eliminates the esleulation of Us and U.. If-on apparatus tranefers hest between two petroleum cuts, the cut giving the largest value of K, is controlling and can be used directly to establish F, for both streams from the figure. Thus, whenever there is a sizeable difference between Uy and U, the LMTD ix not the true temperature difference for counterflow. ‘The LMTD may bo retained, however, if a suitable value of U is employed to componsate for ite use in Eq, (6.13). Brample K6. Calculation if the Celocie Teasperature, A 20°APT enude oil ia cooled fom 300 to 200°F by heating cold GO°APT gatoline from 80 to T20°F in a counterfow apparatus, At what Suid temperatures should U be ovnluated? 180 Jat 0 [a Gasoline, 4 = 120 — 80 = 40°F, K, $0.10 ‘value of K corresponds to the controling hext-tcansfer coefTgieut which, is smumed to establish the variation of U with temperature. ‘Then, af 200 = SE = ora 7 0887 Fe 0.495 from Fig. 17 Caloric temperature of erude, 7. = 200 + 0.425(900 — 200) = 243.5°F, Calorie temperature of grecline é = 80 + 0.426(120 ~ 80) = 97.0°F. Bt should be noted that there can be but one caloric mean and Uist the factor Fy ‘spplies to both slveaso# but is determined by the controlling stream, side caloric temperature is T, and the inside caloric temperature ¢, and A/Rie = fe = Bi Ai/A) = he X (ID/OD), where the subseript io refers8 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER TEMPERATURE 90. ‘of the coofficient inside the pipe referred to the outside sur flow outward toward the wall to maintain the increased velocity. ‘This tothe vale of 4 ja a radial velocity component which actually modifies the nature of the Ab Bh ek streamline flow. If data for heating an oil in s given temperature range “FROR +R. Ro i i ‘velocity distribution are the reverse of liquids. PROBLEMS 3. For a soneentri-pips heatteanafer spparatos having s Jin. TPS mor pipe ‘te film coefisent hz has been computed to be 10.0 Btu/(hr)(t8\(F). By suitable calealton thre difrent fis, whe cand trough the enna. will have fl. how doos the value of the annul ooeficientaifect the value of tha overall concent? A (@) Por values of bj = 100 and A, = 800, what error rongis in the calculated. alae of U for & conomtrio pipe header appratn evi » 2.4 TFS inner Pipe when the motal resistance ia obtained from Ba = La/ad Saslead of (23/2kq) 1Cofbarm, A. P, Trane. ATCAE, 29, 176-210 (1989). ‘Blader, E.N., and. E. Tate, Ind. Bng. Chem. $6, 1420-1496 (1996).LIBRARY UNTVERSITI TEKNOLOGI PETRONAS 100 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER the pipe realsthace is eipifted entirely, (6) What aro the errors are him 1 and 5, = 807 SLED te LMTD from the srithmetic means of the two terminal differ- counterfiow, (6) in parallel fow? (int, “Tyishand-error nofution.) ‘BT. Atiline ia to be cooled from 2000 150°F fn a concentrio-pipe apparatus having “Ta of exer pipe price by 900 Th of ween eniring a8 LOOT. A valve of “tying abet om 1360 1A To vl of Oa the ltr! ed ‘at the hot terminal U, ia 58. At what liquid temperntares abowid U for the overall teaser be computed 10. The caloulation of the caloric temperatures can be accomplished directly by cvliating& and Vin U =e! {1 8ehtr a ren fempentre rags, tho bot 1. i. {rom 300 t0200°F. Between what caloric emsperaturen isthe hoat transferred, and hhow do these deviate from the moan? “ Re (allowed), 28 after « petiod of service, the appbratos no longer delivers a quantity of heat equal to the, process arco: — (nearly, si spotrcmedia and must be elesned 5 (wns, since vain somewt with 22) Wumerieal valuoa oftthe dirt or fouling factors for a variety of provest and in Eq, (6.2) for turbulent flow services tate provided in Appendix ‘Table 12, ‘The tabulated fouling facor sg ated t protect the changes rom Gelen o b= G@* (nearly) ‘nthe required process for-n period’ of about a year to a year anda the bost uso of available prosture is to i i half, Actually the purpose of the tabulatéd fouling factors should be Sh incensed leona tho esa cot of tho appara, Itis ‘onsiderdd from enother point of view. In designing a process plant smstomaty to allow a. peeooure drop of 6 to 10 pal for ke eochangar or Containingmany heat exchangers but without alternate or epare pioves of battery of iecchongors falling a single exchanger heat-transfer equipment, the process must be discontinued and the equip- ‘the flow is by gravity. Forweach pumped stream 10 psi is fairly standard. ment cleaned 8 soon as the'“Gimt exchanger becomes fouled. It is For gravity flow the allowable presse drop i» detevained by the elev ‘practi ee den everyme one chant a tal tion of the storage vessel above the final-outlet ¢ in fect of fuid. ‘The by tabulated fouling can be arranged 60 feet of fluid may be converted oly the exebngis inthe pres Deoome dirty af the sume Oe, Teneo tye to pounds per square inch by multiplying ofsarvioe. Atha tine all un bo dimaated and clanod during ioe ‘Tho presours drop in pipes can be computed from the Fanning equati Ghutdown. The tabulatd values may dle fom thow eneountored by [ea, Gi), tang an appropriate value of f from Eqy GAG) oe Ea, ‘experience in particalar services. If too froquont cleaning is neseasary, & (8.476), depending upon the type of flow, For the np Sele dramatic | Ra ng ern na ei is vain f. 4 . er by De hest than the process requirements when newly placed in sevice and The equation may then be modified to give that it wilf deteriorate through operation, as a result of dirt, until it just ap = MOL 6.14) fulfills the process requirements, The-caloutation of the temperatures 2ge'D, (6 delivered initially by‘a clean exchanger whose surface has boon designed ‘Where several double pipe exchangers are connected in eories, annulus to for Uo but which is operating without dirt and which is consequently annulus and pipe to pipe as in Fig: 6, the lmgth in Eq (2.44) of (6.14) ‘overurfaced is not difficult. Referring to Eqs. (5.18) and (6:19) use J is the total for the entire path. Te for U and the: actual surface of the exchanger 4 (which is based on ‘The pressure drop computed by Eq. (3.44) or (6.14) does not inelude 075), This calculation is also useful in checking whather-or not a clean the pressure drop.encountered when the fiuid enters of leaves exchangers. ok nate vil beable to dativer the prooom baat roqurements when it J} or the inner pipes-sf double pipe exchanges comnenied in series, the becomes dirty. Sf entrance Joss is usually negligible, ‘but for annul it may be significant. ‘Pressure Drop in Pipes anid Pipe-Annull. ‘The presnuve-drop allowance The allowance of.a presture drop of one velocity head, V?/2¢/, per hairpin jn‘an exchanger is the static fluid preasure-which may be expended to will ordinarily suffice. Suppose water flows in an annulus with » mass drive the duid through the exchanger. ‘The pump selected for the eiren- velocity of 720,000‘Ib/(hr)(ft). Since » = 62.5 ¥b/ft* (approximately), Tation of a prosets fluid is one which develops suficient head at the ¢ 720,000 mew dosited capacity to overcome the frictional losses caused by connecting V = seo, ~ B00 S08 7 82 fo110 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER ‘The preagure drop per hairpin will be 3.2*/(2 X 32.2) = 0.169 ft of water ‘or 0.07 pai. Unless the velocity is well above 3 fps, the entrance and exit lonsos may bo neglected. Values of V?/2¢/ areplotted direotly against the mass velocity for a fluid with a specific gravity of 1.0 in Fig, 27 in the Appendix. ‘The Calculation of a Double Pipe Exchanger. Ail the equations developed previously will be combined to outline the solution of a double pipe exchanger. The calculation consists simply of computing A, and ‘Fourier equation Q = Und At. ‘Usually the first problem is to determitie which fluid should be placed Flow ares, int | Annus, in. ‘Exchanger, IPS. — jAsnclus] Pipe } dy a 3 xiq | 119 | 2.80 | oop | 0.40 axin | aes | 1.0 | aa | oe ax ass | aay | 127 | 0.60 + au | rss | isa | 0.58 In the outline below, hot- and cold-fluid temperatures are represented by upper and lower case lotters, reepectively. AU! fuid propertion are indicated by lower ease letters to eliminate the requirement for new ‘nomencisture, ‘Process conditions required: Hot fluid: Ty, Ty, W, c, 8 oF p, wy k, AP, Ras or Rag Cold fluid: t,t, 1, 2 oF 6, a, AP, Ras or Re ‘The diameter of the pipes must be given or assumed. A convenient order of calculation follows: (Q) From 7, 7, ts fe check the heat balance, Q, using ¢ at Tus and tne PEs (@ X10 = Ay Beu/Car} CF) (6,150) (40) Convert fi to ties hue = Bi A/A) = he X ID/ov, Annulua: (©) Flow ares, a, = x(D} — Dp/4, 1 Equivalent diameter D, = 4 % flow area_ = Dt (6.5) a)2 PROCESS HEAT TRANSPER 16") Mase velocity, Ge = 10/am Ib/ Car) ft") (@) Obtain pat 7.0r t. Ib/ift Gut /(bx){Ft?), w Tb / (He) be) Ds. Re ‘the Reynolds aumber, (1?) From Fig. 24 in which ja = (heDa/A)(0H/t)*a/ma)* v8. DEe/a obtain jx. ; (6) From ¢, », and f, all obtained at 7 or «compute (eu/K)™. {@) To obtain h, multiply jx by (k/D.)(ea/k)* (¢ = 1.0)-or mig" ey" EGY X10 = he Buu/(s) UVF) (6.181) + Overall-corficients: Compute Ue = hhe/(ks + he), Btu/Cr) Ge) CF). 67) & Compute Upfrom 1/Up = 1/Ue + Ra __ 6.10) Festor should equal or excecd:the required dirt factor by using the jext larger integrat number of hairpins. Calculation of AP- ‘This requires a knowledge of the total length of path adtisfying the hest-transfer requirements. Inner pipe: (1) For Re, in (6) above obtain f from Eq. (8.46) or (8.478). (2) AF, = 4fG*L/2go*D, ft. (45) AF po/144 = BP, psi. fpr ouain 1p = OP4= DD ~ Be py ~ Or > Do. 64 @) Obtain Di = 3505, Dy ~ Or~ Pd (4) / Compute the' frictions! Reynolds number, Re — DiGa/u. For Rey ‘obtain f from Eq. (3.48) ar (3.476). (@) AF. = $GLI209°D,, ft. a) (@) Entrance and exit losses, one velocity head per hairpin: TV" oa Maing a= py fe/bairpin (ARs + AFi)p/144 = SPs, pai. ‘There is an advantage if both fiuids are computed side by side, and the ‘use of the outline in this manner will be demonstrated in Example 6.1, -eontipoise X12.42, Brom D.ft, COUNTERFLOW - us + Bsimpld'®i, Double Pips Bestope-Teluone Buchanger. It io devired to heat (9820 Ibi. f oold bensene from 80 to 120° Fusing hot toluene which is cooled from {160 to 100°F, The specific gravitice'at G8"F are O88 and 08%, respectively. The Jptherflaid properties willbe found inhe Appendix. A fouling factor of 001 should ‘be provided foreach stream, and the allowable preanue drop on each siream i 10.0 i. ‘A nurober of 20-¢ hairpins of 2- by 1}éin, TPS pipe are available. How many ‘alrpine are required? ‘Solution: (1) Beat balance: Benzene, ty = 51% a 100 c= 0.495 Blu /0b) CF) Fig. 2) @ = 9620 x 0.426(120 — 80) = 167,000 Btu/hr Hotuene, Toy = EIN A pom <= 4.44 Blu/8)¢F) Px 2 W > canto op; ~ 8 Me (9) TAETD, (000 the metiod of Chap. 3): Flt uid Cold fia Dis, 100] Higher temp me | a 00 [tavwrtomp [eo | ofan 2 Jats LHD » sgn” EF = 78SF aw (e/ss)**zoay be asmmed equal to 1.0, Toy = Y4(160 + 100) = 190°F ty = 14(190 + 80) = 100°F ‘Proveed now to the inner pipe. A shock of Table 6.9 indicates that the flow area afk ine piper gmaterthan thao the annus. Plc th ners, bose {nthe inner pipe. (Dy = 1.66/12 = 0.138 ft = HDI = DOME = #(0.1725! — 0.128)/4 = 0.00806 fi Eaquiy diam, D, = (D}— DDAD: (iq Om) Dy = (04725 — 0.189 0.188 = ao7eate eX OT151/4 = 0.0104 fet4 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER ‘Cold uid: ‘anor pipe, bensme (8) Mase vel, Gp = w/t ~ - Mb / Gxt) ~6890/0.00058 =, 767,000 1h /An)> | | = aenofo.n1od = oxsenn /CAR OF» rat) AB 100", w MOT Gm b/ean | = Os x Ea "Athenee eynolde Pee Reynolds no, Rey = Re, = PB Be, = 7 en 5761000 )0.99 = 8000 ‘= 0.185 045,000/1:21 = 89,500 ju = 187 (Fig. 24) ) (1) Ja = 236 Fig. 24] a BA Tao, c= 044 peu/onyCP) Ae OTF «= 04R6 Bru /MICT) Re bay [Mable 4] | = 0.001 Bea/(br)(te*) CF /f) [able 4] Cy om (Cer Cay et en 5 san or x MB ams x1 |, sexton seamen ay oR 00 he = Be X BB Ea. (6.591 = a3 x LE = 270 Now proceed to the annulus. (1) Clean overall coafficiont, Uo: a = pegs = a ts ~ 19 Beal) en ‘Design overall confficient, Un: Onan a0) Us Ue ‘Ry = 0.002 (required by problem) hay tom Up = 115 Bra/(oe) ECP COUNTERFLOW 115 ‘From Table 11 for 1}4-in. IPS standard pipe there are 0.435 It? of external surface por foot length. Required length = G5, w 116 inte ‘This may be fulfilled by connecting three 20-ft bairpine in series. (14) The eurface ssppliod wil actually bo 120 x 0435 — 52.2 fit, ‘Tha dict facta will accordingly be greater than required. The actual design eoeflicient is. Un = gig = 1 Bia/aan yer) nen Spa = SB wom onde amy Pressure Drop 2) Di for proanre drop differs from D,] (1) For Bey = 88,00 in (8) above Ben DD ia. (64) 1 9088 + gears [Bq. @.470)) = (0.1725 — 0.138) = 0.0845 16 . : ng, = Die 0.0085 + glia — 00087 a | ¢ = 0.88, » = 625 X 0.88 = 55.0 = CnAs x 787,000/099 = 20,500 ww rable 6] om6e J =. 0.0085 + se ppp ~ 00073 ar, = ia, (8.476) = 4X 0.0087 2 948,000 x 120 FAIS X10 XSLO"K OLS aan A check’ of Uy and Us given 161 anit 198, repectively, and K, = 037, Fro Mig. 17 for At/ais = 2%q = 0.5, Fe = 0.43, wheross in the sobrtion above the arith- etic mean temperatures were ued. ‘The avithmolle mean sarumes 7. ~ 0.80, lowever since the ranged a1 woall for both fds, the ecrur ia too small to be sig- aifeant, ’ ¢ she ranges of the fide or their visosbos woe larga the error might be ‘ensiderable for 7, = 043. Doublo Pipe Exchangers in Serjes-parallel Arrangements, Referring ‘to Example 6.1, it is soon that a caloulsted proseuro drop of 9.3 pei is6 “PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER obtained, against an allowable pressure drop of 10.0 pei. Suppose, how- | overthat the oaleulated preasure‘drop were 15 or 20 psi and-exoeeded the ‘always:be examined frst whenever the allowBble pryeoure drop cannot ‘be met. ‘A solution is.still possible, however, even.hen all the above have failed, When two double pipe exchangers sxe vonnected in series, the arrangement is shown in Fig. 6.5. Suppowo that the stream which is too large to be sccommodated in several exchangers in series is divided in half” ‘and each helf traverses but ome exchanger through the inner pipes in COUNTERFLOW 47 Ne. 6.6. Dividing a stream,in balf ‘hile keeping the flow area constant. produces about one-inth of he series prewar dtp, non @ and I wil tow of ono dd ‘vile tho latter refers to the disetion of lw between two fluids. he Tree Temperature Diference for Serioa-peralol Arrangements. is de identical with the LMTD for the process ot ditions ltBough both af “the exchangers:operate in eounterflow. Consider the'two exchangers in Fig. 6.6 designated by Land 1. The Por exchanger I, ‘onining all the surface, Q = WOR - 7) = YA x ut and tarp, = Cg be a8 Sebiting in Ha (0.10), = ee In B07 TSO Rt Rearranging, TA, = i= taf “Tea m= TH) (6.16) (6.17) (6.18)1s PROCESS HEAT TRANSPER Let _@=79 ~ een, “HWE Paine on ‘Similarly for exchanger 11 Qn = WOM — 1) = YA x UMTDs (6.20) (Ty — #) — (7 — ty) tains = FR aren en Tet ee Bene We vn Rae 62) Since ¢ and C' were assumed constant, Rha RY R= sq . (6.33) Let =n rT s-fot Mae M = RS ‘Similarly let RSet wat and from Eq. (6.19) Ls UA awe = rea In yg (6.24) and from Eq. (6.22) We> wets (625) COUNTERFLOW M9 and equating Eqs, (6:24) and (6.25), i-g 1-s TPs "1 Rs ‘Therefore Adding Eqg. (6.24) and (6.25), UA 2R" 1-8 Wen ee ee | Om in which 7 is the only unknown, and since M™ = M™, 1 ba + 40 + 7) ~ “nro 6.7) ‘Bquation (6.27) is « quadratic whose solution is Q=UAN= wet iT!) 6.80) at ye FE (63 It is convenient in this derivation to employ « definition for the true lemperate ference in terme of the maximum ‘temperature span UT: ~ h) (6.32) ‘Equating (6.81) and oan, Fa - Maen) *120 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER Binco M = (Fy —-Ts)/(Ps — ti), tdefine PY = (2 — AAT: ~ by and UA/WC = M/y; thea P4M=1 0 M=1-P Substituting in Hq. (6.29), BPO te] LSP ~ opt) a[(e) ip) +a] om If developed in generalizedsmanner it can be shown that, for one serice hot stream anal n parallel cold streams, Eq. (6.24) becomes 1-P et 7 +] (6.350) or where 7 Ti-T: * ¥-3G=8) For one series cold siream-and m parallat hot streams, =P" n_. 1)". pw = = 23-2 pilee[ a - {) +R] (6.350) a m= zo) peeRat and RY = ‘Rxample 6.2. Calculation ofthe Trae Temperature Difference. A bank of double pipe exchangers operates with the hot fsid fn serie from 300 to 200°F and the col where fin nx paral streams fom 190 o S07. ‘What is tho true temperature differ,.-= REE a0! = TESTS ato ~ Bubstituting in Bq. (6350) and solving, + ~ 0.242. af =0242(600 — 100) = 28.6°F ox ‘ie LAETD wold be 37°F, aon era 7 yr cnt woul Be nny ite srchengss wits « 8-Viscosity Correction, ¢. For heating or cooling fluids, the use of Fig. 24 with an assumed value of (4/14)* = 1.0 also ‘assumes 4 negligible deviation of fluid properties from isothermal flow. ‘For nonviseous fluids the deviation from isothermal flow during heating ‘COUNTRRELOW ian or cooling does not introduce anjappreciable error in the esleulation of the he&t-tratisfor cocfficiont. When the pipe-wall: temperature differs tren i ° . ' hy'Eq. (6.81) or by (5.82) from uncorrected vialues of he/ds and hue/ ty, which are then corrected accordingly. by multipliestion by 4 and $, respectively. ‘The corrected coofticients where ré 1.0 are he =v. (6.36) hee = «& ts) by (6.37) Similatly for éwo resistances‘in serios employing the viscosity corrections fr dition Sn thera sn over ie te = js (6.38) Brample &8. Double Pipe Tube OX-Crude Ol Exchanger. 6000 Ib/hr of a 24°APTTubo oil mat be cwcled from 450 to. 350°F by 72,500 Ib /br of 84°API mid-conti- ‘dbtained from Fig. 14. Por the lube oll, viscoities aro 1.4 centipoiaes at 500°F, 2.0 1 00°F, and 7.24 900°F, Thee visors are great enough to inlzoduso an err if (e/n)®4o0 1 is somumed. olution: 4) Heat Balance: Lae oil, @ = 6000 '082(450 ~ 310) = 427 000 Btu/ar ap ruseol @ = 73400 ORG — B00) = 47,000 Bente at: Hot Fluid Gold Fluid itt since Ue ow ato ofach too sual Asoane sa a sehr an ‘two parallel streams. At = 876F (0.850)122 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER (Caer amperes: Se Bh 0887 Kew OF Pe = 0.905 ie 1? TT, = 360 x O.05(450 ~ 360) ~ 280.5°F 620 1, = 800 X 0305(810 ~ 200) ~ 906°F 629) rocesd now to the inner pie. ‘Hot fuid: anna, abo ot Gold fect: inner pipe, crude of (ay rom nnn, Dy = 3008/12 = 02664] (4) low are, D = 2007/12 = 0172 Dy 238/12 = 0100 ft ay = De Oh TEx 0173/4 = 0.3 sit Thee Osonn 4 = 0.0006 + | Since two paral streams have bows 09- is ‘numed, 1/2 Thor will fow in each pipe. (©) Mase vel, O, = w/t» ec () Ae 350572, n= 20 0p ©) MILF, n= 088 op 230 24d © 7.25 b/E) Oe) "= 088 x 342 ~ 201 B/C) (he) Fig. 141 Wig. 14 Re, = Dafoe {2q. (.6)}| Re» = DGy/n os x 335,000/7.35 = 6,000 T0173" x 1,580,000/2.01 = 183,600 If omly 2 hairpins in seren are required, | L/D wil be 2X 40/018 = 614. Use 1/D = 00. Ox = 05 Fig. 244] (0 jn = 320 = 0067 Beata) (MCRAE) Og. 1]E = o-eaey- |e Onn ieh(Z)%m a CBI] @ bende 5 (2)Me tes. @.t0n A _ a5 30067 X 408 he _ 800 x 00s x 2.82 qo 5c oe = 42.7 Boa/ (or) (°F) eke at Berane me (n= we atte OM ge ROD. ‘at (Ba. (5-810) = BS X 2067 /058 = 2 - Now proceed fom (4) to @) to obtain, Okt eT OS 8) | arr x 2a = 180 Tie. 4} = 810 | 9 = Gin pe = 66 X 2.42 = 16.010/(1)(02) = (201/1.96)84 = 10 nearly: ino ie. 14) a. Hh = wine ney 090i. 21} = Set eq. @301 noke 164. (636))| = 297 x 1.0 287 COUNTERFLOW 198 (18) Clean. overall coeficient, Ve: hohe _ 207 X'384 Dem OK ~ gar ama ~ O40 Be/Oe) NCR) (62) {@8) Design overntt coefficient, Va: rel eR U5" te* (6:10) Ba ~ 0008 0.008 = 0.08 (he Un 2382 + 0.006 (hr) t)(°F) Bea Summary 38.4 [houtido] 237 ve «MO Us a (am) Barface: an, seul aise ‘External suriaco/lin ft, 6” = 0.622 ft Required length = gijdy = 278 inf ‘Thin is equivalent to more than six 204 burping of 240 in feet. Since two paraie, Mabie 11) ‘The corrected dirt factor willbe Be = 1/U ~1/Ue = 1/24.5 ~ 1/84.0 = 00114. 1) Di = =D) Pe oa ~ OAH = a. 84] ) For By 193,00 n (above Bal = Din BS Ly = 0.008 + gta = 00076 = 0.058 X 335,000/7.25 = 2680 (Bq. (3.470) J = 0.0088 + Boy = 0.0182 70% 9 = ons xOTE ME eo oar» = ens x 0778 LL a pee cece er eh (Fig. 6) MEL om ar, = aX 0.0088 X: 390 Ta OREO OOD = 167 99 = as ~ sate ~ 12 51 x 4 tp BIKES og Allowable 4P, = 10.6, sa0(B) -0(g2%,) -owe Her ed te ese re oa) ee av roped bo sry gh Saws ap, = OST LOA) X 484 5 pai | grat, oF about 69 pa. -”324 PROCESS HBAT TRANSFER 5 —_ pt: Masts the fouling ator whi) Ue = Sand Vo = 2,0) Ve = Wana“ 50, and (@) Uc = 110 and Uo = 1001 Which do'you conaider reasonable to 9 hee da a ble pe oxeh ersiced becauso no data were availsblo on ‘€. A double pipe exchanger was ov oe foe during operation atthe mvernge in GEO per month, What dirt factor should Ihave boos gpecified for 6 é-month cleaning oye? : 63, Onrylene coming from storake st JOV'F is to be hited to 160°F by cooling 18,000 lb far of butyl aleabo! from 470-to 140"F. Available for the purpose are five ‘2041t bairpin double pipe exchangers with annul and pipes each connected in seriea. ‘6.10. 6890 Ib hr of toluene ia cooled from 100 to-100"F By heating amyl nestate froin 90 0 00°F using 1Sthaicpins. ‘The exchangersare by 1340. IPS. Allow ing 10 pa pressure drope ana providing a mininram dit taetor of 0.004 (o) how many Salon ae rsd) how tall eye ange and) what eho Sl ak RRPOR VGH ESTAR HF ras ONpxpaS COUNTERFLOW 125 6.11, 15600 Ter of 20°API gis of (oe Example 6.3 in tet for viscosity) ia trom 480 to 350° SAP _Spenmoy by Din 8 ete pe ‘under presoure from 220 to 230°F is are required. Preagure drops 13 Toei ere permite along wit hn Bt tartar of OA, () How many "aipine are required? () How shall thyy be arranged? (e) What i the Gal dirt. factor? 16.12, 100,000 Ib fur of nitrobensene is to bo eoeled from 325i0 275°F by bensene ‘peited from 200 to 300°R. rent haian f hy Bins dbl pe wil *pocamployed, and pressure drops of 10 pei ate permisible. A minimum dirt factor of (0004 is required. (a) How inany hairpins are required? (3) How shall they be ssranged? (©) What is the final dirt factor? mpagen . ARE r r Noseanctarons FOR CHAPTER 6 Specific heatof hot fuid in derivations, Btu/Qb)(F) A constant, Specific heatyot cold fluid in derivations or clther fuid in calewations “Btu/qb)CF) For annuli Dis the ouside diameter of inner pio, Dis the inside dazno- ter of the outer pipe, ft Equivalent diameter for hesttransfer and pressure drop, ft aguvalent dametor for heat-tranfer and prearare drop, in. ‘Outside diameter 8 ‘Mas velocity, ‘pranee Acceleration of gravity 4.18 X 10° ft/ne* > Aseertion of rviy 32.2 ie are de dice, outs Pee een erred tthe pe Bea /(end HCP) ‘Heat-transfor factor, dimensioniees Caloric factor, dimensionless ‘Thermal conductivity, Beu/(bs) (CR i) ‘Pipe length or length of path, ft ‘Temperature group (Ts — 7.)/(0', — 4), dimensionless ‘Number of parallel streams Outaide diameter, fierPROCESS HEAT TRANSFER 4 Ry Onan et ni, iad ir toro deter, Qed EUYCE/ = ate— Se Frontcrature in guoea islet an out of kot fu - 7 ‘TT, Ts ‘temperature in. , inlet and hot: F 7” Calorie temperature of hot uid, “F 1-2 PARALLEL-COUNTERFLOW: ta Cokdfuid temporatare in general, inlet and’ outlet of cold uid, °F SHELL-AND-TUBE EXCHANGERS i cold a ‘True ot effective temperature difference in Q = Und at INTRODUCTION ‘ita fy Cold- and hot-terminal temperature difterence, °F Te, U> Overall couficieat of heat tronsler, clean coeficient, design conficient, Bou tae) CF) vy ‘Yalocity, pa ¥ ‘Weight flow of hot fuid Thar w ele fw fo ltr + ‘constant, dimensionless » icone te te cori temperature, centpoine X 242 = 8 te) (be) wi tayo beer ey as ah ne. 2. The tubes are128 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER actually packed in the tube sheet by means of ferrules using a soft metal -prossures up:to 300 pai, Greater wall thicknesses may be obtained for qrester pressures. Shella above 24 in, in diameter are fabricated by rolling steel plate, © gues YO, SEN L iG = BBS: IBN ERE. NA 3 (a) Square pit © }-Triangulor pi it Ad)-Trianglar gil 4 pitch ‘Bitch (obSauare gh Gnceonng pie ‘ra, 73, Common tube layonte for exthangars oter and 1 in. OD are most common in heat-exchanger design. Thedsta ‘of Table 10 have been arranged ios manner which will be most useful in heat-transler calonlations. ‘Tabe Pitch, Tube holes cannot be rifled very close together, since ‘400 mmall g widés of metal between adjacent tubes structurally weakens the tube sheet, The shortest distance jacent tube holes 5 the clearance 5 Hemant wa ‘are now fairly standard. ‘Tubes a. square or triangular patterns as shown in Big, 7.36 Bia, 74, Vired-bend tubular exchanger, channel covers (4), ‘The tubes are expanded into both tube sheets and are equipped with transverse baffles (5) on the shell side. ‘The ealoula-ee i Danohue, D. Ay Ind, Bag, Chem., 44, 2499-2510 (1945), joints are available, all the tube fluid flows through the two halves of the tubes successively.Jot PARALLBL-COUNTERFLOW 133 ‘The dissdvantage to the use of a pull-through floating head is one of simple geometry. Zo secure the loatinghead cover it te necessary to bolt it to'the tube sheet, and the bolt circle requires the use of space where it sould be possible to insert a great number of tubes. : The bolting not oaly reduces the number of tubes which might be placed in the tube ‘bundle but also provides an undesirable flow channel between the bundle ‘and the hell. ‘These objections are overcome in the more conventional for inspection or mechanical The insides of To RRSP iy emerge acer iti 12 in ie » it mchasinal sivablgn ie difers fom the pullthrough typo by the ‘use of a’split-ting assembly at the floating tube sheet and an oversized shell cover which accommodates it, ‘The detail of a split ring is shown in Fig. 7.18. "The Moating tube sheet is claropedetmeca the foeting heed cover and a clamp ring placed in back of the tube sheet which ia split in + half to permit dismantling, Different manufacturers have different icy Fra. 7.13, Splitting ssembly,PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER 4-8 PARALLBL-COUNTBRFLOW 135 134 actangemont is also shown for the channel and flosting-head cover slong ‘This exchanger has an extension on the floating tube sheet which is con- With the orientation of the passes. Tubes are not usually Isid out sym- fined by means of a packing gland. Although entirely satisfactory for ‘metrically in the tube sheet. ate ot ae a ie shells up to 36 in, ID, the larger packing glands sre not recommended for Shell by omitting tubes directly under the inlet nozale sone to minimize higher pressures or services causing vibration. {he contyaction effet of the fivid entering the shell. When tubes sro Usbend Exchangers. ‘The 1-2 exchanger shown in Fig. 7.16 consists ‘of tubes which are bent in the form of aU and rolled into the tube sheet. z L. (TES ey ee gee tc 4339 TD lengli 1 nOD tian TA Pes Eis oa! i aid out with minimum space allowances between partitions and adjoin jing tubes and within a diameter free of obstruction called the ouler tube {imit, the number of tubes the layout is the tube count. Tt is not alwpys possible to have an equal number of tubes in each pass, although in large exchangers the unbalance should not be more than about § per cent. In ‘Appendix Table 0 the tube counts for 34 and 1 in. OD tubes are given for ‘one pass shells and one, two, four, six, and cight tube pass arrangements. close othe inlet nome “de ton , Packed Ploating Head. Another modification ting-head 1- ually be ‘exchanger is the packed. floating-heed exchanger shown in Fig. 7.35. dane rneemy to omit some tubes af the center of the bundle,188 PROCESS HBAT TRANSFER 1-8 PARALLEL-COUNTERFLOW 187 An intesesting modification of the U-bend exchanger ia shown in Fig. . ince the flow area varies acrosa the diamoter of the bundle with the differ- TAY. “Tt employs ardouble stationary tube sheet and is used when the +,ent mimber of tube clearanees in each longitudinal row-of tabea The I ‘of one fixid stetanr into the other at the tube roll can cause serious. ion obtgined for fluids Yowing in tubes 4a obviously not applicable tion damage. {Ry usiig two tube sHleets with an dir gap between Ss fag ner i eet int opp ‘them; either ftuid lebking through its adjoining titbe shect will escape to “borne put by experiment. “However, in establishing a method of correla- the, gtmosphere. In this way-neither of the stresms can contaminate tion the form of the heat-transfer factor jx = (AD/R)(¢u/8)-Mu/n)- My, ‘the other as a resilt of leakage except when a tube itself corrodes. Even ‘DG/u bss been retained, in agreement with tho suggestion of McAdams, tube failure can be prevented by applying a pressure shock test to the but using fictitious values for the equivalent diameter D, and the mass ‘tubes periodically, 2 velocity , as discussed below, Figure 28 in the Appendix isa correlation of industrial data which gives ‘THE CALCULATION OF SHELL-AND-TUBE EXCHANGRRS = satisfactory results for the hydrocarbons, organic compounds, water, ‘Shell-cide Film Coéfficiehts. The heat-transfer coefficienta outside {aqueous solutions, and gases when the bundle employs baflee with accept tubp bundles are referred to as aheli-sifle odeffcients. When the tube able clearances betwoon baile and tubes and between baffies and shell ‘buiiéle embloys baffles directing the shell-side fluid across the tubes from It is not the mean curve through the data but. safe curve such that the top to bottom ar side to side, the host-transfer coofficiont is higher than deviation ofthe test points from the eurve ganges from 0 to approximately for undisturbed flow wlong the axes of the tubes. ‘The higher transfe oper cent high. Inasmuch ag the line exprossing the equation posseases coefficients reeult {fom the increased ‘curvature, it cannot be evaluated in the simple form of Eq. (8.42), since turbulence. In square pitch, as seen i ‘the proportionality constant and the exponent of the Reynolds number in Fig. 7.18; the yelocity of the fuid setually vary. For values of Re from 2000 to 1,800,000, however, the undergoes continuous fluctuation be- data are closely represented by the equation ssuso of the constricted area detween f ~ AD, Dg\* [aN ‘adjacent tubes compared with the fow BPs = oan (2A) @) () ares between successive rows. Inytri- e angular pitch oven greater turbulence where Ay D, and G, are as defined below. Caleulations using Fig. 28 4s eneountered bevatise the uid flow- agree very well with the methods of Colbura*and Short? and the teat date ing between adjacent tubes at high of Breidenbach and OConnell on ¢ number of eommercin! heat exchang. “velocity impinges direetly on the sue- es. It willsbo observed in Fig, 28 that there is no discontinuity at ceeding row. This would indicate Reynolds number of 2100 such as oocurs for fuids in tubes. ‘The differ ‘that, when the pressure. drop and eleanability are af little consequence, ent equivaleht diameters used in the correlation of shell and tube data . pitch is superior for the attainment of high shell-side film coefii- precludes comparison between fluids flowing in tubes and across tubes ciente, This is actually the case, and under comparable conditions of (x the basis of tho Reynolds number alone. All the data in Fig, 28 refer flow and tube size the ooeffidionte for triangular piteh are roughly 25 per Swrbuleat flow. cont greater than for square pitch. Shell-slde Mass Velocity. The linear and mass velocities of tho fluid Several factors not treated in preceding chapters influence the rate of change continuouily across the bundle, since the width of the shell and ‘heat transfer on the shell side. Suppose the length of a bundle is divided the nuraber of tubes vary from zero at the top and bottom to maxima by te Halen All the fd tuvela sero the unde even dines, If at the center of the shell. ‘The width of the flow area in the correlation ‘allies are installed in the same length of bundle, it would requi 2 MoAdamns, W. H., Heat Transmission,” 24 ep. 217, MeCiraw-El Book Com thav the bunilo be croand tata of even tne, the cose epeing pang, Ine, New York, 1942. causing the greater turbulence. In-addition to.the effects of the baflle dean Rectan ela and eandards on Standards of fhe Tuber Bechange spacing the shell- T then ts— Ts 0 while the hot-fuid temperatures are variable thereby changing tho called the tempers oto temperatures snd to mpidy, sri ror ‘It in usefull to investigate several typical process . i % nae ae tnence of dflereat approschos and eroasen upon the value of tod the innce ofthe lationship between Ts and, ‘The nleuation fits wits SOF ‘Beample' obese Print (@) Hee a7 ~ [intng act! a= Daf igri bat s C Fr lining arctica Number of crosses, 17 + 1 = tube length, in./bafle space, in. a = IBXL/B (143) 1 the tube length in 16°0 sud the baffles are spaces 18 in: apart, there 1 os wil be 11 crosses or 10 baffles. There should always be an odd number of crosses if both shell noses aro on opposite sides of the shell and an “teow o # ‘even number if both shell nossles are on the same side of the abell. With Fenn Approach °F a mnnnsbe rte FA a close baiile spacings at convenient intervals such as 6 in. and under, one Fra, 72%, Latomnte of wpproash temperstare on Pr with Suis having unewanl rene baffle may be omitted if the number of crosses is not an integer. The = 1a eanhana ’ equivalent diameter used for calculating the pressure drop is the sume a For a given srvite the reduction of Pr blow unity in Ba, (49) ‘as for heat transfer, tho additional friction of the shell itelf being neg copenaated for by itireasing the surface, ‘Thus if the prooses tempers lected. ‘The isothermal equation for the pressure drop of a fuid being, : ture are Sized it may bo inadvisable to employ a parallel flow oountet ‘heated or cooled and including entrance and exit losses is flow exchanger aa against a counterflow exchanger, since it inoressee N41 ADAN +1 coat of the equipment beyond the value of is mechanical advent 0, Oe ne, ae)‘PROORSB HEAT TRANSFER 6 ‘ast we 1-4 PARALLEL-COUNTERELOW 149 rharo via the mpeiGgaravity ofthe Guid. Bgaation (18) eves Tre 2, From the heat balance Q = 1% pressure drop - petfequare f ‘(tbe eoumann engineering unit orface A, and thejirue = WO. ~ Ts) = welts — 6), known a ln het i 0 y hesons Lepr irireinesir shew ariecf ah atid oe se i Pecan Crt Up tt i to, whom plctted obtain thie prtesure drop in soutetent excess surface, will permit oper by’Ba. (7.44) sultly J in ig. 20 by 144. period of service, permit operition of the exchanger for a reaso ‘3, The sllowable exceeded. Pressure drops for the two streams msy not be fvid. Bioder "When these ar fullled, an exis ecut Heated or opdied in. tubes. Thay ere plotted: im dimensional form in ‘conditions for which ting exchanger is suitable for the process Fig, 26 and axe ured in thopquation for which it haa been rated. In starting a calculation the frst vebhien vaparen is tae number of tube paso, the tube engi, and Zn is Se ‘ eet tn of path infoot, The deviations are net piven, but he SAY Sete ecoped iy the Tubular Eseanger Mazin eG jute the next at the channgl and floating head some advantage, however, i 3 flowing from one pass ‘n starting caleulations ‘with ‘te fil shanges dicgeton sbraply by 180", ldhough the Gow st sod it may be woll Go exlalah the babit. The d pe sake cide, Si i ans and foating-hsd cover should not bo les thas, be alee an exchanger are outlined below. The subserip sant ad ‘Spmbined flow area ofa the tubes in single pans. ‘The change of direo- alto distinguish Detwen the shall and sbes, and for the outline th puD souEL HOTT 2) eee es a 680 poner at OL 77 BOR 5 = woreg wear ‘Dike er OEE = HED 'GO “HST = coma ome: AK OT = HUY PRY EEN “TH HST = GT! NL vee I saaoeqorg, aNENVEL LvaE sexD0RE et158 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER 4-8 PARALLELCOUNTERFLOW 159 Ae Preesur Deot Cy = water cost/Ib- a a, Ba, (7.44)]] (8) APG, = 1,505,000, 72/29" = 0.33 Cy = annual fixed charges/ft® iaaal ig. 27 Amusing U is constant Ay — Aty # x03 UMTD = jy an/ah = PtP Keeping all factors consant except the wateroutlt temperature and 40-428 = 75 pei sonmequently Afs, Allowable APr = 10.0 pai oa * setnmen tha he ovr sulci for hia problem i fie tien tha of he lol On = sites + 50) Stchangs of Beamplo 7. toe principal ifn bing dn ef een tara o| ee ‘propertien of water, ‘The exchanger is antisfactory for the service. in (Fi ap, ‘Optimum Outlet-water Temperature, In using water as the cooling ‘The optimum condition will ocour when the totel annual cost is a mini- medium for a given duty it is possible to circulate a large quantity with a num, thus when dCs/dt, = 0. email temperature range or « small quantity with's large temperature ‘Diderentiating and equating the respective part, range. ‘The temperature range of the water naturally affects the LMTD. 7, iat T's large quantity is used, willbe farther from 7 and leas murfase ie Wil (oe ay MH [1 ee] en required as a result of the larger LMTD, Although ¢his will reduce the m ‘original investment and fixed charges, since depreciation and maintenance Buti (8 1) hs bcs ltd ty Cun ane npaded a Be will sleo be smaller, fhe operating cost we a inéroasod owing to the greater quantity of water. It is apparent that there must be an optimum ‘i Eitpomn te two conditions: auch water and smal wurlaoe ov Iie watet ve, Site nt: ‘and large surface. ‘outlet water temperature? - . ‘in the following it is assumed that the line preesure on the water is W-2-m suficient to overeome the preaire drop in the exchangst aod that the 20 — 85 6 ‘cost of the water is related only to the amount used. It is also assumed ‘It will fist be necemmsry to anrume 8 viluo of U. Sinoo the material ix visoous, ‘at the cooler operates in true counterflow so that At = LMTD. If the saeme U='18. To crahusia the group Uéw ‘approach sal or ares tmaperse co, the devation below > moo pwning hows amu | a requires an ostimste of Fs by which the LM'TD is multiplied. computed 8800, dollars ‘The total annual cost of the exahanger to the plant wil be the sum of Cen ee ere thes aya tnt the oneal aed Gages ‘the annual cost of water and the fixed charges, which include maintenance am anddoprecistion 84K 0.80 = $1.20 If Cr in the total annual coat, ‘The speci eat of water ia taken a8 1.0, Gr = (water cost lb)(tb/br) (annual br) : Wie 1X 900 (02) a ane + (annual fixed chargea/It4)(tt9) “Cre. “-L0 x 10 (a, Q = wel ~ 4) = UACLMTD) (7.49) SD 2 009 ‘Substituting the heat-balance terms in Eq. (7.49), where w = Q/le(ts ~ 43)] ‘From Figure 7.24, 098 and the surface A = Q/U(LMTD) =, O0Cr ora - r= a=") + UEMTD} Disease‘When tho value of U is high-or therp is a large hot-fiuid ‘range, the optimum outjet-water temperature may fe considerably above the upper amps anh dt aot ty dri td itrecords * Holutions ofsorganse liquids: use the, weighted conductivity. ‘Solutions of organic iquids and water: use 0.9.times the weighted conductivity, Solutions of salts and water circulated through the shell: use 0.9 times the conductivity sf water up to concentrations of 30 per cont. Solutions of salte- and water circulating through the tubes and not eatreing 30 pes cent ue Fig. with conductivity of 08 that of Calla dspesons: ‘we 0.0-times the conductivity of the dispersion Tignid. Exqulsions:’use’0.9; times the conductivity of the liquid surrounding ‘the droplets, Specific heat: Organic sdtutions: usé the weightod specific heat. Organic sclutions'in water: use the weighted specific heat. Fusable salte in water: use therweighted specific heat where the epecific hheat of the salt is for the crystalline state. Viscosity: Organic liquids in organics: uee'the reciprocal of the sum of the terms, (weight fraction/visoosity) for each component, ‘Organic liquids in water: use the reciprocal of the sum of the terms, (weight freotin/vinssity) for each component,162 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER Jt PARALLEL-COUNTERFLOW 163 Boluion: (08) Clean overall cooficleat et - Wade on x 688 ‘Shell side Tube vide vem SE = 303 Bou/ (hr)! ‘TD = 10.42 in, Number and length = 52, 160" + a os eon) (a8) Balle epace = 2 in, ‘OD, BWG, pitch = Hin, 16 BWG, Vin, equare (44) Design overall covficient Up: ‘Panes = 1 ‘Pames = 2 (0) Hest balance: ‘sternal surface a” = 0.10686 (Tobe 10) pei beat of olution = 0.3 X O10 +07 X 1 = 0.757 Bes /0b)CP) 4 = 82 X 190’ x 0.1068 ~ 108 ft 30% K.PO. solution, Q = 20,160 X 0,757(180 — 90) = 915,000 Btu/hr Uo= - 7 ~ Flkan'g = soto x 1000 0) = 915000 Beer Ba Sy ~18 Bevameencery @) aes 28) Dirt factor Ru: B= PEP on ESA - ooonts Ou) /Boe (0.18) LMID = 37.9°F G14) RaGaa s-py@q- 028 - j Fr= 0B Me 18) ‘= 081X319 = 07F C4) (&) T,and &: The averngo temperatures 7, and é, of 120 and 70°F will be eatiafactory, Hal wid: ll side, phosphate action Cold fad ta de, water W) acm ID XC'B/MPE fq, (7.1)]] (6) of = 0.02 int (hale 205 = 10.02 X 0.25 X 3/144 X 1 ae = Va, /lttn = 00807 =i X ome x 2 = an5us ‘Pressure Drop . 0 6 Soon wo aeons (2) For Re, = 15,750, f = 0.0039{t#/in.* | (1) For Re, = 17,900, f = 0.00023 ft*/in,> = B7B;900 Ib/de) (er) = 762,000 lb/hr) ee") Wiig. 201 Fig. 26) ¥ afte = TOAMOIHO x ES No oem, V1 130/B |) aPs = ga, 40) ©) AT. = 10°F, (0) At te = 70°F, «= O91 x 24% rier i f= Forme = 1.20 X 24D = 2.00 b/(h) Gn) ‘Thable 14] oe | D, = 10.00/12 = 0838 oa Yoon Tem ! SODAN +.1) 782,000, 55 = i oP Far 10ag, OHO deve ee, 248) ja Fie 281 Te 748) ©) ALT, = 120°F, b= OS pee - warps ~ 89X08 o/b OCT |e = 0.38 Btn, fit) aPr = AP, + AP, AD o/b) = (0181 X 290/038) = 1.88 Bieeore zaps OH! 0) = ef (Z)" x1 Bea. 61501] @) = 200 XL0 = 800 Pig. 281 Allowsble APr = 1040 pai hyp = he X ID/OD = 800 X 0.68/0.75 ‘The exchanger is satisfactory for the service, TL X 038 x 189/0079 = 062 Bea /tar}eeyCF) (Ba (6.5)) } en en ay 2S B/C) Stoem asa Heating Medium. ‘Thus far none of the heat-tranafer serv- jnaa atndied hea omnlnwad cham elthaneh it je he far the evmnmannat164 ‘PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER heating medium. Steam aa a Heating mpdiuin introdjices sevpral diffi. oulties: (1) Hot steam vondenshte is fairhy corrosive, and care must be 48 PARALLEL-COUNTREFLOW 165 is unully about 215 to 230°F, If a liquid is to be heated 10 250 or 276°F, : it ja necensary 10 use process steam at 100 to 200 pei developed at the Powerhouse specially for process purposes. the true temperature difference Af snd the LMTD are identical i es the outlet temperature of the oold fluid in the first exchanger is made to hedtery, itis customary to disregard the teinpemture range of desuperhes ‘the condensation of steam will be uiiertaken in the chapters dealing with condensation. In the following analysis itis assumed that the pressure drop, pumping166 PROCHSS HEAT TRANSFER J-t PARALLELCOUNTERPLOW 167 cost, and overall coefficient sro identical in a single and double heater alf circles which support one or two rows of tubes in common. ‘These ged per square say be spaced farthar apart than the outside diameter of the shell, but a ate ton foot otic aoe ne co ‘when they are employed, the shell uid is considered to flow along the ‘of curface is constant, although this too is not cont, cation is taken as the sum of steam aad fed charges aod bocnuny ‘axis instead of across the tubes. When the shell fluid flows along the team condenses isothermally, At = LMTD. tubes oF the baflles are cut more than 25 per cent, Fig. 28 no longer apples. ‘The flow is then analogous 10 the annulus of a double pipe Crm well — t)0Ce + AWC + well — OCP + AdCr (7.82) cachangat und can be ented ine similar manner, using an equivalent diameter based on distribution of flow area and the wetted perimeter where Cr = totel annual cost, doUars for the entire shell. ‘The ealeulation of the sbell-side pressure drop will Cy = annual fixed charges, dollars/ft* also be similar to that for an annuhus, Co = cont of exhaust steam, dollars/Btu Cr = cost of process steam, dollara/Btu ‘Bxample 7.8. Calculation of se tee ‘Hoater without Baffies, 200,000 Ty = temperature of exhaust steam, °F Ibfir of «20 per cent sugar solution (¢ = 1.08) is to bo ‘heated from 100 to 22°F Tr = temperature of provess steam, “P Eesha or ta vere a, D1. -Dexchangée without bafles having 76 in. £ = intermediate temperature between shells 9, ISBWG tabs 100" bog hid cht ma a me pae eeing 78 In ¢ = total annual operating hours for bro poses. Tt wey, Te=t Gan the xchange roves 0.003 dirt factor without execeding a 10.0 pei solution an Be Gea om bee Fey can Subeitting, iferentntog a (750) with eopect tot and ating eau : ‘to sero ‘Shall wide CATs = Ts) TD = i%in Number and length = “i (Ts - MPs) = aoe G58) 2a ace“ tal cel “OD, BWO, pick = 3a, 18 BWG, Lin. gue a Rxample 71. The Optimum Uso of Ratasst and Process Steam. Exheust steam eat . ab 5 pai (= 328°F) and proven seam at 85 pel (o> 328°F) are avallabls to hest « Omi eames 2030 + au from 160 to 280°F. Saute eae at Sota p18 8 od Se nua /)eR) ‘Trocam steam at 90 cents pet 1000 he aerate Sugar lution, = 200,000 x 0.86(122 — 100) = 8,700,000 Btu for ‘be ‘The assumption may be checked later. Use annua! Pe Ea recta foot BD al hee aeat beet ORT Beas oy Sng = 0X 2004 = 870000 Behe (rite for exhoust, and 888.8 Bta/Tb for process steam. Hot uid (Cold Maid Din 8 mf a | | 222 | Lower Temp | 100 138 2 2 0 | Differenson Rn oom = LMTD = 11057, (say) tis one and &: The steam coofficiont will be with that for tho from the use of eegmental bafles and use only’ support plates. Those stir mltion, a th tab ll il be elec senate for the ‘will usually be half-cirole, 50 per cent cut plates which provide rigidity ‘temperature of the fiaid. Obtain F, from Ui and Us Failure to correct for wall and prevent the tubes from sagging. Successive support plates overlsp ‘cta, however, wil Koop the heater ealoulation on the anfo side, "Use 11°F os ant the shell diameter so thet the entire bundle oan be supparted by two he average, fs,"168 PROCESS HEAT PRANSFER £4) 6 = 0.308 int 20 Naan Dre oman x2 = oo7e7 te “ony 2 = 056 1 s + 5 (6) Gy (for prosaure dsoponly) Woe | (6) @, — w/a, a. ea J 1m 8050/0.0707 =+49,600 Ib/(be) Ge") = 200,000/0.55 ‘ "= 6400 Bo/ (hr) (ee) @ AvP. 2 208F, (0) Atte = INF, 2 = Bh pom © O.0128 X 2.43 = 1.90 242 = 3.14 /E OE) = 0.084 The) Gr} Fig. 38] Oe Dn oga/t = 00617 * table 10}] Dy = day/(wetigd perimeter) (Ea. = Daijn “(Bq. (O)|| = 42 055208 Xx X 076A) we DoBtT x 49,500/008t = 5500 mouse | “Racin for prseze drop, Rey = Dhl Faq. (7a) 014s x 204.000/3.14 = 17,100 (7) Fro Big, 24 (beside data) lin =-615 @) Att, = 10°F t= 09 087 : _| torn # (0:90 x2.14/0208) ® Condensation of steam: is = 1800 Buu /Ghe}0}CF) ke (40) 44%: be mors x oses x 20/0168 — 278 ae oes 10) [Ba (6B10}] | U2) ALES = BIO"F, me = Beene : = O61 242 = 1.26 W/E) Ge) = it + gp ee 8-1 Die. 14) wer fm to/nt m GAs 20) © 138 (087) Corrected cofiient, fy = Bett a, (0.26) = 978 X 1.12 = BIL Bea/Q ENC) 2 On re uke _, 1000 X31 Oe = pM, = ean se mevoneen a) (4) Design overall coetiaiant Uo of = 01068 fin (Table 10) “A 2 To 100" X0.1068 — 238 Uo= ye 3 APOE + 187 Bea/ Che} OUNCE) (8) Dirt factor:Raz Ben Feats BESTE — cones GUCHY/Bin (6.18) “Noto hu in the sumerntor. = 0st Basar) J 09 beta (F)"% a (0891 4 (@) Speci vol of steam frosn Table 7: ] 1) Dy w 4 X fhew-ares/friational iso ‘wétied perimeter (Bq, (0401 STU p00 #556 x 214 x 075/12 La BAX 1g) oe O1RE Bas = 82,5007f = 0000155 fein. | Re = Dela Eq. 03)) Ce, 2 OX AIOE = 1400 film roan or tube side) ue 3pm em, Be 740 = 0.00025 t/in = jx SORE x ane x ) oP ~ toi'sfora dean exohanger from Eq rns), nardag with wea — 4) = UA X LMTD For a 1-2 exchanger the outlet temperatures oan be obtained starting with the expression t#o(ts ~ ti) = UAFr X LMTD, where the LMTD is elma interme of partes Rand oy Ea (7.39) and Fr is dofined by Recognizing that Fr can be eliminated when UA/we in Eq.. (7.37) is plotted against S, Ten Brocok! developed the graph shown in Fig, 7.25. In an onieting 1-2 exchsngor A and we are known. 7 ean be computed * en Broeck, H., Ind. Hag. Chem., 90, 1041-2042 (1838).quantities and temperatures, and 7 ean be evaluated from cf beat removed from 2 fuid to the maximum which might have been re This permite & to be read directly from the graph. ince Femoved. Using the usual nomenclature, B= AO a a Wen Ta. = BRR - poh 34) +, 9 obtain a and from the test ta the initial points at which 9 . we(M— 4) ~ Trt tots = te ‘which is identical with the temperature group S and presumed that = Ts Depending upon whether the hot or eold terminal approaches v of yoamics there is a Inck of realism in an efficiency definition which involves a terminal difference and a temperature difference of sero. It js the aame as defining the efficiency as the ratio of the heat transferred by a real exchanger to an exchanger with infinite surface. In process beat transfor there is another definition which is useful, ‘what will the outlet tarmperatures be when the exchanger ‘that other flow arrangements besides 1-2 parallel ftow-eounterflow can keer extn ‘in freshly plaged in oorvieo! ‘ 3 Uc= 03 A= 689 wr oe rte patterns which approach true counterflow more closely than the 1-2 = 43,200 - exchanger, ua 83 X 000 ‘or ~ saga 0-9 PROBLEMA Raw =} At a8 TL. A123 exchanger is to be used for heating 50,000 Ib fhe of methyl ethyl ketone we * fram 100 to 200°P axing hot emyi aloobol avallable'at 260°, (a) What minimum ‘From Figure 75, ‘Guntity of amy/ alocbolsroqured to deliver the doxied ent oed in }-Seashanger? - ©) If dhe amgt slecha is availabe at 275°F, how doce thi affect the total required Tog 70m seuatity "0.265(Ts — t) = 100 + 0.288(900 — 100) = 17°F TA. A 1-2 exchangor has one shell end two tube paswet..‘The passes do not have Pym T— Bl — 4) = 800 — 2IBQTT ~ 100) = 1907 saline Zp oof hear ain pa a .~ Zhe ss ‘eatarin the tthe tube ede in ara ‘he Rlency of an Bechanger. In the design of many typer o Soa ST ematant U is jorfable, "() Develop a exprnion forthe trv tmperahige itis ily desirable to establish a standard of maximum ‘diferenes when X per cent of the tubes are in the colder of the typ tube pames. (0) apparatus performance. The efficiency is then defined as the fractional perform ‘What i the true temperature difference when the bot thud i cooled from 485 to 225°F Tend anny nrrag nan earl Dre ee Ye ge nage ea io of tho pe a pase and (© per ‘he definition of the efiiency of an exchanger asthe ratio the tubes aren the colder pam? "How do thew compare with the true temperstuteSO I A EAT +” 48 PARALLEL-CouNrERELOW 173 ©'y{ta, OD, IA BWG, 1807"Jong on 1%4e-n.teangularpitsh, Bala arvepuced Tin. «gpariead there are two tube pases io gecoramodatothorteam. Whatae the prearure meant gid oh te di cert “a pepaitiom Bret 2 pene etn nation io ented on 69 : 08 10. ID 12 a2 1 RROCESS*HEAT TRANSFER NOMENCLATURE FOR CHAPTER 7 a ‘Heat-tranafor urface, ttt i > Pow area, fit ‘ ‘Bxternal urfaos per limber foot, ‘if vo, shat will the foaling factor be? _ For $he gxa olf the viscosities are-D.4 centipdioe ce Sortie beat ot i, erivat 30,3 : i Werivations, Btu \ at SBOIF and 0:7 ckatipoiwe at 300°F. © Porrthe crudo ol the viscnitin are 0.9 cent- e “Clearance betwean tubes, i, coun pola at 200°F aid 2.1 cwofipole wt 170°F. i (itstpolate by plotting Fve octipoie e Specie heat of tid, Btu/b)(F) ‘on Jogarithmtc paper.) G Cost of exhaust steam, dollars /Bt0 ‘£06,000 35 fr of 2BXAFT sheotptlon. lin being cooled from 400 to 200°F jp uned & Anncal fixed charges, dolone/t* to host 35°APE dstilat from 100 to 300°F. Avaliable fr the service da 29 i. 1D or Cost of proceas steam, dollars /Blu exchanger having 288 tube 1 in. OD,-14 BWO, 160" long.on 1¥4-n, triangular ‘Total annual ope, dllac/year pitth, Balls are apsced 10 n, apart, andithe bundles arranged for four tube pames, Ge Coat of water, della ‘What arrangement gives the:nare nesaly balanced presmure drops, snd what isthe drt Inside diameter of tubes, ft fect? The vieusity ofthe abeorption iis 2.6 centpoie at 100°F and 115 cath fh. Outside diameter of tubes, ia. oiat at 10°F. (Pot on Ldgarthumie paper °F v, veeosity in cen¥eine, and extrap- Da 0 Equivalent diameter for hent transfer and pressare drop, ‘late a8. straight line): "The viscosity ofthe distillate is 2.1 contipone wt LOOTF and aed ‘Equivalent dismeter for heat transfer and presrare drop, Lbosntipolce at 310°F. ao Inside diameter of abel, fo ‘L. 48,200 lb/hr of 3E°APT diatilato 1s. coclbd from 260 fo 12°F wing cooing ‘ Bffeleney, dimensianleas ‘water from-85:to 180°F, -Available for the sutvic ia » 1994 in-iID 1-2 eashanget n Galore fraction, dimensicnloes ‘hating 204 tabes fin. OD, 16. BW, 1607 long on Jin. square pitch. Bates are ca ‘Temporatare diference factor, At LACT, dimensionlees paced § in, apart, and tho bundle i arranged for four passes. ; What arrangement f Friction tactor, dimeneioalow; for AP in pei, fe fa give the more nearly balanced prenmare drops, and what ix the dirt factor? What Masa velocity, Ib/lar) (U9 ‘the optimum outlet-water temperature? (Viedosities of the distillate are given in Acoeloration of gravity, $¢/brt Prob, 78) seo “ on ‘Acceleration of gravity, fod? "14, 153000 bj of ethylene ghyeo! ia heated trom 100 to 200°P sing steam J Heat-tranefer oefleient in gonerl, for inside uid, and for outside SUF. Available for the sirvice Wa 17% ia. ID 1-2 exe hunger having 224 tubes Th, mepectvely,Bio/OONC1768 ‘PROCESS HBAT ‘TRANSFER AFI ‘the fube faid may be hedied toin temperature bore ite outl he two olde rave near ber obetefthe abel hu, eng FLOW ARRANGEMENTS FOR INCREASED BEAT RECOVERY 177 shell Huid temperature is 7, where it reverses direction after the finst - ‘the tilbe tempdtature is 4 where it reverses direction after fon WOT, — 72) = welt, ~ 1). 18) 4B Tho quantities of heat transferred in I and TI are obviously not the same. “Equation (787) may be written‘for each of the exchangers:ie, 88 Tnlesoe of spree tempers on Fr fr wnerwal Me temperteeranew Ha 50, ris tat 4 fatngtoad ehanen, (PalisonFounary ‘Brchangors having odd numbers of tube passes have not been trested ‘ # MecKna Ca) hore bocnue they may create mechazical problemen stationary tube shoe! 24 Tubular Bechangere, Two methods by which the 2-4 temper- eee not eften employes, Fachot has edledlstol and stare arrangement i achoved in tubular exchangers are chown in Figs Sieted the values of Fe for severd odd-numbered tabe arnogements. J 88 and 80. The exchanger n Fig. 88 is similar to an ondinary 1-2 Ree for'e mazimum valuo af Pr the odd bibe-pess arangements ff exchanger excopt that both of the shell nozsles are adjacent fo the sta10 ‘PROCESS HEAT TRANSYBR HOW ARRANGEMENTS FOR INCREASED HEAT:RECOVERY 181 ‘tube sheet in two halves which are joined usually desirable. . a i elghood saver and i phe Cslenlation of a Sat Exchanger. A 2-4 exchanger can be used single tingtbood avhen the process, tamperatuids give a vorrection factor Fr of less than So OF ‘075 for n 1-2exchanger. If the fsctor Mr obtained from Fig, 19 for 94 exchangerrexcséds 0.90, ‘a removable longitudinal bafile or 0.85. 2 with a welded Yongjéndinal bafilo, a single 2-4 exchanger will be adequa\ If the Value of Pris bdow these limits, it will then be necossary to uso ¢ set of bafiles is. rand-one is-below the longitudinal baffle. Meampte 81. Calculation: of « 2-4.0i1 Cooler. A 32.5°API oil has a visoosity of 5 118 centipoine at 180°F and 2.0 ceatipoine dt 100°F. 49,000 f /hr of oil leaves a dis- EI ding ectamn at 358°F and into bout in'an abeorption process at 10°F Cooting aad feby Ea, (6.10) instead of from fi and hy ince in thin easo “ff igs desired to calenlato the value of By. which ‘will ploduoe the initial “faluo of the outlet temperature, Having alculated/t, solve for exch $0, 400/828 = 180 Be = he = EGE = 149 Bia/t)NCR) (6.88) petTe x 202 = 4201/0) ac 0.0725 X 09400/8:28 = 1580 (44) Design overall coeisient Uo: Sow, Suid. onmised between ot = 0:018 in f (ibe 10) : Torte A 86 19" Xx Oa8 = OH Fay xaos st Be = Bae ey = 125 Brim (8) Ae 4 = 1.75 op and 40°API, (ab) Dist factor: pecsn= ane Bisons een) Ve—Ue_ 149-115 By = eye m MEST . gone deINCH)/Bte (6.18) ° of near: o Meje eb()" Tq. ne Summary: Figures in pareotheeos are uncorrected for free convection A = 1800 hu/de'= 3:10 % 024/80705 = 10.25. . he ¥ ante ao Me = Exw/op Ba. 65 tented te) my any] Tas x0 /10 = 801 1600 ted ead © LAB AEH) - f= 080 % 249 = 1A = Ot ge + aH Oe ea = 29F = shay a0 (49) fag = Be ta, (630) ‘Reynolds number remained the same beesuee of increased weight flow, the exchanger ‘would not be suitable. ‘The premure drop may be oomputed as heretofore exept that. $ for preaeure drop {in atreamline flow i (2/z0)®™, 1176 ep ot the-clore Smpersture and fu = 32°F, five convectin should be aa ome). ‘23641 + 0.01 ‘ vo Tee % Te 05) ‘Tue Use of Core Tubes. Employing the horizontal exchanger of the precoding example, suppose that 60,000 Ib/hr of a 28°API gas oil was to be heated from 105 to 130°F using steam at 250°F, Wohid the exchanger be aatifnctory? Solving as before, the value of the viscosity correction dis 1.18 but ‘hefree-convection correction ¥ is negligible, and Ue would be lees thn Us.210 PROCESS HRAT TRANSVER be placed within the tubes of an exchanger as shown in Fig. 10.2. They coonstziot: the cross-sectional area by forming an annulus which replaces ‘which increases the mass velocity of the tube uid. Although the ue ‘of 2 core decreases the eflective tube diameter and increases the mam velocity, it does not alter the Reynolds number from its value before ‘introduction of the core, Using s core, 4, = Ft ~ Dp where D; is the outaide diameter of the core and Dy js the inside diameter of the tube. Wetted perimeter for heat transfer! = xD. Dp, = 4#2E= DD _ Dh DE OE ey Dy w Da ae . ~_ w Ae Rw PE OO =D 7 ae ‘Without 9 core the result is the same. Ryn PG Dew tw mn GAD Dw ‘Since the Reynolds number remains the same, the advantage of the cores ia manifested by the emailer value of D, to D in Eq. (6.1). ‘However, inserted. It the clamped width is less, the core is secured by welding 1 Unlike the snnukus of » doutle pipe exshangst, the wettod perimeter fa the c- . + Ns inate diameter of the outer tobe rather than the outer diameter of ‘a Brantple 102 muita fr the Sow of S000 Ibe of cre ae hog SREEE Gar cll @ = 90,000 X 0.471180 — 105) = 587,000 Beu/em2 PROCESS BAT TRANSFER @) Trand te Goto, 180 $108 to BE OEE ee ‘Hl fri abl id ata ) =D XOB/MPe (Ba CDI = 16.25 % 0.25 x IB/ASE X 125 = oie ft (8) = W/o Ba. CDH = e208 = 19,000 m /curye) 6) ALT, = 20°F, 0013 242 = 0.0914 Ib/(t) Ce) ie. 16) D, = 073/12 = 0.00018 Ra, = Dida for prearue drop) Ta. 29)) = 0.06 X 19,000/0,0814 = 37,490 (old foi be wide, crude ot a= Fae = Joost - 0809 = o40ine fag = N/T (8a, (.48)] = 88 XO40/144 x2 = 0.119 = 58.000 /0.119 P 0.589,/12. = 0.08885 tt Ma = LEP, am 60 X 248 = 16-7 B/C hr) Re, = DEI = 0.0485 x 420,000/16.7 = 1,30 Assume mixing between paases L/D. "© 12/0.0885 = 247 © jn = 330 {@) Ab p = 89 op and 26°APL ‘R(cn/k) = 0.35 Bew/ (hr) (ft*) CF At) (Hig. 18), ‘ (9) Condensation of sara? ain § CF)” ea. tse be = 1800 = 8.10 X 0.35/0.0485 = 224 de) ta: am = xB a. 5) ny * be mt t py (Te bY Bq. (6.81) = 224 X 87/10 = 105 Too (A) Ab = MOF, = nts + py FO! ~ 7) |, nan KAe = ABM mre Hom inst = (16.7 /A.84) = 1.18 a9) te = a * fa. (637) 3195 x18 = 20 Bia/eyiP) (2) Clean overall cofisieat Ve: em dig = BOZUM «mae bi tener) — (38 Gz and dy are the enoulus diameter, in) = = 400,000 Ib /ehay(tey) = STREAMLINE FLOW AND FREB CONVECTION cit {W) Design overall ooeficient, Up: A= arin Uo = oa aM = 184 Bea HNEICH) (a8) Dirt factor Re: Be = UEP? wm BES I — o.crre ayNCE) Bey (6.18) Note Uhat the corer make the hater operable, ‘Pressure Drop 1) For Re, = 31,400, ) d= — a Bq. (04) f= 0.0018 fin. Fe, 29) = (0.87 — 0.50) = 037 in. Dy, = 087/12 = anno0 fe Be, = DyGi/n = 0800 x sno/187 = 7 f = 0.00086 te/in> (2 No, of exomen, N41 = 13/8 Ta. (74) 6 = 6.774988 = 1.35 = 12x 19/5 = 10 j= 035 e.6) = Baz ttt ‘(able 7) ‘fOlln 1 gp 0808 AP Se yaeiae, Ua ABN) 39 = 127 tt 1 DIN + 0.00088 x xux2 0) P= 55a X10 am, ® “EHX xo "Ba, (80) ges <1 pa 7409) home lao, 3 =p ‘The choive of & core was aatiaiactory. A large dirt factor shouldbe weed Ihecause of ‘he inscouracice of tho coloulstion. It would alao be advisable to investigate the te of « Hor 32 in, OD core, atthowgh ther of thee core wil cue a ansiderably ‘eater premare drop.PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER STREAMLINE FLOW AND FRBE CONVECTION saeco from horizontal cylinders can be represented by eo lee 7 HN; evaluated at the fictitious film temperature ty taken as the mean of the temperature of the heating surface and the bulk temperature of the fluid peing heated. Thus gakte (10.6) For the most part it in difficult to obtain good data for the various types anil sizes of equipment used in industry. This is due in part to the inter- ference and camplenities of free-convection heating elements such se ‘banks of tubes and the insbitity to control an atmosphere of ffuid to the Horizontal pipes: = oso($)" 10.7) Long vertical pipes: a= 04 ¢ os) rertical plates less ini han 2 high: 4, = 028 (4) 0.9) ‘Vertical plates more ‘than 2 ft high: k= 03 ae 40.19). Horisontal plates: racing upward: hy = 0.38 at 10.11) Facing downward: hy = 0.2 até (10.12)PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER STRBAMLINE FLOW AND FREE CONVECTION 217 ton, Cobur, Generau, and Veron” have developed an alignment Fa . eto is Fig 104 for gos sad gue he = 118 [ Heee) GT (0.14) srbero #is in centippises, Of the four axes in the sligament chart one ius isnot very acourste, and reasonable factors of eafety such as large fouling factons-are tecommended. ‘The use of the several types of tree-convection correlations for fuids coutaide tubes is demonstrated by the typical problem which follows. ‘Bxample 10.4. Calculation of. Heating Bundle for an Aniline Storage Tank. A hotizontal outdoor storage tank 90” TD by 120” long and presumed cylindrical is to olution, The fret part of the-problem ia to determine how mich beat will be Jost ‘rom the tanks ta the atmonphore, ‘This gives the beat load for which the coil must be ‘Chilton, T. H., A. P. Colbarn, B. P. Generaux, and H.C. Vernon, Trane. 4.9.4.2, Petroleum Meck. Eng, 65, (1083).8 PROORSS HEAT TRANSFER au STRRAMLINE FLOW AND FREE CONVECTION 219 From 12g, (10.7) to (10.12) the sonvection contficiost to air will be suinewhore teteean K=O ae and hy =O thf the ea tank won, NGS the 4, 37,00 nro mn rp compound hw, propario rv comly appre Giving the higher value of his safer. ated es “Appendix ‘by wear in ‘eaustion alas on echange bth hl ef cain eppes late. The lie ‘Conveetion Joa: {Tobby heated from 100 to 200°F by steam at 225°F. = 03 200s Arad fr te vin 937 a 2D 39 rans conning 24 1 in, OD, m . 16 BWG, Jor two passes on 13{4n wisngular pitch. Ne ee (a) Determine the dirt factor if the oil in not mixed between pasmea? (6) What in at = 100 — the ctual outlet temperature ofthe oil i the fod i mixed between pune? £203 loom © 098 Bes/NNER) ‘fas. 22000 ib aco «thing ol eon restrbling 24°API ga cl xo be heated Radiation rata = OLEAT onl AO) — Trae/ 100) gy from 195 to 175°F to improve fitestion. Available a « heating medium i another rate, Shige ea me dane ‘The temperature range of the Ansuming an emisivity of about diotilate 0 exchanger ia eemaialy in aounterfiow. miivity of about 04 “Avalable for the veriae isa 21% in. 11-2 exchanger containing 240 9 in. 16 py = OTB X 0808 409 gop pra stunthnCF) WG tubes £0” lng “Tubes are arranged for ax panes ou Lit, aque pitch. ~~ ‘Bafles are spaced 8 in. apart. Bectuse of contaminants the fuahiag ol will ow in Combine om: Sprertlgnte all he pom, ioloding tbe sm of ee, to - . ‘se of sores, to make tho exchanger ete = 005 $0.76 = 170 Bea/ nC erie, Prnmae roe are 38 pak tnd & combine dt far O15 (ut faba ‘Total tank sie = =F 4 ex 5 x 2 ~ 207. ee ‘rafuaed with 0.0013), D. ‘ae 30.4. A vertical cylindrical storage tank 6'0” ID and 8/0” tal i led to 80 por ont ‘Total host om Q = Oh + Ka At = 1.70 X 2978 x (00 — 0) ~ 2800 Btn lita baight with ethylene glyool at 10°F. ‘The surrounding etmowphere may fall to "Thin heat must be suppliod by the pipe bundle: OF in the winter, but it ix doxred to maintain the texperstare within the tank by ‘Amvuming eat steam to be at 212°F, . wing & rootangolar bank of | i. TPB pipes heated with exheust seam at 226° a 00 Flow much auface ie required? How abould the pipes be aranged? =%5 a aco NOMBXCLATORE FOR CHAPTER 10 BIBL 100 apr (nonety) Hoot transfer auton, . [Bxternal aurisee por near foot, ft From Figure 104, h, = 48 Bea/Car}(eCF). ‘ Flow area, tt" B Ballo spacing, in. Dem phe = Teas = 4.5 Btu/he) ONC) (6.38) 6, 6 Constanta, dimensiontees > Inside diamotar of tuben oF pipe, Ammons dit factor of 0.02 Qu) fU9CF)/BE0 D ‘Outside diameter of tubes oF pipes, ft WoX URe 46.5 X50 aD ‘Equivalent diameter for beat transfer and pressure drop, Up ~ Pe = BEX oo Bina) ‘ Inside diametar of tube, in. Cet HE BEE 4 ‘Outside dinmetar of tubes, in. Toudmurtace, Ae gh , Friction factor, f0/in wo gener err a & Saat mane, an ‘rea/pine ~ 0244 <8 = or Grashot number st the sverege or bulk temperature, dimensionom frm of pipes = 144/888 Acodleration of gravity fi/a® ‘Those may he arranged in series or parallel. Ahh“ Hoat-tranater coefficient in general, for inside Quid, and for ouside ‘uid, repectively, Btu/Cu)eAVCE) ‘PROBLEMS & ‘Value of fy when referred to the tubo ovtaide diamatar ‘104. 9000 Ihr of B4°APT erudo ofl at 100"F (wo Example 10.1 for viscostien) Heattrantercoefcent for feo convostion, Btu/(hr) (CF) ‘enter the tubes of a 17} in. ID 1-2 exchanger containing 118 tubes 1in. OD, 16 BWG, » ‘Heat-transfer coefficient for radistion, Biu/e}{ie)\ CF) 170" long stranged for two passes in 2}4-in. triangular pitch. 1. deed tata eee ee NIEHS ‘outlet temperature of 160°F ting wloum at 250°F. What ix the actaal ou Thermal conductivity, on une ‘Tube langth of length of unmixed path,220 PROCBSS HEAT TRANSPER Pressure drop in geen, pet e AP, 6Ps Reheat, wd op prem pn repre a Jon i ain tn) DCR) 4 BeBe raimber eat dt proaure drop; dlmeraoclom CHAPTER 13 CALCULATIONS FOR PROCESS CONDITIONS ee Mion ifrenae or but Uae, ¥ _ Tempra eifleece betwen ie wal an average duid temper Uo, Ur a nen ri tt Bs . Boeeific volume; it he ise Sot ht sed ok id We tae. Boe dzop in-strearline Gow, (e/a) rears ‘Broo convection correction, Bq. (10.5), dimensioneas4, PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER 5 telative cont (per square foot) of surface decreases from amall to large -exhangew. ‘The fixed chaygis are dually arrived at a3 a percentage (80 per.cent) of the initial east per squaré foot, and thie varies eo much CALCULATIONS FOR PROCESS CONDITIONS 225 ‘McAdams* haa given an excollent résumé-of ¢he equations and approtima~ Sons required Tor extablhing the optim exchange: to which the epder ng Hichanger In Chapa. 7 through 10 the ealulatons were values of he rqired sizes ofall the x equipment can bo:computed for each ssumption. From the overall heat228 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER equal, the lower film coefficient determines the range of Vc und Uo, In ‘the light af this experience if trial value of U» is assumed and then subetituted into the Fourier equation to supplement calculated values of , it permits tho tri 1 of tubes corresponding to the trial value of A. ‘The trial masa velocity should fall somewhere between 750,000 and 1,000,000 Ib/(hr)(ft*) for fluids with allowable tube-side presmre drops of 10 pai. If the trial number of tube paases has been sagumed incorrectly, chasigo in the total number of pases changes the total surface which ie contained in given shell, since the number of tubes for a given shell 3 It is always advantageous therefore to compute the tube side first to ‘validate the use of s particular shell. C ‘Maximum spacing, B = ID of shell, in. (13) Minimum spacing, B= 12 °C*DAI oe 9 in, whichover is latger (11.4) shell, the end baffles may not exactly conform to the chosen spacing CALCULATIONS FOR PROCESS CONDITIONS for an even numberof bales and an odd number of eromes, When using a close convenient spacing, if an odd number of baie is indicated, the reamre-rop snd het iantfercoeficienta can be cleulted forthe chosen spacing, although one bats will be omitted by respacing extrome end bufles. wy the Be where nl, is the total length of path. ‘ same shell inside di the SS Jo leh tubo panes i the but Kwmaey _ (8) _ 1.88 -@ = 1s provided the fluid is in stroamaline flow in both cases. ‘be represented approximately by soome. ‘The shall wide may A et AP, © GN +1) where is the number of baifies and N + 1 the number of bundle, The change for the shell side between minim tod meshes ne spacings are . a. i - ("2228 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER CALCULATIONS FOR PROCESS CONDITIONS 229 4 loosed, and there is les facility in handling and cleaning the smaller -fubes. Hf thertubes areitoo long, it is dificult to-remove the bundle ‘but AP ruin _ 5X5 B (BPane TRL i Offsetting this, however, is The fact hd he sl ede yn eee order of film ;opfli¢ients for the smaller pf the two streams iif there is great differences Heir weight, flow rates. ‘Through the iso ofthe oversll coefficients suggested in Table 8 and « judicious analysis of the summary of the frst trial assumptions, it should bo porsible to obtain the most suitable exchanger on the second trial. ry Pia, 11.6, Cost of tubular surface ve. tube length. (Stade, Chemical Bnoinsering) ‘that for exchanger work with fiuids of ordinary fouling characteristics the ‘Tube Btandatds. There.are numerous advantages in st Sandardiing 4 1 the dutao diameters age, and yngth of the tobes ued in 9 lank es ay =u earth Bu) om Q | gu 09] do se ee bits % dos ‘Tube length, FE eso 1 of tober ‘42nd 1 in. OD tubes: sre employed most frequently. For chemical wk Bnoineesne) ‘evaporators, boilers, and fouling services, larger tubes are customary. ‘Btandardizotion reduces the number of sizes and lengths which must be fate Metiation and: Deen ofan Rschanger, ‘The outline for design carried in storage for the replacement; of tubes which develop leaks. Ii also reduces the number of installing and cleaning tools required for Given: maintenance. Pitch standards have already been discussed in Chap. 7, but the selection af the tube diameter hasan economic aspect. Obviously Process conditions: ‘the amnsller the diameter of the tube the smaller the shell required for ‘Hot fluid: Ts, Ts, WF, Gs 8 6b Ba aP sven surface, the greater the value of fi, and the smaller the first cost, Gold fini t,t, 0, 6,2, 1b, Ra, BP and pitch will be apecied by plant practice or may be determined:from the suggestions in Chap. 7. (2). Hest balance, Q = WC(T, — T3) = welts ~ 4) (@) ‘True temperature difference, At: LMTD: RaDih go hok : (14) r Cs Trike tobe artes eal, under $4 in. OD, ‘here are too many t0 be : (8) Caloric temperatures, T, and f, (6.08) and (620)230 PROCBSS HEAT TRANSFER CALCULATIONS FOR PROCESS CONDITIONS 231 Trial 1 ‘Prossure Drop. orth exchanger: Bein (0) obtain, 20]] C1) For Resin (6) obtain (©) Assume a tentative value of Up with the sid of Table 8, and com. Oh ectcome # Seeme | fin anon pute the surface from A = Q/Us At It is always botter to assume), ag. 149y1] ©) AP Sa Cigipag, MP AON too high than too low, as this practice ensures arviving at the miniraum sD +Y 7 surface. Determine the corresponding number of tubes using Table 10. APs Sar 1oeDag, «He TH (@) Assume » plavsable number of tube pasvoe for the pressure drop ara a. 48)] allowed, and select an exchanger for the nearest number of tubes from a the tube counts of Table 9. . . (@ APs = aP, + AP, Bq. 7.47) . (©) Correct the tentative Uy to the surface corresponding to the actual ca side re entactory fr Sl eoeiclenta and prese drop, the tat may be number of tubes which may be contained in the shell. ‘The performance calculation for the film coefficients should atart with BSc ttt the tube side. If the tube-side film coefficient is relatively greater than Ue = Me (638) Uo and the pressure-drop allowance is reasonably fulfilled and not exceeded, the calculation can proceed to the shell side. Whenever the (4) Dirt factor Re: Un has boen obtained in (c) above, number of tube passes is altered, the surfaco in-the shell is also altered, R= Ye= Ue en) changing the value of A and Us, For the remainder of the calculation Teo shown here it is sesumed that the cold fuid flows in the tubes as it does ‘The calculation of a number of exchangers for typical sensible-heat- in a majority but not nooosarily all eases. ‘znnafer conditions are given in this chapter. Each prosents a different Hot foci: hal vide Col Hid tbe side aepectof design. Together they should provide the permpective necessary. {W) Aarons a plsutble ball pacing fr| (4) Flow aren, ex How aren pe fab 0, for meeting a variety of applications enovuntered in modern industzy. ‘the preaure drop allowed. From Table 10 ‘ince the method of approach involves trial-and-error calculations, the Flows ID XCB/MPS A farm Nei/leln | eC] ‘analyses and comments included in each solution should reduce the time (8) Mame wal, G, = W/ast/C0)(00) | (8) Mam vel, Gy = w/a Tb/Ca Ch?) required for subeoquent calculations, ‘Ea. C2} Example 111, Calcalatio of « Strew O1-Rephtha Rechanger. 20,900 1b/or of ©) Re = DA/e (Eq. (7-8)}} (6) Res = DGi/s ‘BB°API light oil at 340°F is ta prebent 108,000 Ib far of 48°API naphths from 200 Obtain D, », from Fig. 28 or compute from Sein D from Table 10. to 290°, The viscosity of the oil is 5. pic rsende hod top cracked matte aor. ‘The visoosity of the naphtha is 1.3 centipoises at 100°F and 0.54 centipoines ‘at 210°F, Preswure drops of 10 psi are allowable. (1) jz from Fig. 24 ‘Because the oil may tend to deposit resides, allow a are Ewa mie roe Ff282 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER MTD = 603°F a9 Ra nas 5 mtg ~ 024 Pr = 0885 (ig. 18) Ata rl beinisnotory. _ ab ORBE x03 = OLA 4a O) Beno Bb 0.20, = 028 (raw oi controlling) Wig 7 = 0008 T= 10 + 0408 X 100 ~ 2505°F (528) te = 200 + 0.405 x 30 = 212°F 6.29) ‘rial (@), Asnume ‘Up = 70: From Table 8 a value of Up betweea'G0 and’ 7 should be the-mnzimor expected. Tein abways better to samme Ua too high than {00 law a ‘that the fal gxchingor wil, just fulfill the toquireménts, Pisoo the emall stream in (49) Mow are, a Sineo the sanimem |(4) How ares, of = 0.302 in fle apace will provide the greatest value (Table 10), of Ay, assume = Nai/ttin Ba. (748) Bs IDY6 = 1525/6, any 3.5in. = 104 0.300/144 x 2 = 0.130 fit Dig. (120 ID XCB/MAPE [iy. = 1625 x 035 x 35/144 X1 = 00m re (®) Maa vel, @. = Was. Bq, (7.2)1}(8) Mamacra, Go-— w/a ‘= 20,800/0.0927 = 321,000 Tb/(hr){fe#) |= 108,000/0.120 + 793,0001b /dar)(tt) (0) Av, = 200.897, co) Att, = 22°F, po LBX 268m 3.68 lb/Uttye) |v ms 0.6L 3 248 = 1.81 Ib tt) he) [Fig. 14]|D ~ 0.62/42 = 0.0517 ft [Table 10} Wig. 25)| Re, = Da/a = 008/12 = oom te = 0.0617 x 703,000/11 = 31,800 20) Form = 0.54 op and 48°APT ig. 161 tourey = 0.167 Bru/ter) eC AE) J be su BZ) on che, coon an 22x to = 9 Ie ey ID (11,19) Omit the wicosity oor. | (10) Be = 3 x = 320 x 082 2 7g on, oa &B xa i, = Ke = 100 Brathay (NC) (14), (18) Omit the visconity correction forthe trial or 4. = 1.0- Ba = Be = 212 Bea) Proceed with "the pressure drop ealou- ation. Proeare Drop (2) For Re = 7000, (1) For Re: = 31,90, f= 9.00025 tin (Rig. 29)|f = 10002 in. * fre. 20 iTor He. e]|2 Or ac Osean Le mae el 8 waxiiasem OO (= 0.00000 x 7080008 16 x3 1-076 Pre. 6 ERE IO X OOS? ETE bre 1626/19 = 14% natpa SEDAN + 1) {2) and (4) may be omitted forthe tral 0) ap, = SEO D Ba, (7.48) | Now prooed to the sl de 0.00835 x $91;0008 x 1.27 X55 * SAX TO XOXO i = bapa (13) Clean overall coefficient Uo: Ue = gi = FEHB - ma ee/ooenem 638) (G4) Dirt factor Rez Upirom (c) ia 72.3, Uo Up _ a2 = 08 Be Tp ~ RET HTS ~ O00 OMIA /BIn (O18)CALQULATIONS FOR PROCESS CONDITIONS 235 Beagle 112. Celoulation of a 4 Tone ot Bich! Reranget, 4,948 Ib fir of {36°APL Jan sbtorption oll in a proceasidentia! with Fig. LL leeves a tipping ro | Aoutide | am San to toner eat to 68887 Bh of rch cl lng tie suns 2 OE Sitka envy of doy 3A x °F. "Tho engo forth oan ol wl be rom 290 ‘38. fo 10°F, nod th cult temperate of th ich willbe 205¢F. ‘The viscosity of fhe oll is 2.6 centipaines at 100°F and 1.415 oeniples at 210°. ream dope of > 7 {0 pier available, and in accordance with Table 1 combined dirt factor af C004 hood be allowed. as Cadclated 0.0025, ‘Plant practi agin employs 3 in, OD, 26 BW tubes 1010" long and aid out on square pith ie Regired_ 0.0080 seeaion: Beat balanse: Sa | Caleusted aF | 9.1 (© Sian ol, d= 84488 X 0.88(80 — 180) = 95000 Btu/hr 0 ae | 10.0 Rich oil, @ = 86,357 X 0.53(295 — 100) = 8,950,000 Btu /br Aowsble a at: Hot Fluid Cola Fiuid Dig, Discusion, ‘The Sant til ie disqualified because of failure to meet the required rt factor, What conclusions may be drawn so that the next trial will produce the 380 | Higher Temp | 205 6 satistotory exchanger? Could any advantage be gained by reversing the stroma ‘Obviously the film cooffcient for the distillate, which ia controlling, would drop con 0 | Lower Temp | 100 r donb if the rieeaan wero rovemed. Could four passa be wed for the fee? Doubling the number of tube passes would approximately double the mass velocity 190 | Differences: 196 ‘and give sight timos the tube-side pressure drop thereby exceeding the allowable aP. All the sgumptions above have bean reasonable. The exchanger is simply a little LMTD = 57.5°F (8.14) ‘too small, or in other words, the value assumed for Up must be reduced. Tt will be 300 oars 198, 8) ecemmary to procoed anew. 30g 7 OF a0 = Top 7 078 78) 2: Assume Un = 60, two tube pasos and the minimum shell baiile apace. Pro- 1-8 exchanger, Fr = inoperable Gig. 18) ting ur above en tin vey set od pen ee mag ‘D4 oxchangor, Pr = inoperable Gig. 19) tion, the new summary is given using a 1734 in. ID shell with 168 tubes on two pases 9-6 exchanger, Pe = 0.725 Fe. 2) and's 35in, bale pace. ‘exchanger, Fr = 087% s.31) A 48 exchanger arrangement, will be required. ‘This may be met by four 1-2 exchangers in serie or two 2-4 changer in serea, ‘The Inter will be yn (At = 0.875 X 57.5 = 50.3°F (7.43) @) Teand &: a 2 = 100 ‘K, = 0.82 ig. 17) F048 7, = 100 +048 x 190 = 251° (928) 4 = 100 + 0.48 X 105 = 193.6°F (6.29) Tria: (@) Amume Up ~ 60: Although both oils and quantities are almost identical, the posse rng fh cle and eonemendngy ese Vcr wl ike ‘the Bich oll controling. For this reason, allowable presse drope being equal, the ‘cold finid ahould be placed in the shell. ‘he concent wil be lor than thos of ‘be te ree dope elt ost 48 cage aed atieo” ‘mass velocities must accordingly be kept down. In Example 11.1 with » similar 74 108, Hae SEM ASAE Sere ram te eI ee236 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER sssuaption of Up = soia a é between meitiuns and heavy orennics and & Spel be igh ot wl Tris mai everett wtheloeagea 4 > aba 7 asc ~ mo ‘Use two 2-4 exchanger in series with removable longitudiual baflas, Seti Seisay ied Sets cat 6/1 0308 = 426,000 Th/eeytty) J ‘From the tube counte (Table 0): 667 tubes, ai paamor, 3 in, OD on Lin. square x” 0.1068 fn fe (able 10) 4-2 x 680 2100" x at088 = S040 8 Ye ~ a7 ssf ~ #9 cae x0 = Sante [Rune B itia, a = ID X OB/UAPs Wig. 16] wun ieh (Zo. ators] = iG (ZY oa ro bossa om i was x 8383 = 80) hem be XB ‘Ba. (6.591 (0). Omie the vimonty correction fr the i, = 18 = 190 x 0.62/0.75 = 107 (24) (18) Omit the voesty cnrreetion for |b. = — 121 Btu/Qny 9°) ‘the teal, 4p = 1.0 dew Me to Beware OP) CALCULATIONS POR PROCESS CONDITIONS 287 (0 Fz Ba = 30100, f= o.00eT Mg, 29) prom Bs. 61 No, of ermes, N 1 = 12%/B a. (742) = 2X2x 12 x 16/12 = 6 = 416,000, 7, JGDAN +1) (8) Gi. = 418,000, ¥*/29' — 0.04 = SEAMED oy, an ant Axons ap, = BT, = AAT x 0.004 = LS pal Ea, (7.40)} APy = APs + APs = AB 415 = Bape Ba. (747)1 Ue Mm I sos Bta/tnICR) (6.8) (14) Diet factor Ru: Un from (c) in 40.0 U. Baw Dia Ue a FEB = AOS 10028 (i) (CCF)/Beu (6.13) [ie Doe [om |Ue 68 te ee nando teint eo Fe eons] a ioe [ameaiear [0 Discussion, “The initial asmumptions have provided an exchanger which very neatly ‘oes all the requiremnta, Hight-passunita would meot the best-transfor require. rent but would eive a tube-dide ureseure drop of 14 nei, The etal exchanger will238 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER bbe somewhat lows vuitable when the value of 41 is also taken into account, I the ‘isimam din foctor of 0.000 sto be taken btealy i wil be necereary 8 try the ext alsa shell ‘via 2: Anguze « 33 n, ID shell with six tube passes and bales spaced 12-n. apart, nse ‘the pressure drop increases with the diameter of the shell for a given taes velocity, ‘Tho summary for the conditions are Summary * 4 | boutaide | “ns. J Ue 22.8 Up 2.0 Ry Caleulated 0.0047 Ry Required 0.006 44 | Caloulated ap | 7. = 10.0 | Allowable aP } 10.0 ‘The two final exchangers in series will be Shad vide Tube cide TD = 33in. Number and length = 678, 18°" Resingpece = Bin. OD, BWA, pitch = iy 18 BWO, Hin, mare “2 Bxample 118, Catouletion of « Caustic Solution Cooler. 100,000 Tb/hr of 15°86 caustic solution (11 per cont sodium hydroxide, s = 1.115) leaves » dimolver at 100°F and ia to be cooled to 120°F using water at 90°F. Une 2 combined dirt factor of 0.008 and pressure drope of 10 pei. isconity at 100°F is 1.4 centipoises and at 210°F is 0.43 centipoises. For the specie That assume the dry malt to have s value of 0.26 Bta/b, giving a spcifa hat forthe solution a¢ tha mean of 058. Past practice permits the wo of trlanguarpiteh with 1a, OD tubes for solutions {in which the weal may be boiled ot. Sotation: (8) Bat balance: ‘Guano, @'~ 100000 X0.88(190 — 190) ~ 610,000 Bta/r ‘Water, Q = 164,000 x 1¢120 ~ 80) = 616,00 Bi /he 1 An eght-pao exchanger would give x promare drop of 1038 ei. CALCULATIONS FOR PROCRSS CONDITIONS 239 Hat ‘Hot Fluid Cold Fluid = Diet. 190 | Higuera] 9 | 7 | iw |toweTeop | 9 | © m0 | Ditewos [| w | LMTD = 533°F Ba. (50) 2 0 BM Sm THOR Fr = 0816 ig 18) ‘A12 cachanger willbe mtitactory. 2: = 815 X 883 = OF By. 749) (@) Trand 4: The average tempesntures P.und 4, will be satisfactory becsure of the elomeneas of the anges and the low viscosities. {a) Amume Up = 360. From Table § this value ia about the minimum for 2001 dirt tector and abould be mitable for a teal when the required dit factor fe 000. = B10n00 4 0x45 sare = oss fin (Tabie 10) Number of tubes, Ne = sarge aang “ 188 (@) Amwume four tube pm: For two tube pasos ax = 0.258 and , = 508,000 corresponding to a water velocity of only 2.8 fps From the tube courts (Table 8): 186 tubes, pam, tn. OD on 1}4n, trangolar "arent count: 10 tab in 8 19" D sa 72) T038 x 025 7/1 x 1.25 = 0.876 Am0 Hoa fis shell vide couatic. , ©) 8. = Wie, (Ra, (F231 = 100;000/0:1876 698,000 Ib hry te) ©) AT, aABEE, 9 070X242 = 1.84 /08)00r) Fig. D, = 0.72/12 = 0.08% Beo/(he) (HOCK) 1.34/0.842) = 1.68 0) ening (Zo ea CoO = 75 022 X 1.98/0006 = 717 \ PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER ot fi tbe nde, war 8) G, =-e/ay "184,990 /0.188 val, ¥ <0,/3600" 1,160,000/3600 % 62.5 = 8.16 fpe Fg. D 0884/12 = 0.00054 (Table (Uiacis for pressure drop oxy) Rey = DOdy (eg. 6.591 * = Hes xosm.0 (10) (419 (42) 4, = 1 ow viscosity) = 973 Btu/ths)(t0)(%) Aa kr Bayaneney Pressare Drop (L) For Reg = 17,400, f= 00010 fin? Fe. 201 GY No. of éxoanes, N + 1 = 12b/B ‘Ba. 749] oar ED, x (2) Por-Re, = 46,300, (418) Clean overall coeficient Ve: Dude 972 117 Vom SEK” arr TiT ~ 14 Bau/ aa) IC) (14) Dist factor Re: Up from (6) in 242, pen Was eye? = Ste peg ~ OOO Or) eGR) /Beu (6.38) (6.38) ‘= 1,160,000 7 /eoriy (9) hy = 1240°x 0.94 = 1165 (Fig, 25) 0.0895 x 1,160,000/1.74 = 48,300 * 24 Caleulated 0,0017 -]iBa Required * 0.0000 7.0 | Calculated aP | 7.2 10.0 | Allowable AP | 10.0 Discusion. Adjunct of the baie spce to athe fll 10 pi wil tillnot permit tho exchanger to nko th 0.002 drt fatar. "The vale of Uachus been aseumed too igh, Try tho next ese abl rid 2: ‘Try # 9114 fn, ID ohall with four tbe pam and a Gin. bale space, This eorre- spond to 170 tubes. Summary outside 70 0 ve 300 oe as Catenate 0.0004 i, Raquieed 0.002 08 Caloulated aP | 4.9 10.0 | Auowabie ap | 10.0 ‘Tye uve of six tubo passes excoeds tho sllownble tube side pressure drop. ‘Tho final exchanger will be SME side TD = 21% in, Number and length = Bafa space = 6 in, , Paraes = 1 ‘Beamplo- 114. Calculation of-an Alcohol Heater. 115,000 Ib/hr of absolute ‘lcchel {100 per cent eth] aleohol, » = 0.78) is to be heated under preemure rom astor-m2 ‘PROCESS HEAT TRANSPER tempersar of 9 007 sing adn AL225"F. Adi eto of ©0054 ‘bag wit an allowable aloobol preaure atop of 10 pl nt prio elalnid ug i, OD abo, 12 BWG, 120" long. Trangie pith a ietacory free servis, ‘Solution: - (1) Heat balance: ‘Aloobel, Q = 115,000 X 0.72(200 ~ 0) » 9,960,000 Btu/at fheam, @-~ 10380 X02 = 4980000 Burr © ay ALLAPED (se waaeriow) Hot Fhaid Cold Finid —Difl. 225 | Higher Temp | 200 5 225 | Lower Temp | 80 ry 0 | Diltlerencen 190 19 LMID ~ 685°F . ou (@) Teand 6: Veo Ts nd 4, boouuve of the low alocho vicosiy, Triad, (@) Ammume Vo = 200: From Table 8 value of Jn fram 200 o 700 may be expected srhen a dirt factor of 0.001 is employed. Binoe the dirt factor required ia 0.002, the ‘very maximum valve of Up wonld be 800 corresponding to the dirt alone. (tube 10) amber tbe, Me = peg gg = (®) Assume two tube passes: Only one or two passes are required for steam heaters, _ From the tube counts (Table 9): 282 tubes, two pames, tin, OD on 1}4-in. triangulsr Part count: 29 the in» 2. TD sal (©) Corrected coefficient Up: fama x FU" x 02818 = 725 f° Un = 38, ~ EBM, = 200 He fd tt i a, CALCULATIONS POR PROCESS CONDITIONS 23 Es fe ie, a Cold i ah side, alaoot ae Whee 0) 0, = w/e Ba. 29) PO sassfion = 115;000/0.228 = 28,500 cory) = 508,000 b/d) Mash, My oer Ooi 2 ~ costa 0.60 242 = 1.45 m/e) 15) p= Ogv4/12 = Oa f = a7p2 = 0068 Ber Diu ox premure drop only) |e, = Didfe T owns x 25,50/00814 2 0.06% 50,000/1.48 = 21,000 lee {2 (8) Ba = 1500 Btu /(hr) (077) Oss B/G) ICRI) atin ed 1.46/0.086) = 2.31 rs) ee ie = 63 x oss x 281/008 = 270 00) 6 = 1.0, ie = = 270 Bin/be) OCF Pressare Drop (i) Bor Re, = 52,000, (1) For Rey = 21,000, f= 0.000175 10/in2 (Fig. 261 | = a.0018 fe7in.5 Fig, 29) ‘Prom Table 7 the specie volume i ap- [+ — 078 pwosimataly 21 tb, Pha = 00ers ‘=bire/as ~ cones 1 __ sin 2) No. of eromos, W +1 = 12/8 (2) OP: = 2 io {Eq, 7.53)} (aq. (7.48)1 =x up =n (Dy = 23.25/12 = 1.94 ft = 049 pa (8) AP,: Negligible because f partial con- w+ denstion at end of ft ase, ay ap, -B. ea. (748) = 2.0018 x 608.000 1.94 x 21 mx XOTE X 1 ~78p8 (18) Clean overall coofisiont Ue: Dade 1500 x 270 "eek (44) Diet taetor Rg: Up from (2) 0 200, Ga = Bie 1600-F 37 720 Bia/CnMCENCE) (0.38) = 0.000688 GA)MUNCHY/Bta (6.18)Dinounion, Thi io elouly sa instance in which Up was assumed too high. Teig ow a qUestionaf how much to high. With the aid ofthe summary itis appareat ‘hat inva larger abel clean overall coffiient of about 200 may be expected. ‘To penta deat 008 ene Uo hee Uprtdg tery toe + Un = us en aa Ha * 10208" No. of tuben = aggro ~ 29 [Nearest count? S04 tubes ina 27 in. 1D shall (Table 9). sai ne bao ich sould be eine he rere dopant wth he i. inaldo dianictar. 1500 | howtide | 250 Tee abn exchangor ha bee und the dit Ector would be a than O02 ao 8 ‘Gin, bafl soace would give a preenure drop exceeding 10 psi. The final exchange is a range. It is also chatacteristio of a number of near-constant tempera- ture operations such a6 the removal of heat fram exothermic reactions by continous reireulation of the rescting ‘fluids through an external 1-2 Messen iu Pig 11:7 the lompertare relations ino splitfow exchanger are not in true eounterflow or identical with a 1-2 exchanger, being dis-246 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER ets. It will be discussed in Chap. 12. Example 118, Calealetion of Flue Gas Cooler, 10,800 cfm of fue gaa (aol. wt. = 130) at 2 paig und 250°F isto be cooled to 125°F with an allowable pressare drop of 10 pal Cooling will be afected by water from 80 to 100°F and with an allowable pres- ‘ware drop of 10 pe An overall dirt factor of 0.005 should be provided with srenson- ‘le minimnam water velocity. ‘Plant practice uacs 1 in. OD, 14 BW tubes on square pitch for all serves, and ‘becmute tin poretinnes dificult to meet the preenare drop in was covters, no tube length in specified. Betution: () Hoas balance: (Gas: 10,500 cfun of fue gan at 250°F 30,500 x 00 x 20 ‘Total eas ~ Sag x Ci ABR) X U4 TTIC: Gas, Q = 41,300 X 0.25(250 — 326) = 1,290,000 Blu/he ‘Water, Q = 4,800 x 2{100 — 80) = 1,200,000 Btu oa Hot Fluid Cold Fluid Dit 0 [tive tome| 0] 10 a lowetee | [Dito [| \ Unpublished notes, D. Q. Kern and C. L. Corpenter. The equation in tonne of tecminal temperature for a epitflow exchanger with two tube passes is maT) ae Catan OEY oma an 4th 23 log itt = OT y= THO) +4 +e ~ EFRON UE where n = 2/0 MTT E and Qr/Qa = ratio of hest transfor in eoeh hall CALCULATIONS FOR PROCESS CONDITIONS 27 LMTD = 84°F waa) 135 Es - pa = 025 Se ggg rome Fr 0s ig. 18) ‘A convootional 1-2 exchanger wil}be antiatactry. (ay Feand t: The average temperatures 7, and f wl be anisfctory boone of ts ‘iat (¢) Assume Up = 15: From the exaroplen of Chap. 9, at atmowpherio premsure and 4 pl allomable proarare drop x coefficient of about 20 might be anticipated. Since ‘Le lowable preasure drop in this cxainple is only 1.0 pei, the trial value of Un must Jereinsed accordingly. Assume 120” tubes to inereace the shel rom petion. tay eS on a = 0.2618 Nin ‘When solved in a manner dential with the preceding examples und us ext integral number of bundle eromen (lve) correeponding to a 26.8-in. spacing the rocamary is ‘would bave boon 37 in, ‘The baffles could have been spaced 32 in. apart to provide ‘threo bundle cromes, but the resulting progure drop would be 1.7 pei. This would be tunastiafactory, since gasce require large inlet connections and the flaw distribution on‘ 28 {PROCESS HEAT TRANSHER the fot and third bundle rosee would be poor aad the conditions of allowable pr sure drop would altotbe met, ‘Tie solution is found in a wplitfow arrangreat ‘Trial 2, Split fow: (@) Amume Up = U5. - Referring to the eummaty of the first trial it a evident that, it the pormure drop 3 to be met, the maze velocity must be reduced eo that the new - ras fl cooficien wl bo éonsidorably below the value of 24.0 obtained for ordinary = fow. {@) Assume 12 tubo passes, ‘The low water coeiient of 362 correspond to 4 _vlosty of only 1.7 fps whichis oxtremely low for carzodion and dirt even where good wwatar nny be employed. ‘Since the site ofthe shell will not be altoced sppresiay, having # large inside dinmeter, it in justifiable that 12 passes be employed. Fewer"! calenlajed inthe rosbnor of Example 10.3. When ting more than 8 peseesin larg shell, fhe tubo tount for 8 pamea shouldbe reduoel by 5 percent for 12 passes aad | 10 pee gent for 16 pussce. For mnallr shells itis adviauble to avoid the use of 12 and 16 parses. Using the aga shel ain Trial 1 for 12 paseés the new tabe'couut will be 1,240,000 Un = a= wees - HS Hl fi: aha side, fve gos 4) How ares, eID XCB/MPs ta. 7-0) ‘There must be an odd numberof crosses in 5 may 8 orcs a ©) % = w/a - Ba. (7.29 % 64,600/0.107 = 4X 41,300/1.08 = 609,000.16 /(he) A) "= 20,000 lb/hr) (4%) | Vel, Y= G,/80009 = 602,000/3000 x 02.5 = 2.68 fps (0) ALT, = 187.5°F, 5 © Abt = 90%, = 00006 X 242 0.050 1b /(t0 hr) O31 X 242 = 1.98 Dy = 0.99/12 = 0.0895 Re. = Dhaia ia '=-0,0085 x.602,000/1.06 = 21,00 ‘= 0.0825 20,000/0.05 = 33,000 “| (Rte: ia for pressure drop only) 1) jx = 105 (Fig. 28) (©) Abisra7, ‘k= 0.015 Bou/(hr)(ttyF it) (Table 5) ou fe me 98 ROAR = HO CALCULATIONS FOR sma conpITIONS m9 He i: shal side, fue gas oy ening (F)"% -ea-10) Bo 108 x 0036 x 0:94/0.0825 Col fu tube side, woler =179 @) = 710 x 0.94 = 687 0) his = hs ID/OD = 607 x 0.88/10 = 857 Btu /(hr) (09°F) Fig. 251 Presgure Drop . {@) For Res = 21,800, tft ae 21] 1 Soom » (Fig, 20) of romem, H+ = 3 a. 31/12 = 2.58 2 AP Foe x 10eDag, MH CABIN DAN +1) 2) ars = PEPE toa, 401 | Pe = smsacvr9g) W aPp =P. +4P, {Ba 7.47) = 31+ 25 = 50 psi GY) Geen overall coefficient Ue: duke, 587X170 Uo = gst BATS ira Blas McdteeF) (638) (QU) Dist factor Ret Up trom (@) = 148 Ba = Page? = FE SASS = 0.0008 anc Ry/Bey (0:18) Summary wa | houtaide | 597 56 10.0250 PROCESS HEAT TRANSPER CALCULATIONS FOR PROCESS CONDIVIONS ‘A 1¢-paas unit woul alao be auitable but ia seh Hate maori j Friotion factor, stint @ ‘Mane velocity, 16 /hx) 0) Shall ide : ‘Aceoloration of gravity, ft/he? TD = hin, Number and length = “3 ir 4 “Ascleration of gravity, ft/co* atlas = in, OD, BWG, pl ~ Lin 14 BWG, 13, one faa Heattranafer coefcioat in general, for inside utd, and for outside ‘Passes = aplit ow ‘tod, reepeotvely, Béu/ hr) 2 CF) Me ‘Value of h whet refered to the sube outeidedlametar, Btu/chr) ts) following prosan oro beat dimensionless the conditions determine the size and arrangement of exchanger in ‘Prctor transfor, sc to fll the sondlny allowing preenre drops of 10 pl each stream anda comblacd x Calero enastant, imenscnlen dict factor of 0.004.” Eroploy 1-3 exchangers wherever poole. ; ‘Thermal conductivity, Bsu/(ir)t0)CE/f) “UL. 60,000 Ib/r of A2°APT kerosene iw cooled fram 400 to 225°F by eating Lb ‘Tube length, fb ‘S5°APT distillate from 100-40 200°F, [Aer Lag mean temperature diferenee,“P ‘Use 34 in. OD, 16 BWG tubes, 161 loug on 294 rin, tisagular pitch. x ‘amber of sbellaide bales 41.8. 1990003 fir of aniline i cooled from 276 t9 200°F by heating 100,00 Ib hx ¥ Naber of tubes of entero 1 e207 . Nabe of ae poe Ure 54 in. OD, 14 BWG tubes, 10” long on Lin, oquare pitch. ‘Tubs nite, 113. 6400015 of a2*APT kerosene in one froxs 300 to 100? wing water fom Pr, APs, AP, Total, tubo and return pressure drép, pai ‘85 to 120°F. Caloulate the requiremant using the 1-2 exchangers in series. 4 ‘Heat flow, Btu/hr Use #4 ia. OD, 16 BWG tubes, 160" loag on Lin. tlanguar pitch. z Teapot reap (=P — 1, dsm 1144 13,000 The of 35°APT dntiate is heated from 200 to 900*F by 28°APT ctor, oti te eet by RAPT owe Be Re Reynolds number for hea trancer and pressure drop, dimensionless ‘ie in, OD, 1 BWG toby, 170" long on 14. nena te, ‘Temperatere group (te — &)/(P ~ 4), dimeaaalees ager NPS OE PAPE eine cose om 299 0 007 wing wate at ben Menor eo iF ‘Woo 1 in. OD, 14 BWG tubes, 120” long on 13/-in aquare pit rn ‘Average temperature of * 11.8, 32,000 Tb/br of oxygen et 5 peig. TF soled fam B00 08 TOO" using water st iT Calorie temperature of hot fluid, “F Ta Ain OD, 18 BW nice 12 Lng co in aqure i (Optinin chor Rt idole trary, °F ‘ee 9 ae OD, 18 BG tabs, 1210 ong on Lin. suscep Optinwum exchanger cold-fuid out 7” > MENCLATURE FOR CHAPTER “ Average temperature of oold fd, “F ee oe " L ‘Caloris tampersture of ood fuid, °F 4 eae tranater sartsee, 2 4 ‘Tuberall temperature, "F don An An Honttranter suse of oplerexhangw, sad bese, ‘ Tier nnd oa ate tompertare, °F ‘ Pere i Raters : Eetentlufioe pr nr ot a Tee tepeatt ewes nO = Ud a . lye Tot temninal tempersiarediferencs, “¥ ‘posi heat of bot uid in derivations, Bex/(b)(*P) Ue, Uy Clean snd design overall cooficiont of heat trate, Btu /(hr(((°F) Coat of steam, dolazs/Bta er, Ux, Un Overall oofieat of beat transfer for cooler, exchanger, and beater, ‘Total anual cont, dollars ‘Teepectivety, Bbu/Oix) CF) cr Cont of wate, doliare/Bta y vate Cin CnC Win chang of ok, chang, rod ar, rept, dln/ ¥ Weighs Bet of bot i, 1 for * Weight Sow of old uid, c (Chant twee ube, in : LSnarhatealrarhi hal e ‘Specific heat offi, Bta/b)CF) > ‘Vicon, cetiprnen 24 = Tb/() eh) ‘Inside diameter of tabes, ft ™ enya owl temper, pon X 242 — 16/8) Inside diameter of shell, ; Jarod petting Lowe Dm ‘Equivalent diameter for heat tranafer and preaure drop, Jnsido diamater of tubes, in, Sect td hor) a 6, ‘Bgsvalent diameter for heat transfer and promnure drop, i, : ‘Temveratnre-difference factor At = Fe LMT dircenaionten t TieCONDENSATION OF SINGLE VAPORS 253 not a transition from cropiise condensatipn: because-of the rapidity at vwehich condensate’forms on the tube. Due to the resistance of the e tothe hesttassing throtigh it the heat-transfor ooeffi- HAPTER 12 wrise is i CONDENSATION OF SINGLE VAPORS ‘the mochaniem of film condensation, and the results ho 'dbtained are in excellent agreement with experiments. ‘Proces#*Applications. In chemical industry it is st common practice to separates liquid mixture by distilling off the compounds which have > Drow, T.B., W. MoNagle, and W. Q. Smith, Trans. AICKE, $1, 606-621 (1085) # Nagle, W, M,, U.S, Patent 1,996,261, mechaniams are distinet and independent of the quantity of vaper con. densing per equare foot of surface. Filmwise condensation is therefore 200254 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER ich is: ann liquid wi is ‘the reflu, The a of volatile components removed from the system at the top and having the same composition as the reflux called the distillate or overhead product. ‘The heavier compounds removed at the bottem are vari called waste or residue or, if they are of value, bottoms ‘quantitative aspects of tho hest bal- 4 v 0 tillation pressure must be elevated to permit the attainment of a larger at. laced Tn the power industry the term susface condenser ia retecved for tubular plate equipment which condenses steam from the exhaust of turbines and derives its name from a series of inverted slotted caps which are pl ver vapor risers on each plae of the eolumn. wrong enters the ri and is broken into bubbles as it tl fs bine is cre bettors ot ‘the bubble caps and thence through the layer of liquid engines. Since a turbine is primarily designed to obtain mechanical workCONDENSATION OF SINGLE VAPORS 257 6. The quantity of condensate is prdportional to 0 the quantity of heat tesdeferred, which'is in turn related to the thickness of the film‘and of ‘theltemperature diffextnoe‘between the vapor snd the surface, 6. The condensate film is so:thin that the temperature gradient 256 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER from heat, the maximum conversion is Sbtained in thé turbine by main. “taining # low turbine-discharge temperature. -If Yhe turbine ‘were to discharge to the atmouphore, the lowest attainable steam temperature would-be 212°F, Dutt tho steam wore to lscharge into » ‘a. condenser under ‘vacuum, it Would be postible to operate at discharge temperatures of through it is linear. “7ER and lower end to convert the enthalpy diference from 2) 2 to 75°R 7 "The physical properties of tho eondensato aro takeu'at the mean film temperature. ''g, The surface is assumed to be relatively amooth and clean. 2 The temperature ofthe surface of the sli coment. (a2) 2.2) ‘The liquid flows downward over the vertical surface with a velocity 1 varying from zero at the tube-film int snterece ond increasing outward to v Seiten in this apie though Ba, (12.84) are those of Nusselt. * ‘The following assumptions are involved: 1. The heat dafivered by the vapor is Intout.heat only. 2. Tho drainage of the condensate film from the surface is by laminas flow onlgy and the heat ia transferred through the film by conduction. 3. The thickness of the film at any point is a function of the mesn fe mat be fit by —, ‘volocity:of flow and of the amount of condensate pasting at that point. ~ aw -( drdy\ eine vee of the inavidual layer ofthe Am is 1 function of the pdr dy = -(-% tapi = 023) relation bebween frictional shearing foree and the weight of the film (eee On unit ares, de de = 1 Chap. 3). a + Numelt, W., Z. Ver. deul. Ing., 60, 541 (1916). ’ yy258 PROCESS HEAT TRANSPRR ‘From the basic definition of viscosity in Chup. 3 the tangential strey is dofined by Eq. (3.3), using (Ib-foree) (hr)/ft? as the dimensions for the viscosity, Since it is eustomary to use the dimensions (Ib-mase)/(ft) (2) for the dimensions, Eq. (3.3) becomes 160" x 0.1968 = 1195 #48 2 24740000 Vom Fa Tras x a08 ~ 872 Ue 87.8 ‘Rg Caleulated 0.0027 ‘Ry Required 0.0080 (15) Dirt factor Be: 2.0 | Calculated AP} 4.2 ng = Ces Ue MAA 872 _ soupy xy Gea > tar 4 2.0 | Allowable aP | 10.0 Pressure Drop ‘The Vertical Condenser-subsooler. It is often desirable to mubcool a 2) Desaperbost: (1) Por Rey = 17,000, § = 00028 f14/n, For Res = 145,000, f = 0.0018 f8¥/int Og. 255 (ig. 29 ‘Soile (2) No. of cromes ON Bia x0%beg, MH C-I1 .00083 x 730,000" x 18 X + BAEK IOW ROOT KIO RTS (hy = 100" X 040 = 6.4) 12L/B = 8419/12 — 6 Peg. (749) = Mol. we. = 58.1 = 30) Deaaty» = gaxeseeererrany \() oP = n/n(v%/a¢) Ba) = 0.868 Ib 27 = 4 x A007 = 12 pa @ aPp = AP, +P, 730-412 = 42 pei Bie. 7.40) 9) No- of eromes (Ce = 9.610) N+1=12X9.6/12 = 10 (Bo. (7.43) 1 SEDAN +1) ©) APs = 5525 10a eq, (12479) 3x 81D Xero" 9H 19 BAX WW" x COO UOT = 0.90 pei (4) aPi = 11 +09 = 2.0 pai otal) ,: tube side of a 1-1 exchanger using tube-sde heat transfer data, Fig. 24, {or calculating coefficients.290 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER q CONDENSATION OF SINGLE VAPORS 291 In establishing the true temperature difference for the eondensersub- , Suhovolng range (125 to 100°F): cooler in Fig. 12.20 there is no margin of safety such as occurs in the ‘4 = 2,000 X 0.57(125 — 100) = 200,000 Btu/ar ‘desuperheater-condenser. In the subcooling zone the temperatures are 7 @ = 27 = 8,040,000 + 300,000 = 3,840,000 Btu /or identical with 9 1-2 exchanger having water inlet and outlet temperatures Sear, Om 167000 % 3 (100 — 80) = 8,340,000 Btu /hr 4 and ¢, whereas in the condensing zone thé pattern again differs. For a Dating condensin Alvar = 8040/00/10, 000 = 18,278 precise caloulation of the true temperature difference it in necessary 1 (9) at weighted: estimate ¢ and. & and to solve for the two condensing passes separately, Condensing, (41). = 36.4; ¢./(At). = 3,040,000/36.4 = 83,500 Btn /( ‘This entails a lengthy trial-and-error calculation. For four or more tube ‘Subeooling, (4f), ~ 30.2; q./(At). = 300,000/20.2 = 9,930 oar) passes the solution is even lengthier 73,480 Btu/(ary CF) ‘The cooling medium is over a greater temperature range in the first condensing pass than in tho second, so that 7 — f1 is greater than . = 0/ 5 ~ eae “gga” ~ 358°F asi) T,—t. The temperature 4 at the bottom of the subcooling sone is ‘sctually higher than the mean of f; and f. 1 @) Teand &: Average values will be satisfactory, = Naif (a. (7.48) “Lge x oapad x4 = Ofba te © Gy = w/a O'S ee00/0.104 Inte the wei ral chnperetan fidence ocnings = 360,000 lb /(hr) (it ict Arenas imp ol cndendng vapor: | Ya, V = 0/200h¢ = tenoo0/aeo0 Buample 124. Caksaion of « Vetcl Condentr-eoslr. 21,000 Ih/h of (00+ 125) = Ineo xen sized mpentans and Spentane corse fren a tiling cman at 190% end 35 ys . - = 884 tye ‘and condenses completely at 125°F. ‘The condensate i to be mboooled from 126 to Bee RE 6) Wa GIN a, “540 [ie 25) {00°F for worge, Cooling wil be effected by water fom 80'o 100%F. A delete we 0) = 96en |= BX 1D/OD fa 651 ‘pressure drop of 20 pai is permimible for the vapor and 10.0 psi for water. A v7 = 940 X 0.62/0.75 minimum fouling factor of 0.003 should be provided. yn (Te + be), +:95)/2 0 777 Buf thr) (CF) Available for the service is » 25 in. ID vertical 1-2 condenser containing 870 3 in, (Ea. (12.19)), ‘OD, 16BWG, 16°0’ tubes nid out on In. equarepitch. Shell kaMleware 13in, apert, iy = 0077 Bou C8) CF) snd the bund cranged fo ote ames (Table "Vil the condensr be miaactory vere condenseraubecoler? 14 = 000 "APD Te 81 qrtke Me te Solution: Cie aaa same ty will, sot be changed talerialy by ree ‘Exchanger: ‘stion.) ‘Shall side TDi ain, Namber and lenge = 200100" . afi space = 1819. OD, BHC, pic ~ 34 ny 16 BWC, 1 n-agune ‘Clean overall coefficient for condensation Us: Oem hehe = FTC 8 104 Brainy eter) (e38) (1) Feet balance: Condensing rango (190 to 125°F): (Data from Fig. 0). ‘Bathalpy of rpeatane vapor at 25 pala and 120°F ~ 815 Bta/b ‘lean sate ruil for condeneation Aj: nthalpy of pentane liquid at 25 peia and 198°F = 170 Beu/h 4g. = 21,000@815 ~ 170) = 8,040,000 Biu/ar 4m of, ~ ibaa 7292 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER (@) Bubeooling: a, = ID X CB/iusre = 40,300 1b /(bn)(?) (6) ALT. = 125, ©) AL OOF, p= 0.82 x 242 = 198 = O19 X 2.42 = 0.46 Ib /(t)(be) Big. 14) Big. 141] D = 0.09/12 = 0.0517 fe De o.orve te Ray = DO (lor pressure drop only) Ree 1a. (73)] "= 0.0817 > 840,000/1.98 ~ 22,500 40,300/0.48 = 6950, @) " = 0.07 Bu/ he) (@ CEA) | [Table A} afk) = (0.87 x 0.46/0.077% = 1.51 Ont Fe (E)* tee C1801] 6) ha = 777 Bu/ieyANCR) = 465 0077 x 151/0.0002 = 68.0 Bia/Chr)(0CF) lean ovr sotilent for ubsooting U.: Oy = hi = FF 625 Bin/Ce NCR) 089) ‘Clean surface required for subscoling A.* 00,000 A Tass, * 5 x 308 ~ 98 ‘Total clean surface required Aa: Ae = Ay + Ay = 808 + 158 = 98212 AY) Weighted overall clean eoeficiont Ue: tng = BAe 104 X08 085 X 1 op nso) (14) Design overall conichent = 0.2968 fin ft (Table 10) Total ourtae = 370 % 160" x 0.1988 = 1160 0% t= 8, ~ Sapa ~ 5 GD Dit tector Ret Ren teats = Fas — 00021 tNCRY/Bta (6.13) CONDENSATION OF SINGLE VAPORS 293 Preoeare Drop Height of sones: (1) For Rey = 22,500, f m 0.00022 1%/in.* ‘Condensing: Le = LA,/Ac (Fig. 26] TOK 7002 m IBN ap FM as ey (QW) Condensation: ‘522 x 10" Dap a = SX. $80,000" x 16 x 4 “BEER TO" X OMB XS ap ATs = 1275, 7 We. po 60068 x 2.42 = 0016s ty | AP > | ctry ial Ba 2 Dada reo lgwenansan — RGR at cso am oni = aggre] APF m ARH AP We 4 Joona fat ie.) Mol whe = 73.2 Pee " SEECOOHENTETTE) = 0.284 Ib tt = 0284/025 = 0.00454 (2) No.of eras, N41 = 21/8 m1 184/12 184, ay 1d pm tly = 208 ‘ LPDAN +0. 1 2 sre (aq. (12.47) oF (Ou x og 2B BXTX 10" X O07 X VOMSE re) (@) AP of subcooling in negligible. Summary Se ‘inside wT Ue 7.4 U 90.5 ‘Ry Caleulated 0.0021 Re Required. 0.008 1.6 | Calculated aP | 5.5 2.0 | Allowable aP | 10.0 ‘The dit factor i too amall to warrant installation of the unitCONDENSATION OF SINGLE VAPORS 295 204 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER free convection in Chap. 10 were for heating only. For light materials, a 1 horizontal condenser can ‘The Horizontal Condenser-subcooler.' The my ‘each as organic solvents and petroleum fractions like kerosene and lighter, ‘also be equipped with a loop seal os shown 1221 to pee aa it in safe to assume eubcooling film coeficient of about 50, and for sine Me Re apc genau sem cre ee ape ine ts adjustability, In either oase the flow of vapor is predominantly the same In the orientation of the tube passea in s horizontal 1-2 condenser-sub- i cooler the coldest pana always placed in contact with the flooded portion i of the shell, and it is a safe practice to consider the temperature rise of the cooling medium proportional to the transferred heat load Thus if the e subcooling heat load is 25 per cent of the total beat loud, the cooling . © -auing 2 segmentel flow area equivalent to the vapor space and assuming that the ‘preamre drop 80 calculated is identical with that of the condensate, ‘Rxample 1245, Caleslation of « Horizontal Candenser-eubecoler. Using the ‘sume process conditioas and condenser aa ia Exainple 124, which were unantifac- tory, what dirt factor would be achieved if the eondenser-ubeooler was operated horisontally? Tt ia understood that the baffle pitch will have to be somewhat greater f the wait in operated horizontally, since fooding the horizontal shell reducen the vapor flow ‘area and therefore increases the prossure drop. But the bafllo pitch is not regarded as infucacing the tranafer coefficients in the horizontal condenser-subcooler, and this ‘example may be considered an illustration of the effectivencan of horizontal vs vertical ‘surface in condenser-subcocler, Condenation (49. Saboocting (Ae aa Pat oudrhia Di. Batt cea mae sg i (= font = [e] [= om impli i to occur at a heat transfer coef: Seni, ei Niue convection abough al the correlations for >= -. Too [tower Fone fos 1 The method of computing this type of epparatus is arbitrary, although it ves anos = mm aad we a one covert soeffcinta which have proved satisfactory ia large numberof cases296 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER Candensing, (a1). — 96.4 7B, = 380% _ o,500 Brayanner) tearing, (a0, = 502 fhe MOM onan w 0/3. BOP er (8) Te and t: Average values will be satisfactory. me 55 ABO Btu /toe)(F) aas) Assyme shell is flooded to « height of 0.8D.. ~ Originally subcooting represented 183409 ~ 1685 por cont ofthe total gurfso, For the Lorisontal condenser Awl smuch higher than for the verical,-heace about 25 per cent of the surface wil be Subcontng: (Frov-convection rate ssmeme k = 60): ‘Clean overall coefficient for subsooling U,: 0, = BA, FPS - copnanancen (Guan mface required for ruboooing Av: 4 af - aokea ‘Total clean surface required Act Ae = het As = 40 4 211 = 651 fF (6.38) ~ ey CONDENSATION OF SINGLE VAPORS 207 FMF 9) Weighted clean overt ootsient Vez Ta m= ZGF = OM HALO ANE ay Bia tas) KHICR) (12.50) (44) Design overall oofciont Ut ‘ a Bo = eR ~ 805 BrosaNeNCR) (16) Dirt feetoe Re: By Tee ENS = Comedie) CHY/ Bla (6.18) Pressure Drop It wil bo neceasry to epread the bafls to spacing of 18 in. to compensate fr the seduction in eromlow area due to the Booded mubcooling sone, ‘The tube-side pressure, drop will be the same as before, Assime bundle Sooded to 0.8D. e607 XID XC pp, = 07 X28 X 025 x ray Bo maser 7.) wa 5 = Eo NO 36,40 15/0) ) 2) Remarks, ‘The horisoatal condenser-muboooler should be eqrsipped with a foop seal ‘or dam baffes approximately one-third the height of the chell,298 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER it is a speci 4 denser. The refiux type of condenser At cooling, and the condensate drains back freely into the treating vessel. ‘Very often the bo'-up rate is 50 great that the condensing film may bo CONDENSATION OF SINGLE VAPORS 290 partially in turbulent flow, whence the film coefficiont is calculated from ‘Colburn’s relationship as given in Fig, 12.12. Greater headroom is required for a knock-back condenser, although 2 ‘pounds at 25 paig corresponding to 1 boiling point of 176°F and a total boil-up of ‘500016 /hr. A negligible pressure drop will be required forthe tube side, and 10 pat ‘available for the water, which entereat 85°F. A combined dirt factor of 0.003 wilt ‘Available for the purpose is 1734 in. 1D 1-1 exchanger having 177 24 in. OD, 16 [BWG tabes 16°0” long, They are aid out for -in. square pitch, and tho bale spac- ing ie 6 in. "Will the exchanger be suiatctory? tener: sate Th el 1D Sinycin, onbe an uagth “it 10 ‘Baflle space = 6 in. OD, BWG, pitch = 3% in., 16 BWG, 1-in. square Nae at pou (Q) Heat balance: ‘Carbon disulfide, Q = 90,000 140 = 4,200,000 Biu/hr ‘ig. 12) ‘Water, Q = 120,000 x 1(120 — 85) = 4,200,000 Btu /hr arian se au 8) Teandtc Te ue arate apne wil be acer. inspite pon bebe atin i coups el de it, sce sivas ic nla tua he tera capone Hot Suid: tube side, carbon dénulfide Cold fixid: thell side, water Assume his = 300 @ ID X C'B/M4Ps (Eq, (7.1) wet ge FE OM Xu x = 102.5 + *9fon0 (176 — 102.6) ©) 4, = w/e, Eo, (7.2)| 123.5°F | ‘= 120,000/0.1 ty = 186 +:170)/2 = 19°F 16 = 687,000 Bybee Ta. (12.191 000 T/C eeCONDENSATION OF SINGLE VAPORS 301 300 ‘pROCBSS HEAT TRANAPER Hea st aida, carbon Side Cob fi: sal ide, water pi 098 X 243 = GABTH/CEY(E) |W) Ate — LODSTF, ‘Preasure Deep vo mast 69/3 Te my = O70 X 242 = A°70Tb/¢tt)H) 4 4-048 = doors be NP) TFs mS L6tia oe a igs = THE AU| D, = 096/12 = o9ma. Mein Ew ara im cio 8) ap, = LER £0) mo.gn/it = oasi7 te =| Ra Dla (a. (23)] bmx Was, = WAND eq, (2249)]] = 0.0702 X 087,000/1.79 ~ 31,000 50000/8.14 177 X QOBLT 0) du = 108 Big. 2) > 1045 W/O 1) | (8) Ad m= 102.8°F, Rav Mine bq. C2871] & = 0.36 Bins/Can GO (FD) neat te Coufty om 1X 1.70/0.80)% ~ 1.88, ’be in turbulent flow. (a) Tijmoos oan ie nam nate (Z)* meron 1 = 908 50,88 % 1.08/0.0792 dem f= 0.261 “) = 788 Blo/os)Gt)CF) ose PAI X10") nosy (MAB EKEIT IY “ -«0 a= $00 x 0.89/0.75 "= a51 Braff WCF) Ba. 5)) ‘Clean overall cotitient Vo Urn te - BLOGS = 250 Bta/the) CE) (6.38) Design overall coefficient Ut ‘Total eurince = 177 X 16°0" X¢ 0.1968 = 886 ft Uo = Ba — erm 7S BAU ONNELICY ‘Tho unit in satictactory. Dirt felon Re: ‘THE CONDENSATION OF + STRAM Ue = Up 288 = 106 a Leet = Bs os ~ OTHE OADEICT/BHH (O19) ‘Presence Dewy tnd prowuro provided contamination af tho condenea (a) Flow arn: oj = 00. Tovble 10)] (#) Bor Rey = 81000 He Gbjetionable Steam, on th other hand, neg te by water is not a= Naifstan {Ba (7.48)] |f = 00017 fH/in.* em | oan rulers , as generated in power stations, H7T 0.00/944 % 3 = OFT cextreizely pure form of water substantially free of the impurities B) Gem Wie ‘onusing scale, ‘The termveurface condenser is reserved for tubular appe- ‘At inlet, = i fn 0082 x 248 = 0009 /TEID | change in enthalpy. mee le to thet 6 me is a natural deduction of the Carnot cycle. "The exhavut temperatore Timitod only by the coldness gud avndance of the coaling medium and D 093712 = 00s ft ‘Raw 0.0517 X 80,500/0.099 = 143,000 f= 0000138 A /in* ico te i ‘optimam energy distribution of 76. “| a vi ‘power cycles is beyond consideration ass bite tere but with cocking water avulable 70° or thosobowte a tating8888s EHH H rer i a Condensing contticients Shubtei HENCE) ‘58 889888 8 s_: Fra. 12:35. Inlluense of sic on the condensing cowfiient of 20°F vtaumn. (Dela of Oaheer) already been presented. ‘These equations give steam-condensing cients at atmospheric pressure and are of little use in estimating the ‘condenastion rate under a vacuum of 1 to 1}4 in. Hg abs. Furthermore, air dissolved in the boiler feed water, despite deaeration, tends to ncoumu~ \sto in the condenses, where it impedes heat tranafer. Othmer? has shown ‘that, when aa little as 1 per cont of air by volume is mixed with the inlet steam, the condensing coefficient falls from 2000 to 1100 with tempera- ‘tare difference between the steam atid cooling medium of 20°F. When the air concentration is 2 per cent by volume, ths condensing coefficient falls from 2000 to 780 at the ‘tame temperature difference, Tt is also found that during steady-state transfer the air tends to surround the \Othmer, D. ¥., Ind. Bng. Chem, 21, 976 (1998).CONDENSATION OF SINGLE VAPORS 305 ‘eylindrics! bodies. When they contain surface in excess of 15,000 ft, they at made in the bodlike manner shown in the elevation of Fig, 12.27. Exchange Institute, whose member companies include the larger manu- facturers of surface condensers, erat, Tare dunk maw condone, (Pe Wher Corperion) steam into the bundle tubes are laid out for crossing, wing ed gitch ao shown in Fig. 12200, Another important rt it considers js the removal of air, since an accumulation of sir incresses oy reeguein he condenser ah raises the coodensetion temperature. | OslY Pinen eurface condensers contain“15,000 ft? or less are they apt £0306. PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER " CONDENSATION OF SINGLE VAPORS 307 sndenser length ‘ing si Thus cleanliness factor of 85 per cent means that the design fe ahoct ctr ig th a ior fe ve eoecea wl be 8S percent ofthe clean aver coefclent The ‘tube Roetbed in Chap. 7. design overall coefficient U» for a losding of 8 lb/(hr)(ft#) and inlet water eae ine several conventions etnployed in surface condensers which temaperature of 70° is Us = Cats VP are rarely violated. Surface condensers are seldom designed to operate ‘ p= Cae (1254) ‘at sh absolute pressure below 0.7 in Big abs with tering sh And the coefficient for any other londing and temperature is ee LO ic maih a otean sae ot ‘to be confused with G Un = CCC WP (2.55) nh enoeratie of eosin wake F where C's is the loading correction equal to ~/Toadiag7B and Cr is the tion is far more complex than for previous types of equipment and hinge L ‘very greatly upon the geometric design of the surface condenser. ‘There no published correlation betwoen the pressure drop of condensing steam di E in orossflow and radial pitch, and the calculations performed here deter- aa ot mine the surface required for the heat load without layout refinements. % ‘The calculations, however, permit the evaluation of a condenser for 3a i ‘conditions other than those for which it was designed. PA oe ‘The pressure drop on the tube side is conventionally determined by a ol + ko, formula of the Williams and Hasen type using a constant of 130, a0 that |p} AP, = 0.0067 2 : is 1 = 0.0087 se (12.56) where V = water velocity, fps d= tube ID, in, Ci 1 differs somewhat on the unsafe sido from Eq. (7.46) at: velocitien of wate 6 fps and lees but agrees very cloosly at velocities approaching 10 fps. 5228, Overall oecants in wrtnce ondecsere, (Hat Rochon Inte) The return losses suggested by the Heat Exchange Institute correspond Fra. ae to lees than the four velocity heads given by Eq, (7.46). ‘The relation of @”, tb/(hr)(lin 10)] exceeding 8 Ib/(ir) (ft). ‘Water velocities of less ships for the condenser are than 3 fps are not used. ‘The quantity of air which leaks into the eystem @ atl = 1) = 6000s — ‘aust be estimated for the design of the sir pump whether a mechanical wits = 4) alte — ti) pump ot a jet-type ejector ia used. ‘The Heat Exchange Institute gives where G. are the gallons per minute and multiplication by 500 gives the 2 graph of overall clean heat-transfer coefficients to be used as shown in flow in pounda per hour. Ffig. 12.28 and with the maximum losding of 8 Ib/(hr)(f¥?) of steam con ah) = (Po = 10) dexood when the inlet water is at 70°F. ‘The clean overall cogfcient for aruurp ~ (Peet) — (a=) Bot Giferent tube diameters and a loading of 8 Ib/(hr)(H") can also be oe aay Bon Tt obtained by Ue= Gv (28) 4a gaa “WE Te 1s a constant as shown in Fig. 12:28 for each tube outaide diaso- ” (1257) ar oie ine water velocity in ook per second. Dirt factors are he=Te~ Ty (12.58) ‘lean ‘conficients called the cleanli- * ~ alog Wa OE X BOOT.) defined aa a percentage of the clean overall ‘the og WA TOE X308 PROCKSS HEAT TRANSFER ‘The cutlet temperature of the water ts depends upon gallons per minute clreulated G, of the velocity V. But‘U is alto. dependent upon"y, -| ‘Equation (12.58) can be solved directly for te, since A=1e"N where a” ate the square feet of external surface per foot of tube length and 7 UA La"Nen = 0.00279 Ema" FB K BOG, ~ FTX B00 TEX GOVE /TADN, Var and Trt (12.59) ‘Biample 12.7. Caleslation of Surface Condenser. “A stenm turbine exhausts 250,000 Ib fer of steam ats pressure f 1'Sin. Hg. Cooling water i available at 70°R, ‘A preference bas been designated for the use of 34 in, OD, 18 BWG tubes und n cleanl- ‘nese Tactor of Bb per ona. ‘To pefmit extimation of the cost of the condenser on the basis of dolinrs/ftt, bow auch wutface wil be required apd what will be the aperating quantity and range ofthe coating water? ‘Solution. Ancame the maximum loading'of 8 tb/(he)(H#) and a water velocity of 18 ipa. Can 08 Crad Crm 10 Un = Cal rC.C, VP (i258) = O85 X10 X 10 x 288, VTE = 62 4 = 20022 - sxa0 0 ‘The aocenary outlet terminal water temperature will be Te Ts ~ Seog .ontEr® X Ulaa7¥e, Fora fin. OD, 18 BWG tube, a” = 0.220 4/It, ID ~ 0.777 in,, and of = O475in* (oamnpated from Tabie 10), KOT KB KE KORTE KOR x0 Gm arog Tayo OCOD Individual Film Coefficients for Steam Condensers. The method of calculating surface condensers bas been based on the use of overall eooffi- cients instead of individual coefficients. Individual coefficients are diffi- ca & safcieotly sisable portion of the tora rac * ‘the calculation. For a clean etistance to require inclusion in ray bo equated thugs 8” (We the overall concent of heat transfor a Te Pet Ret Rk, and for a dirty tube: 1 Uy ~ Bet Ret Ret Ry where R, is the resistance of the i ct She tbo meta, and te rectane of Sars he Tstance on the tube outside diameter. 2 Wilson' has showa that theeen oy +. i D+ pe (12.60) A plot of 1/8 va.-1/¥%2 on reot straight Tine permittiz tangular coordinates should yield ig the evaluation of both constanta ay and 121. 02,000 TROBLEMS fhe of pure eth alochol at 2.6, to L2O'F. A dist factor of 0.008-ehould be one coed by water from ‘erable fo the vapor as 00 eee POE. A ree dep of en "Wiloon, H. B, Trane. ASHE, a1, 47 (1015),CONDENSATION OF SINGLE VAPORS ait aa Clearance between tubes, ia. Gn Cn Or Constants 316 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER 12-4, 34,000 Ib of nenrly pure methyl ethy! ketone vapor at 2 palg (boiling point, in inlet and a dn dea ‘Teaperntre in gene, ‘outlet of hot fui, ssepectively, ‘Tube factor, dimensionlees = £ nto be condenmod and cooled to 100°F by water from 25 t0 10°F. Preanare Spatie hat of cold Aud, Ba/@byF) meee os ees ale fr he evice is 2 n,1D 1-Bhoiaena onde ith 468 in, 2 Oneida dawnt ay 3WG tubes, 16°0” lang arranged for four passes on *}4q-in, triangulsr pitch, ‘Equivalent diamoter for heat transfer and pressure dro afioe ave apaced 25% sparta - Ini diameter of tubes, in “What is tha trveworuperatarediference? Outside diameter of tubes, in. @) What are the dirt factor and the preaize drops? ana t Friction factor, ft7/in.2 15a, Fede dic Pr 12cm th tv pnts ils nd i Ma ve we) cfs imal 12 ender rel t lt cmdions sng e Consiensate loading for vertical tubes, h/br)(tt) (0, 1s Be echo 13,07 log et, imu pich who in cnr of S08, a Seeeneate Luding for horisontal bes, bir 0) the, 60,000 acciato (boiling ; ieulating water rai, 2 demotion conden at 900 tenes 3 "HEF. Cooling is oecind % rater, Eo ‘was frum 65 to 130°P, sai Accelaation of gravity f/acct ST Miatla for the erro a 2 27 fa ID 12. sender comeing 12 Hi OD, fue ‘estireage stir in goal for tide ut and for ove ten 1 In rane rfp on ec ih. vai emery Babe (24 in, apart. referred to the tubs: Btu #) “Siete ft Sete eee 434. 37, early pure b ‘ rs I" at Big and ZIP. The soeeneing ran So TT oO eee he ‘Condensing fim soefivinnt at angle a’, Btu/t) te) (°F) ein aorgn, “Gang water ud bean 0 Mon OD, 16BW fe AS tan of he condensing im enn etree two pint, valle for the ecrvie ina condenser ooataning " ‘tubes 16°0" long on four-pate layout using I-in, triangular pitch. Bailes are spaced in Factor for Mattress, dimensosigs . z Thermal conductivity, Bey "*Grinlate tha toe txperatare dirs, the det for, and Ui prea drop, L ‘Tubs iength, ft MONON) 324, f,a00f of» mishure ight brooarbons, pinay propane, ees 4 ‘Tube length expod to sondenantion, . bce sodas i il aig Lempert of 180 2 75 pt, ian Jog coun lonperntur difeenes, “F Disc op aliag seer fom 00 fo £10. "The ralade ft cordon, cosas 2 A aie tames ‘with refrigerated water, 100 31a. . ‘Number of tabe pases vailable for the secret 4 37 in, ID 1-2 horisontal condenser with ™ Number of tuber efcetive for sondensst Od, 19 BWO tubes 190" long ranged for four pamos on "¥fyn. triangular pit. P Perimeter, fh ton Bates are aptced 30, apart Pr ‘Tube pit, in “What is the dirt factor, nnd what are the pressure dropat ar Preasure drop in geueral, pai NOMENCLATURE FOR CHAPTER 12 Son aPa ar, Pre bash aes MP, rempectiray, pl Heat-tranafer surface, £2 . q ‘Heat flow, Bea/hr fhe Au ‘Hlaat-tzansfer surface for condensntion, desupechesting, and sub- @ ‘Beat flow at distance x from top of tube, Itu/hr cooling, respectively, £8 ween leat flow for vondansation, deeuperheating and subsooling reepec- A (Cromartional area of fn, f* tively, Beu/ir a ‘Total clean heat-tranafer surface, ft? fe Guabined dirt factor, (h(t) (°F) /Btu 4 Flow are, 1 Re Ra Ry Besistanes of exndmte fm, be met, and wate, reapectivly, + ‘External muraco per lines fot ny} 08) Bea Sabnasrged eons mcton of abel, f° : Radiue of tbe, fe 5 Ferahpertin ‘ ii nln n= oy teeta re °° ‘Rafe epacing, ia. ry Spuife gravity, dimmaiclon ‘ a Specific heat of hot uid in derivations, Btu/(b)("F) nM, 6 aCHAPTER 13 CONDENSATION OF MIXED VAPORS Yatrodustion. Tn tho preceding chapter it, was assumed that the con- difference for condensat densing vapor consisted of a pure or substantially pure compound which ge adensed isothermally. Tf the vapor was mixed with another com OnE pound having a slightly diferent boiting point, the mixture condensed ‘Overall cbefficiont of heat transfer, cloan coefficient, and detign ‘over & suiall. condensing range, It was further assumed that, where coatiien ropatira, BRC /( 17 pechenting, ant thore was a condensing range, the latent heat of condensation was ¢rans- enn ore ently, BijoN HOC) ferred to the cooling medium uniformly over the entire condensing range. ‘Film velocity along asia of tobe, fr ‘However, consider a mixture of two diverse fluids having a condensing ‘Average fs velocity, St/or range of'100°F. In order to effect the first 10 per eent reduction in the ‘Wag how i pe oof ot iB [20 sad om the vapor misc, tvs th lm ole connect con an of sonantin, 70/009 “Wetght How of cold i, Ib for denses more rapidly as the vapor temperature is reduced. Previously, in Tate ofeondenontion por fabe 7/1, b/s) ‘sing the LMTD for coadensing vapors in counterfiow it was assumed Taga otf, that during the first 10 per cent reduction in the vapor temperature onl} Bintan from top of tube at which change from streamline to per cent of the heat was removed. The substitution of the logarithmais wittiet san for the ue vnpretare dideenes based oa assume uniform ow a » a densing characteristics for the vapor mixture may lead to a conservative or ee ager Tt Wintel eno a0 uneale valu of andthe selection of the wrong coidenser. The prob- “Tato best of condensation or vaporisatioa, Bto/Ib ims imposed by the ooudensation of a vapor mixture do not end there. Vt cation x28 = 8/00) Bapendng azo he ature of heme, the args ondeing con Vio, en - cient A may not remain constant it range and Visoaty at tube-rall temperature, contipiaes 2-42 ~ h/ may vary greatly with the composition of the vapor mixture as the loss Gor) baw volatile components are condensed. The latter is particularly trus of a ‘Vrengestial tree, Dt? mixtare consisting of a vapor and a noncondensable gas, such as steam ‘Viscosity ratio, (n/n-)**4, dimensiontess and air. A function ‘The: Phase Rule.' The different types of vapor mixtures may be stadied qualitatively through the use of the phase rule of 5. Willard Gibbs. Ligni ‘of an interface betwean any two phases. A vapor is the coexistence of a Shel sido gas and a liquid and, like any boiling liquid-and ite vapor, consists of aper | ‘wo phases, ‘Tube side ‘the treatment of the phase rule is simplified hare for tha particular applications ‘this book. 'In nenthermedynamnie texts these are frequently referred 10 as states,au PROCESS HRAT TRANSPER CONDENSATION OF MIXED VAPORS is i i ‘de ro 7 tbe fr ss phase and io ulate to that the Bounded mater oF ssn os sly chen nnn ent ot ery ‘Suppose a mixture of two mutually soluble or miscible compounds ia Pea Tm system itis « property dependent upon the saturation ‘olsced in an insulated vessel at ite boiling point as shown in Fig. 13.1, (preseure) curve of the liquid. It is consequently not possible to have Jf the vapor and liquid are in epw. Ceca thant a2 At Phasos at a pressure of 18.7 pia ab any other e Hbrium, no heat can escape and the "the baling of A . . y i single compound is « relatively simple matter \ rytiem continu to waporce sad moptunde see trai nye matin, determine how the ‘ompesitions, pressure, and temperature serve to fix meee Gibbs's phase rule allows the rapid determination of the number af Sse to hang the oe on the system. Does the liqui . to boil at the same if the ‘vomaina where F i the numbor of degrees of freedom, C the namber af individual sl eatin to bo aera tober ad sd Senos chemical compounds or chemical substances in the ayatem, aiid P is the staat ‘chemical composi is peels number of phases. Nothing in the phase rule determines how many a aresee rea enters ‘hases will result from the admixture of any particular group of chemicct out runing exprinans to determine whether or not ivan mlstre componente. The number of phases which a group of chemical cone conden etary. noon Jncthermal the ue rempe pounds may form in a bling system must be known beforehand fron ference may taken eine must be for ‘knowledge of the miscibility or immiseibility of the componer ‘8 liquids ccneration not ober, then oer metbods mus seplied for plas the addition of one gaa phase into or from which vaporiaation ard saiaaton tere ie nerenee, Stenson ma secur. This informa ion ean be obtained'from the hich wil be develop ater in hie chapter ts ty tables included in chemical handbooks, Gibbet formulated» Pease atibeo enri one Avrlications of the Phase Rule. There are nine common types of ated perlnng to mem in onus which mus be spociad phe matures encountered in bent tranafe, and thoao are given in Table fo the munbet of pase ob ic permanent cs 18.2, sy amon the ofthe phate rule for determining the sere vied ile Keeping the Ld (compo number condiaee ma mnaiefad : sn can be ‘ture ina three of the types will be il Tt gan 1 Gibbs, J. W., Trane. Conn. Acad. Arte Sei, 1, 108-248 (1876). ‘emphasised thet, in ordinary process design, condensers operate at sabstantially constant pressure and that one degree of freedom is usually soi by tho operating prtsure of the pronos, hone medistaly afer the ‘vapor enters the condenser, CONDENSATION OF MIXED VAPORS Case 2. Condensation of a Mixture :of Tro Miscibie Components. tHxample: Butsnepentane, P=C-P+2 =2-24+2—2 (2 deg of freedom) tthe inlet to the onder tho pressure mand the componton Cy of pe Blonavairner =2-24+2 (2 dog of freedom) Case 8. Condensation of a a Histure of Too Immieble Componente Sans Fein rater. =2-34+2—=1 (1 dog of freedom)318 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER ‘The condensate eonsiate of two liquid phases. With but one degree of freedom the system is completely fixed st 1-1’ by sclecting the operating pressure pi. The temperature 7 then corresponds to pr. At 22" the Drossure ia the same, ps, and since this fixes the system, Ts and 7, must be identical, both being dependent upon p;. Condensation is isothermal, 1. CONDENSATION OF A BINARY MIXTURE ‘Vapot-tiquid Relationships. In the derivation of the Nusselt: equation for a single component it was astumed that the rate at which the vapor centers the condensate film is neatly infinite, A vapor entering’ con- denser at its saturation pressure condenses because the surface is at a temperature below its dew point or saturation temperature, ‘The rate at which the vapor pesees from the vapor phase to the liquid phase, bow- ff ‘ever, is dependent upon the mechanism of diffusion. This means that, at is established. The direction of the differential promotes the flow out of the vapor phase, is related to the temperature of the cold surface and the cooling water range. Thus for a given binary mixture entering a condenser not only Ti the condensation of the overhead vapor coming from » binary dis- ‘Colburn, A P., ond T. B. Drew, Prans, AIChE, 83, 397-216 (1987). CONDENSATION OF MIXED VAPORS ‘An ideal solution is one in which the presence of the several componente320 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER haa noveffect upon the behavior of each and which is governed by Dalton'y ‘and Raoult’s Inws, For sych system Dalton’s law states that the total s ota “CONDENSATION OF MIXED VAPORS 321 + where f; replaces the total pressure p, ‘pressure is tbe sum of the partial-prbasures in‘tho phase shove the liquid _ Sots solution, Raoult’s law states that the partial pressure of a component ara (13.7) ‘ni the phase above a liquid solution is equal to the productiof its preamure f° or -s6 6 pure component and its mol fraction in the solution. ‘The latter ig n=Xa, not true of nonidea! solutions in which the presence of the various com- where Ki = frulfe wm (238) ponents tends to reduce the partial preasures of the others 80 that the “total preasure isnot the min of the products of the iol fractions and vapor By = 2(Kin) (13.9) _preagures in the pure condition. Materials of an electrolytic or jonie §) K iweellod the equilibrium constant. _ nature deviate from the laws of ideal solutions toa great extent. Foran ~ ‘desl solution: Dalton's law: ‘When a mixture is in vaporciquid phase equilibrium, the v esses a greater percentage of the more volatile components than tho ramtmt em m= Pa 32) Pt Pyaks (3a) ‘whore py is the total pressure, p, the partial pressure of component 1, pj, ‘the vapor pressure of the pure component1 at the temperature of the and Raoult’s law: 8 in 7 ‘and is sometimes abbreviated by mj. The mol per cent ia the mol frae- 3] ‘tion multiplied by 100. + Sclving Eqs. (18.2) and (183) for ps, : Pum Pats = Pa 84) Rearranging, = Pat a (1a.5) Solutions which are ideal at moderate pressures appear to deviate from © ‘with experimental -pressure-volume-temperature studies on the actusl Sats = fan (13.6) liquid. Its possible from Eqs. (13.4) to (18.9) at any gi qs. (13. \F given total ture to ealeulate then 1 fraetion y ofthe component in the vapor phase saay coexist with a mol fraction 2, of the same component in the‘20 pacino and ¥ Jo omemand 095 paw} = 4/4¢ (eet) HIS = 2omy ‘ommend dev 04 Smpuodeasion panoduco amd oma jo amyemoduiey Setpoq og) mak Em x woop simsiodacy, pos ammaxd Sensor oay« ‘punodwce Ay] woos ur=¥p gaqod [wook © J URL, poyeeEPUT Spuodtme BI yy 205 cans Commas a, 2otea op ‘ope utes] “meat pa amyeindiog yup mac SON J ayer 7 29} Pomoed ase gurysumD taMuggEMbe op Jo sompeA J Fey WT “IpUeUAY ety O 22d Of Rao ae pew wep roomed ory poynduaco ash HORUS f/f Jo wn ‘PROrIDGR moog (ET) ©% (WET Hoa aq pean voog anny ear (@) UE (0) VE (2) FH HUT ODL — LT = I Somamaad opogdeoms Fy :ymI0d o1qq0E (8) RS see SUOIVA GAXIN 40 NOILVENRGNOD 1pemigy ode 281g orp Jo WOR KTUICO oy a 3K PEE ‘med oyggng omy “2) azn TE Fog Vergy emyModa omy sry “aTmaNA sumdsourye pestubdtea pie poyvoroq | emptor SucAOKOF Og, “SBMA ¥70 COR -Poderog rode pam “ym MP “OS LIM SH Fe MORMON “Tet OneeTeRE, UAEINVEL LAH SBTIONT weeaa nw be identical withthe tal pr foot PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER when there iano other fluid present, "60 az or 17 pin toa pnt computed from he fgaity acepenea ; 7 Fag. Tl be highs tha a ()oming tah sovual redaction ofa prema realting from nonidealty. Amwwe P= 90°F | Atrame 7 = 100°F | Amano T = 100 mh : Keer [ye Bs,| Ker [n= Kin) Kuer [n= Kay cfoor| 313 | 02s ) sas | os | aus | ome Giloe| as | ose | to | oo je | ons Giloata) 030 |_o.oe | oss | oo | 0:98 o-100 roe! my a0 2.5 1.00 00 low Teo Cheek _[Feer (@) The wef K vale gives ys digety and permite us ofthe oll mal faction ot ‘24n = 1.00 as the criterion for equilibrium. Similarly for 35 pain Terume P= 160°F | Assume = 15°F a Kuer | y= Kin] Buen [yn = Kis foo | 2.20 | ow | 200 | on G: [ois | Lor | e619 :| 1.08 | 0.680 @. forma | oo | ovtae ‘| o.ais,|0:128s 1000] | 310.950 1.0018 “Too low heck (0 Tho tempura at which the gid phase dimpprard baling occ nan ‘enclosed voneel is the temperature at which only the'last droplot ia left. ~ But this ie ‘the same as the physital picture of the dew point when the first droplet is formed. ‘Tos inital ompostions are then the vapor mel factions ors an forthe Bauld famed 21 = Es ° ‘Dow point: At pr = 14.7 pein, 760 msn. Tm PO10F | Amun wiF | Ammer usr | ” Kwer | =P | wwe bam P| Kur | ne cloor| so | aos | 44 |-oos | aco | ot Goes) ses | osm | tao frou | ta | oa Glos) oe {oo | om [owe | ons | oe ? 100 | 270.686 082 oer 1 i mein CONDENSATION OF MIXED VAPORS 325 bps 3 pais ‘Ancume T= 174°F «x > Kote | a= oo} 3.70 | 0.08 s foeis| 18 | Ose Ce | 0.310 oss [0.833 1.000 22 = 0.008 ‘The dew point is 174°.326 PROCESS HRAT TRANSFER is i ili Zand Ki/Ks = asi the relative volatility of compound 1 to compound TR, D act inthe relative volaiity of compound 8 to compound 2 ‘For vaporization: pate t y= 100 a3.) Relative to yx wu vs. 100 3.13) nti ty Substituting, 1.00 a 2 cut +t tant = a Reerraneine oo (13.18) WA Qo bm teres Tar and since nom Ft aya nnn ne non we Se 03.14) ‘For condensation: ntmtn=10 (18.15) a aod Btitk a, wa woot jan *) tio ? v wok faa t)* Raza” 3 21 Tea + va + velo “ Vor ge WE 13,18) a” Yle "> Tyla Lyla Beample 194, Clealtioa ofthe Bubble Pont a Vazor Composition by Relative emma Ue ycore nina, he anumplson that the Wubble point 98°F, which i comiderably off ‘Bubble point: 74 = 147 pia, Amume T= 95°F | ker] ome fae | $B | O.0Tr | 3.58) 3-40 0.262 0.200 S| oem | 38 | 13) | oo | oes Goa | 33 | oe [os | osm 7.000 zea 50,078, | 100 Gavel Zor) = 1.025 nob e888 CONDENSATION OF MIXED VAPORS az Look up the temperature of Cs in Fig. 7 corresponding to 8 Ky of 1.026 and p. = 14.7 Pe Kew 1.005 T= 108F (Chocks Reample 13.1 on first tal) (Dew point ye = 147 pei, Amame 7” = 19°F, ) | oon | 5.0 0.0175 @ | 06s | 165 oto @ [0:10 | 0.02 sas 1.000 a 148 | 0 a P a yy Ze OBL Roh Hea ook op the temperature of C, corresponding to a Ky = 146 and m= 14.7 pra, Kole Tay ‘The value computed from K values was 123°F, showing # small variation inthe actual relationship of the volatilities, ‘eomponent calculations on the total number of the mole directly. Since n= Em it is the eame os Yoh tog vom ‘where V1 is the number of mols af a component in the vapor and Z, the amber of mols of the component in the liquid, V and L are the total number of mols of vapor and liquid, respectively. At the dew point, Vi Kila 8.17) At the bubble point, aw =z 3.18) Tn an enclosed vessel at equilibrium at any temperature between the dew point and bubble point if ¥ is the original number of mole af vapor con- sisting of Y¥,, Ys, and Ys, etc., for each compound, the amount condensed in given by: YeVtL i=Vith328 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER t CONDENSATION OF MIXED VAPORS azo where V is'the total mola of vapor remaining und L is the total mols of the sone from 1-1 to 2-2, La the mols of component 1 condensed from liquid formed. ‘Thea 4 0-0to'l-1, and ZL‘ and L{ the total mols and mols of component 1 formed in Wan fhaenetbom 1 wo pain Ne he Beets Vi Kila i “retire (13.39) Ite are the total mols of liquid condensed in fhe rome 0-0 to Tel before denser and condonser-subcooler it was nesumed that the counterflow330 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER CONDENSATION OF MIXED VAPORS 331 temperature differences could be applied over the entite length of the that point. In condensing » multicomponent mixture between it hell to obtain the weighted At In the caso of a multicomponent mix. point and bubble point the vaper is cooled and the onlecate assy pure, because it requires an integration to obtain the weighted AZ, it is the inlet leaves at tho temperature of Ube outlet, which may be colder he changes in & due to changing liquid properties for diferentinl changes ia Beummple 122. Coadeuser tea area GA, iis possible to use a method of averaging the inet and outlet fm sverheed vapor from a ditling can oparting at 0 poe tena egg ee confticionta, This oan be done by using the mean properties of the mix- Aydrocatonn auch a propa, butane, a beau nl fase flonan ete ture, or, if there ia w great difterence in the characteristics of the conden- ‘ante between inlet and outlet, to calculate h at both terminals and take In ie i in the development of Eq, (14.90), that the phase equilibrium at a cross section existe between the residual vapor and ail the liquid formed up toPROCESS HBAT TRANSFER ‘Hiuar Loup som mim Toromevas, 270 70 250° | Hse Tare regimen by the water Seen RAED pot ho cing ater 1 com sero 2 _, 21,205,000 wished as = Sf = ARIS? soa CONDENSATION OF MIXED VAPORS Meat ood, milion Btw 13.5, Strlghttine and diferential condensing curves ‘The caleuation of the exchanger for Example 18.3 follows: ‘Beobangee: Shab site TD'= 38s, Number and meth = 775160" ate nr = $0in, OD, BWG leh = Hin 18 BW, Lin. ti. Passe = lame = 4 Qabel”~ 71,208,000 Baar water = 550,000 % [(120 — 80) w 21,205,000 Beo/ae Average molecular weight = FS «84 “Thiacorresponds very Coeely to hexane (mol. wt. = 86:2) whose properties wil be ‘Condensate sensible best loud = 05,450 »¢ 28283. ~ 120) - gorn000 Btaybe Sabmergence = 4,670,000 X srg “22% (approx) @) at: Weighted at = 100:7°F (8) Teand l: The we of average tempecatres willbe satisfactory, Cold fide wide, water Hot fit shel ide, wapor W) Unsobmerged tubes (©) Flow axes, oy = 6.802 in 7 TAX = 0.8) «a0 rable 16) © = W/LNF = 95,480/16, x 601 = Naif Ea. 7481 Misa fog (RAB)| "= 776 x OBOR/LH X 4 = DADDY936 PROCESS HEAT. TRANSFER CONDENSATION OF MIXRD VaPORE 337 Fra gus el eid, weer Cota sid he side oer sausieh = 208, 0 =0h Pressure’ Davp Pom 88 + We)? SOLS 2 Ba evan SORT a - : "6.000, X 242 o 0238 ty ten tty ep eH) a6 ¥ = ayp00np » ipoamtapew ans) Derr tama er sob + pi, 018 — 100 | ee (pas Dale 3 500 + grag pam POLS ~ 100) | a) i m B85 ez” 2 0.0808 X 55,500/0.0018 = 155,000 nsns7| hes 1D/OD aon ws 20) by = HUD + te) IDOLE + 518) 1856 x (1) No. of erowes (¥ + 3) = 120/B = Sete ao 1) ep | = tla Bafa ge)CF) Ba. (6.8)1 tea easy] eS Og, BH AO = ap = 00 ie. 6) ) 912 xseno~7 00010 x 1,800,000" x 16 Ulan Satis o> sr cra RTT . xs beam Baar tny ere abit m AKIO" XG XO - : p= asr7/eas moons “OT 79 p8 xr Cloan overall ooeficient, J», condensation: De» ake _, tho x 206 ap, = ESPANA DY, p= ghd ERASE are mmsaneneny a8) OAR 3 x 1D 0) AP, = oye) ritg) a, (74874 anette tei: “ame EE cance, An ofan fax ot EE KO Deeper = aps Clean surface ztquired for subeoaling: (Bq. (7.47) Aq 1310 X 0,22 — 267 ‘Tota rrtce rauired: dg = 3080 4-267 = LarT te “Weighted overall clean coefficient Ue: 31,0300 Ue = hy = a = 8 Design over oeicint Vat ‘ a” = 0.2068 I9/in ft (Table) ‘Total eurfaco = 774 X 16'0" X 0.1963 — 2490 80" Uo = By = sae ead ATEN Dirt factor Bat Ue= Uo, 168 ~ 887 . Bem Lilt = Hea ~ 0s GeNCUNCAY BIC) | Proseuse Deep ‘Tho dightly excemice tibe-da prose of Fgh aT (78 ek C 7 w ve. thus, Per cent di istited off 0 Dapscure AP of tbo TRP ore tom i tolreae line. (Pek, Tens Sains oft Tate Cad Beats toe358, PROCESS HRAT TRANSFER 2| Z 3 | & 8 RERUERS 5 | sssussennsgy ae eC 8 er) 0 yon 00 Per cert distilled off Fu, 1518 Plot of ASTM curve and eoastruction of he EFC. ‘temporaiure of B06tH and in to be completely condensed (na far a8 practisable) with water from 85 to 120°P. tbe weg tue atpratare ifeno- TPO MrTbC dato on the ol lane th overhead fons: 0 He sinstet Yom, “F Pssuseseust 1s SHBEEREREEs CONDENSATION OF MIXED VaroRs 350 Sutton: Basis Ubour. (i) and (B) Plo the ABTM ourve and refereno line a0 shown in Fig, 1.13. “Applying the method outlined, determine the dew point of (a) oil vapor aud @®) steam, (¢) the condensing curve, (d) the heat load, (¢) the weighted true tem- poraore diflerence, and ity (f) the condense. (Shope of the ABT = TE =10% _ 312185 «5 roreyq, (oy Average 60% pint = 2S 80% _ 100 MO 4 209 ay gp (8) For the 60 per cent point on the equilibrium fiash curve (GEC) from Fig. 13.8 where the alope on the ASTM = 2.70°F /% ond 250.3°F 109% pei ASTM ~ 20% point fash curve = 38°? ‘50% on EFC = 359 — ‘¢° = 21°F fring frat point on ERC 10% on EFC = 80% — 405, = ZBL ~ 40 X 1.65 = 165°F 7% on EFC = 50% + 20% = 271 + 20 X 1.05 = 54°F (Draw thi ling usu reference Uhroagh the 80 par cent point. Caleulata the fash carve for diferent peroentages off 10% off: A ASTM = 148 — 145 = 0. 20% off: ar ARTA ~ 189 — ine fa AP ASTM - 212 ~ 12 -0. (04) Correct for preasare: Intersection ASTM relerenon and BFC reforence at 170°F From Fig. 8 in the Appendix follow oblique at 170° to inervetion with 10.7 psi AUIS. Add 387°= 170° = 17" to cath poi, Calealation of the 80 per cant point: "The following vapor enters, 19,880 Ib ur oil SO°API, 370 tb /hr steam, 90 lb fae gaa smal. wt.PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER = re e " a c £. el | i i ie gi al gy . Ls . Fo as ‘boiling point, Molecular anaes "roan UPeteon, Nason, and Murphy, puttin = “ Pt 2 = E | = 204 r H| : ‘al CONDENSATION OF' MIXED VAPORS 361 Hor 80.per tnt, 18290 > 0.80 = 16,04 Thi cil usaendenmed ana! renee of NO ga = (,9/1407)197 = 0904p, ‘The texsperaturo at which the oil wil condsnee in the presence of noncondensable scrrerponds to its partial promaze. fer Hg: inthe spp, which rate he tempat at wth ston “To datermine the hest load iis sao necessary to datermine the tempersture at ‘which the ateam starta to condanse, since theultimate condensate, water, is immineible ‘with the condensed oll. “The stenin may condmase before the dew point of the oil in during oondenastion ofthe oil or after nearly all theoil has condensed. The dew pent of the seam fnetion cx of Ki partial peer nthe vapor and he seturation temperature of pure eveam at the partial prowure. "AL 197 pas, if only puro tcam were pesant, it would condense at 227°P. The dew point in tis ease must be-considerably lower. a Tan the tna fe wa, Del nocedonatle il be Eocea cpus noni mu, snanal wet | oor [pred Rarpeaisop Ajenonupaco & 70 1nwat Og} Ht 3 ‘PaNAPTOO mF eres mn we lero | ee =a x ‘awng Thuoaoy "Arenjay “smsuee POmpBTnG aoa See oe oy OF HU oy Pe UTI wo joe | oe fees sceteee nergy gum wet ) co awe poo BST X obs BT “toda tO SST | THT | 299. ba ‘eat | sot | eee't OT sax pul fu sven ‘get | 821 | 999'e [on 1 Oe ver| os | ex's jor “posuopuon 20d oe ne | 62% Jo 4099 10d og 001 3y gst, | 602 | ¥99‘0K /08 Baur aie | ove | oge‘et {001 . “pa ao Pe, “anor ‘sonz9 wy vea poruypuoo 24 04 PeuMErs TO Jo JonoUrE oT} SOUR ‘pesTApUOD AL Be | do {080 2od 06 sp putes cua 3] “peewpun tua Zed 68 30 J.BBT 18 Pores tema eet) saya Ia puso dd gar tren teas 0 Th eT eT ha ME we SE OSA oN woLg “TR zou |zv| ‘ones | 4, £61 A.88T Jo eAMpereddenyy w 04 yuopeatnbo et wl EF EL 4 F_BVI J omyesdery Y =P =, " : oa exer coo't |r wag 4¥ ws we | oe ee oo | et aang oximeaneg UG FET HE eeer ee vat fo ™ 1 eamowoad pened ony WET TRL FeHINNITUND ET "yO nop weve Ow BOM EN mdm tdxfe) fu | yi, “areca 90 poenopuon [o pire Mvoqa Jo mnoure oy ouENap 04 LewoeonN Mom ree mom "9 = x sor = sree eg ~ Pormemeo % 60'9 = + osD/xL6r . Co eT sodea ryt 00g = £01 mt “gp or exodea omy Jo HDA sage eres oy ty ona arma pomp mg ET SLE Many LPT AP SOBE Oy WopeagNbe ass MPV POY GaflT 9 omomat razed em “FoDHNoO NPA OF) UF STADE ave ‘eons jour em of Iuoq ‘syeuodtace op Jo Fema rep! SAL, eo Hour sor = x aire = Oc + sean/as0e x Le sog0d 21y'9 > ToS Jom SITS OTH I “PourpmOG wy 20d po J 4089 sad og eunee ‘g.f01 1 sya Sr Oe = "hae = me 1, = Ke = FON “qm we eygrrnpoecon po wt wy J Jo POH > Ere Dam WE L'0r OE uo G,86T 01 PUodsezIee prtox asnyeredumn oy) ;peAOtRaT 8 ayes x3 o[qevuspuoouon paw MNyE oT} TIOG F wo EIpKCD Fuso sed Og 30F mug, “TY ond 4 rd ~aduiy waa © 205 uopyemmpuen eivjinemd oy Pawan Gio, ‘qo 7 ern smd oc8t = 4A¥9— roy = ond + Tepsed op sora oxime Ur urs Jo amma oped og oF GORHAM HL. soo 21 = vig 7 Td op BLE AY 0 SHOEVA CAXIN 40 NOLEVSNAANOD MsaSNVAL LVSH SRADOUT 208CONDENSATION OF MIXED VAPORS 364 PROCESS HEAT TRANSPER © aay pin’ 24° om te 107 BEC. “Thin pointtoorremponds to 15 per nh a 8 ate he amin Soke te ee, 2] Otenais | Olah [amon x « 85 orb 100 Summary: Inlet to stam dew point: 5,874,300 — 3,043,800 = Btu fae ‘Steam dew point to-outlet: 81500 3,062,800 ~ 1,785,900 ~ 1,306,000 Total 5,686,400 Buu farp “* HHT x TTT { 20 ah Sm i 1) 2 a) 4 to o + «| we OOP at loads mien Bi ia 3218, Condeseion of mized Nedrocrboa with was and saan. problton the sondensing curve from the inlet to the dew oat of She tan a ual snght” When Doh the del tad fue seam tempera a ee proportional ta the Beat lad, the LACT may be appli. ‘Water temperatare at dew point of stcar, CONDENSATION OF MIXED VAPORS 367 Weleda» apap ~ 755'F The unvorretad LTD is 0, The Overall Coeficient of Hest Transfer. ‘The condensing curve of 20 eA oo a Cr | 2 cor 20) roe £00) fe + ° J 00 wee 6 00 mo Non candenaaies in wpa ortho. ‘Fra S317. Condesaing coeficlanta for vapore and noncondonaabn, Where steam is shove its dew point, it is regarded as ioncondenssble $hit for ofl vapors in the presence of noncondennable gases in plotted ia Big. 18.17 a8.a function of the pereentage of noncondensables Its origin is discussed presently.rise of the water is figured accordingly. CONDENSATION OF MIXED YaPoRS ae PROGESS HRAT TRANSFER 4 iffuses through 2 noncondensable gas and the vapor of ‘Feat'load inlet to dew point of item = 2,831,500 Btu/ar at = 122.9", Be for water is"700 Beu/(hr)(t0)(%R), ‘From Tsble 13.4 at inlet NC bstmm = 18-4206 = ‘Total = ANC pe — 24 ‘From Fig. 18.27, 4, = 205 Bin /(hr)(He9(°F) Mdee tata Molly Naas tata... Ba 0 eseeseeenn nee AOE . established by : 2% ‘The oil diffusion curve was Tel ag {SEE pr snning ie ow pe in eg ‘ae taking the pure. de is reduoed by the inereasevin the per. NG = BH 0.364 ‘aime perventiige aa oe ‘Fhe base.value for the ail curve in From Fig. 18.17, 4, = 140 centage-of the noac other condensing coefficient can be used and Morel coatint ~ 158.5 Bea/tny guy CR) Naaae eer Tne oil anally ant be a ecetenry ee and Meimer reduced accoringly atlo ‘or very high proasures 18 question- oon mn tos= a= ge = ans a ae ai te wie rp ao loge sone seeondenn able gas. route at a the a pera conden see itunes mara i rn caer eer hn no Infuenoes the rate of difnioa ofthe at, ‘At dow point of steam to-outets ‘correeponding to thote obtained by this method and have operated While method based on using fictitious coofficients ax suggested , a Sine indivi stove may-act bs 9 dearabo a9 method employing iodiilad ita 3 0ieo Anant 124, Ue = 209 (oéighta foro and sean) About 18.60, Calcalation’of a Condeases forithe Condensatica fresa Noncoa ‘Baample 7 NC gar = 1.8 moe vapor of Frample 13.6a sto Steam = nog Fela ter rome yee er rep peer omer From Fig. 13.17, Ue = 15 Presrepvennene hurr erenanal LNRE grea ceticont = 745 Beu/tey toy eR) am er 1,206,900 . fom Tg = Em, 80 te menting rate: Consider ll the condenani cole ovo hat ‘the entire condensin mge. mae a SAPD) ~ 13890 x a0 ~ 95/0 ~ rad neha Exchanger: ‘Tate site Aa the ode water pane arin ttl wit ou oe ‘Sha ode ise oa 770.000 ga Dn my. Nomi gh 8 17 Wer rise = TP x95 = 2aee Bathe pace = 16%, OD, 1 ‘Condenente, 205 to 96°F 360 (Chan sirfoce requirements:fen Sa” KOS” ‘Total clean surtace, Ac = 190.5 + 391 4252.5 ~ TOD Ht Cnn -fue “a - = 68.2 Beu/ (hr) (H9CF) ‘Praca vce teh 0.2618 An 286 X ADO” X 02618 — B97 HE 3,638,400. Tee 57 OT Distr ee BSS 9.0008 (huh) CH)/Bea So exalt nee we itatatoa 65) Wht ae the dt fotr an the peor zp? 188, The following overhead vapor enters « condenser at 50 psi. Mente c Ce HO ar 1 A # w Cooling is eflected by water from 86 to 10°F, a) What isthe true temperature difference? {@) Calenlate the size of 1:2 horizontal candenser required for the service providing ‘minimum dirt factor of 0.004 and a preasure drop of 2.0 for the vapor and 10.0 for water. Use Lin. tubes on 1}{-in. equare pitch and e minimum water velocity of 8.0 ioe. ‘184 2800 Ib/ar of air ie saturatod with water vapor at 208°F at 5 pai, and the rixtare enters a condenser where it ix cooled to 100°F by water from 70 to 100°P. Avene fr the svn i 1 in, TD 12 eondeaer omuining 482 % in. OD, 16 BWG, 12°0" tubes arranged for four passes on 1-in, paved 24 in, apart, (2) What in the irue temperature difference? (©) What are tho dirt factor and the peoonure drops? $8. An ofl bas the following ASTM distillation curve: % diated jesuesceucd eeSGSSSSERE 4372 PROORSS HEAT TRANSFER CONDENSATION OF MIXED VAPORS 318 %8,000 Ib/hr of ofl (mol. wt. = 154) and. 4400 Bb/hr ‘of steam enter & condenser it Fe Cong wil be foie by water frm 85 to 100,” Avalon @ Mam velit, b/ 09 secvieg ia $1 fn, TD 1-2 vortinl condenser 100” ill containing £28 3 in. OD, & Solna vebsiy, mol Gye) 16 BWG, 1607 long tuber arranged Tor to paosis om I+in. ciangular pitch. a ‘Condenner leading for beri at Condsanar, Bs (hr) ft) (a) What is the weighted 127 ‘Aoodlers tan ak er horisoatal condenaers,I/(hr)(te) {@)_ What are the dirt factor and preaare dope Banners ef eri, Binet 484. AAB*APT oll sa the following ASTM distilation carve: Yapor, enthalpy of the liquid, Btu 4 ‘Hleat-tranafer eooficient in goneral, for inide fuid, and for outaide % dieked = °F ais epectivly, Bta/0he) te) (F) TBR 100 Fr Tha Of be when referred to the tube OD, Beu/(he) (°F) 1B js Frctr for beat eee im cooficent, Bto/thr) (2) » 190 an forbeat tranwfer, (1D/2)(¢u/4)"H, dimensionless am a Pector for heat transfer, (h/c0){ca/E)™, dimensionless 387 % Factor for Mifasion, dimensionlom 5 be ‘Equilibrium constant, dimensionless a x qullium constant for any single compound or the fst compound, ke pitmnsionlen O38 Seeficiant, (Ibmel)/Chr}(ft*) (atm) 0 B07 t Maal conductivity, Beo/ (hr) (v2) ("F/tt) wnt a ee 15,200 Ib fof oft vapor, 2620 Ib fr of team, and 26,200 1b hr of noncondonsabe gas he Liquid of «single compound or the fix compound, mol (ler, = i) at 20 pa eto bee ig rking war han emp 4 "ud of age emp! wh St conrad cone "Available for the service aze two 88 is, ID 1-2 horizontal condensers connected in be Leogth of tbe on wich sondenation effective, series and containing 680 8 in. OD, 14 BWC tubes 16°0" lang laid out forfour passe L Liquid of « single compound condensed ‘on Tein. square piteh, Baffles are at full piteh, molar ‘riot to an interval, mol or uf?) Stierng tho condennes tobe at atmerpre poms, what the weighted, Mai elena gh of iting nd int gan, recs @) What are the dirt factors and the pressure drops? 4 Macular wright of itn coopooat bal NOMENCLATURE FOR CHAPTER 13 Rumler of bls dinecionan transfe . na transferred by diffusion, dimensionless fe Gan Kerner src, omit of eben ter nant ary mabe Ay Ae leat-tranefer murface for consdénention and subeooling reepeetively, Number of tabe pease; auinber of. ‘Heat-tranafer surface corresponding to the heat lond interval Number of 5 mumber of cotspounds in w mixture Flow area, ft! “Tube pitch ee the Phase rule Spools hat of hot hid in diva CY; number Br, ary ar, Team i eet reste at f tot Hil in Sirti, Doa/CB)C mi AP, Total, tube, and rvéara prem drop, i e Clereace between uber a. Pa froma of te seeps; ‘Specie heat of cold uid, Bto/Mb)CF) onder Partial preasures for one com ie dei fee bom Boal » ‘Seite diameter ffs ™ Past pou ofthe inert en in Che goa body and atthe coesate 2 ‘quivalent Samoter for best. transfer snd presvre drop, Pa i a equivalent diameter for heat trandfer and pressure drop, in, a Semeur eam inner ofthe nar ga beta pan py tn , Degrees of freedom in the phase rele, @ Hatt Be ‘iftuing Said between ps dha p, atin Prition fastor or Bay f eat fa for condentaton, Suneterecmnibmnemare yn penal eS PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER ‘Combined dirt factor, the) t3)(°F)/Bi Reynolds number, dimensionless ‘True temperature diference, Uo, Ue Over eoefcint of heat transfer, clan conficient, and design coef. sent, rxpectively, Bto/x) G09) Clmn over peficlca for ecndanasion and uboooling, respectively, Bu (he) ACF) ‘Velocity, fpe oF total vapor, mol or mol/r “Vapor of a sings compound or the frat compound, mol or mol/r Molar vohunes of diffesing and inert gaa, dimensionless ‘Weight flow of hot Suid, Tb/hr ‘Weight flow of cold utd, Thor “Latent heat of vaporization, Bto/ib ‘Viscosity, contipoioes x 2.43 = Th/{tt) (hr) ‘Vinsolty’ at the tabe-wall temperature, centipoises x 2.42 = Ib/ on) ‘Denatty,Th/ft ‘Viscosity ratio, (o/vs)** ¢ Subscripts (exept as noted above) a As f . erage Cooidensste or condensing Fim Gan Gnerts) Inert Liquid Shel ide ‘Tubesiée ‘Vopor CHAPTER 14 EVAPORATION variable at chown in Fig. 14.1. The surface tension of water against air * Jakob, M., and W. Frits, Forsch, Gebete Ingenieure., 9, 44 (10), Nakob, M, Mock Bp, 3 er” Val 4, So stat Mi Meck Tag, OR, O48 oO ‘Heat Transfer,” Vol. 1, John Wiley & m5376 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER is approximately 75 dynes/om at rgam tempersturo, wheres the majors ot rani be mac tei jane ranging from 20 to 30 dynes/am at at aid rs For fiqnids with intormediate surface tensions, as in Fig, 4.18,» momentary balance may exist between the babbo and be tbe wa, ¥ + so that it is noceseary t0 form Lirger es Toone Inbbles pare the puayant foes eax hal froe it from the surface, ‘The bubble sn Fig. 14.26 indicates the'influence of z high surface tension, ; | a $ wooo} Ppa Sates 1000] p wp sl be ee) * the 4 Yio, 14, Bic of lotertailtasion on babe Boling carr of water row 3 Wis fonmsion, "(After Saheb and Pri) ona Gtr ek dama) ‘As that temperature diferonce the hot surface and Tiquid approach the 7 condition shown in Fig. 443. "There ia a,predominance of rapor at the abe wall because of the high rate of heat throughput, and very little. Jiquid ectually contacte the hot tube wall. This condition is oalled 1 McAdams, W.'H, "Hest Truman,” p. 296, MoGraw-Hil Book Company, “A oc, New York, 1942, EVAPORATION a7 Drang sve ining, wherein the age acu of wap formed a 'Drest, T, B, sad A. C. Mueller, Trans. AICHE, 88, 440-471 (1980). MeAdams, opt, p. 207,wt ROCESS HEAT TRANSFI EVAPORATION 379 sted to aubatinospherie pressures by the equation of J pe nvoided. Very often the term evaporator is also applicd to & combina- ‘be converted to ai * tion of several piccos of equipment each of which can also be defined ns hy = tasers (22) a4) sn evaporator. an ‘Tnfortunstaly certain classes of evaporators are still designed ss part For auperatmospherie pressures up to 226 pei the coefficient is given by of an art rather than the rational summation of the individual resistances a to heat flow ax practiod heretofore. This is due to the high transfer ke haseree (2) 142) coefficients with which oertain classes of evaporators operate and the en Biase Gifficuty of identifying cach of the small individual resistances which ow conditions. rake up the overall resistance, As in the case of surface condensers in were and Jefe eae by dhe apoumulatin of vapor bubble the Chap. 12, numerous classes of evaporators are designed on the basis of ankeling 8 ee esi dbning abe woe of individual cepted overall cooficients, and itis these clasees and their procesies Presa Orie infuenee of the viscosities and surface tensions of liquids ‘hich are treated in this chapter. Generally they iavolve vapotisation Dubble ae vive atmoepheric cooficients a8 functions of the absahute from pools as compared with vaporiaation in the shell or tubes of a 1-2 oo tae the propertis has not been correlated. From experiments on exchanger. Evaporators which may bo or are usually designed from TaideTovtide ingle tubos with vase pressure Cryer sad individoal coeficienta-will be treated ia Chap. 15. ‘rntborg,* working at low Saws, obtained family of curves of naely POWER-PLANT BVAPORATORS' usiform slope when plotting fy va. (Ox " Introduction. One of the main purposes of power-plant evaporators is tog Mitte = 0016s ~ (43) to provide relatively pure water for boiler feed. ‘The principal features ike evap itis ‘robo wired for distillation cre of reboilrs to aupply pest of the best rea ciet fia change in concentration, although change generally cannot M, Peck Bul. Armour Ind. Tech, 3 No. * coh 1. Tes author indebted io Gad D, De ofthe For Whose Corpuatio for . generous aavatance in the preparation of this section. Readers interested only in TOD. Be and A ©. Finalborgo, Trons. AICKE, 38, 46-361 (1997). ‘hamical evaporation may omit pages 379 to 308 without los of coxtert.380 PROCESS HEAT TRANSPER lf fll of wae, the vppor half beingthe disengaging space, and cee quipped witb separators which reour the enfreined liquid below ' ro Oe a , in i ae gn eam rp from a pool of boling water, most ofthe impurities originally in the.water ¥ Arie Wa. 146. Fowerplant evaperatar. (Poster Wheeler Corporation.) Jn bobind and in time tend to forin scale on the submerged heating ~] rertnom, Al natural water containsymiaeral sslts, of which thee of EVAPORATION 381 sforming materials, it is customary to vaporize rly 90 per cent of the “water feed xontinuoudly, the remaining 10 percent being drained con- tinnously a8 blowdown, ‘There are three principal chemical means by which waters are softenod. and consoquently contains the impurities of the concentrated Blowdown. _ When theso small quantities of earry-over are continuously fed to a boiler, they eause scale deposition on the boiler tubes. .In addition they increase the quantity of blowdown which must be removed from the ef inorganic solids, When the suftening reduces the surface tension of the water appreciably, excessive priming ot foaming ipvariably results. ‘The controt of foamning'is consequently one of the moat important con- ‘washed from the tibe, (2) hard seste which can be removed only manu-RVAPORATION 383 382 PROORSS HEAT TRANSFER Hest-transter Coefficients in Power-plant Evaporators. ‘The rates of Up, although higher base coefficients have frequently been used. Example 141, Caleulation of Braporntor Surface. 10,000 Ib stat tt Centar Ss, gf Bae ae ‘wil vent to the atmosphere.” How mach surface is required? ‘Aaruze prearuro drop through the condenser and lines of about § pl. Tho sature- ® 7 yop © © 0 ‘én temperature in the evaporator shell will be 19.7 psia or 226°F. ‘Faa, 147, Cominoreal evaparition couisients fr watts. mean . ‘i ‘ , Qrmp 10,000 % 981. Bin scala stress owing tothe expansion, and cold water i eprayed on the Soe = theme x on = eugene Dears ‘hoe sesuting in asidden eiffrential contraction which cracks 0 Btu hr scale and esuses it to be shed. “Tf the evaporator is emall, 100 to 600 ft, ‘Tempernture head: aoe a ce to ioed tho sbll with cold water instead ol praying, Foc} A= 909 — 208 = 14% Inge intlatin te ine regio land Gun he sh “Overall eofiient: jedan eying emperor vata WE ita tnt el 7 da Goo of the power-plant evaporator is shown in Fig. 14.6 using serpentine ‘Gent ia B65 por onnt of base, Sabie cue rere 226°F, the coeff! Ruben, ‘The bundio is sizessed between the vertical eupport pieoos 99 gj Ub = 700x ‘om6s = O08 ively removed from the curved portions a# wel @._8 that the seale is effcctively from the curved porti an hg = EME = ase the flat portions of the tube.384 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER ‘Torperature Differences:at Less than Mexintum Flux. The proced. * ing calculation is of valno only to estimate the surface requirement. The ‘surface will fll half of the shell or less, and the method of spacing the eur. a8 8 i SF. At PF a criti temperature difference (Af), of about ‘75°F tut the limitation of the critival temperature difference holds only whentaperating af mazimten flux, | In Fig, 14.7 the flux for 212°F vapor and Af = 100°F is 700 X 0.85 X 100 = 60,000 Btn/(hr)(F#2) in a second effec, its a doubleeffect evaporator. When applied ta three; 6 Condensate a (C)TRIPLE EFFECT-18 STEAM pRooUCES ae 142258 psTaLeD, Fra. 18 Mullploatac evaporation with partel bod386 PROCESS BEAT TRANSFER EVAPORATION 387 ‘effects as shown in Fig. 1486, itis a triple-effect evaporator and the otiginat ‘Bleed steam from the eighth ime ts rim di pound of steam produces about 2.25 Ib of pure water. ‘evaporator where it vaporizes S600 Tb/ie re m dirotly to tho In order to maintain temperature differences for heat transfer between make-up and evaporator steam are both condensed is ‘The vaparised ibe vapor from one effect and the boiling liquid of the next effect, the condenser by the bulk of boiler feed with °F tem, BR evaporator pressure on each succeeding evaporator must be lower than its prede. ‘The remainder of the diagram nperatuce spproae! ‘ceseor. The quantity of blowdown, which is arrived at from experience for the optimum efficiency of the eye.” TAhsstterror calculation with water of different impurities, earties with it considerable sensible A variation of this fow arrangement is chown is i peat and thereby reduces the amount of vaporiastion which oan be some af the steara formed in th evaporators ombined Cie oo ege ane 4 _388, PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER EVAPORATION 389 the n Tower heater will eome from tho next highor bleed point and will have by-passed several stages of the turbine in 20 doing, resulting in a loss of Kilowatts, 2. Process Eoaporatore, There are s number of industries which con- tinuoysly require lange quantities of distilled water. This type of plant employs double, triple, or quadruple effects and receives heat either Tro. 14.12, -Tviplealfect proce evaporator. from a bleed point or from the boiler directly. The selection of the near atmospberio presgure, temperature differences are maintained from the first to the last effect by operating with the last effect under vaewum. ‘This is accomplished by using a steam jet vacaum pump on the lsat effect. Thus:the shell side of the first effect in Fig. 14.12 operates at 189 pia or 225°F, ‘the second at 8.6 peia or 186°F, and the third atPROCESS TRANSPER BVAPORATION 391 pais or 13°F This eff a, soturned, it is because it may be difficult to callect or the 39, and 52°F. The operating pressures for each of the effecta is deter consumed in a chemical or Renting prooa or it may be contin mined by trial and error, so that all three effects will have the same contaminated. surface as esteulated by A = Q/Up at. This procedure will be demon- This type of evaporator is relatively large, having been built in a single staal in det in fe trate of «chemin ovaporsior_ Uf the unit in sises up to 2, [000 of murace and arable ot sent cing 180,000 ‘vacuum were not appl maximum available temperature di ‘40 200,000 Ib /hr of steam. ‘evaporators of this gi over the three effects would be from 259 to 212°F or 47 instead of 125° Saale oF iam aco 10 e011 BeEVAPORATION 393 spout 5 Per cent solids or 61,000 ppm, is dumped overboard. Because Ee latesnos of the blowdown the we of a vacuum syste win evaporation temperatures is deeimable, singe low temperatures are aleo sealing. Unlike evaporators in stationary power 392 SAT TRANSFER : ‘onsformer and also 8 reduc. rom te similarity to » stepdow ly the ohly way in Which highreseure 1 to I fs ing-Saloe trankformer. Tt is act vith. saturated steum ean be: converted to lowe 7 Yl evorable to iow rates of n0ae ts Fra, 1616. Balt-wter dita. Planta salt-water evaporators or distillers operate for 000 to 700 he with- featng ‘The flow shoot of s typical salt-water distiller is shown in 14.16. Yaciam Operation of « Process. Evaporators frequently operate with ‘He last effet under Yaewum, and one of the important conshaceroe306 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER method of continuously maintsining the vacuum. The use of a toe acca compressor oa the last stage is umally prohibitive because of 7 y guid at the bottom of the tail pipe is at atmospheric pressure due to the ‘weight of the hydrostatic head. ‘Thus liquid under vacuum continu-206 Puoguss HuAT TRA,SPER kvarowarton where T, = saturation temperature of the ol epeuedieens ee 4, = dagress of approach, to 7, ° oxbly enters the tail pipe, and liquid tt atmospheric pressure continually : eaves by ay of the bot well st the bottom of the tailpipe. Atmospheric ‘pressure corresponds tos ydrostatictheadtot S4st of eater, and complete a Pima corresponds to zero bydrostdtic head. ‘To maintain.s process” to provide only:thp neoosary hjdroitatie difference hotween the operat ° ing vacuum of the éjector aad the atmospheric pressure. ‘barometric condensers are of two types, counterfiow and parallel flow a a 1 low-level condenser. ‘The quantity of watet required in the barometric condenser can be computed from Q 3 One = BBC S BD a 4 Ps BOF. = fr = Fe “fukaon, DHL, Chow. Bop, Prog, 27-982 (1048).EVAPORATION 399 7 TRANSFER 308 PROCESS HEA’ CHEMICAL EVAPORATION z . Preferable. If the liquid is very viscous, there is an advantage to the ‘purpose ee orepna capo the nA ona eo oat andthe gomnpondig vicoy wil eles” ‘The ndventene . ~ 0305 SE erie ese pete oe prepiutiver sean Seremeet epee spectively. mumingeondents faking bro efecteasd 265 Eg sneer a sence, mec at roasng 90 tons of pulp por 24 Bry he Nt ee ene ae te ae tae a, Rg vacua in fourth fect, Gk Nr an pent wane tO eta Sralatl, () muon required forthe helen UP sues muted br the eclactnes Tingtabe evapora. 12 pe ch etaring the fast tro ect in parle t 128 Srp 0 race roid for dh Dalry, surtan rad for the clad se Oe by 45 pig saturated wea. 5 sce the fllowing: (a) Feud cone S srpeaelby JF p een @) Sf ie > res NOMENCLATURE FoR 2a ee Ton rear Own ral 4 CHAPTER 14, SE ina npr teint O77 Ta gy rb 2 Beso ty ion tempers M10, 8, PE, ewpoctvely, fr al odio ‘Dibe-side fw are, ft tin tempernares UP BER ounce chat () vapor condeneit Sem Being pry, ‘Speci ent of bot ud i desved equations, Btu/(b)F)CHAPTER 15 VAPORIZERS, EVAPORATORS, AND REBOILERS evaporation or distillation process is a waporizer. If the vapor forreed is ‘steam, the exchanger is referred to a8 an evaporator. If @ vaporizing ‘exchanger is used to supply the heat requirements of a distillation process ‘ua vapors at the bottom of the distilling column, it ia a reboiler whether -or not the vapor produced is steam. ‘Tho prooers requirements of evap ‘ealculation of vaporization as treated in Chap. 14 gnd in the 1-2 hori- ‘xontal or vertical vaporiser. In the powerplantevaporator, for example, the upper 50 or 60 per cent of the sbell in ured for the purpose of die- ‘engaging the liquid entrained by the bursting bubbles st the murface ofVAPORIZERS, BVAPORATORS, AND REBOILERS 455 4s ROCESS RANGE! . ; F ed by the use of a iafed by Jored circulation. A typical examplois chown in Fig. 15.1, ‘The a en ee os cireuit consists of a 1-2 exchanger serving as the vaporize: and n dis. flea separator the aha. The mechanical deren and hikes of engxging drum from which tho unvaporind liquid is withdrewa, and Shs evaporator tl fangs, nd taeda ae bse upon te rot rerombined With fw fed. The grocrtad vapor it eoved rm te of instances the presure or vacuum isnot great and the shel lange, and of the drum. ; ‘quid ener hs ‘hie ewan af ‘Since itis desirable to vaporise only 80 per cent of the liquid entering tube-shect thicknetes are not unreasosable, Tn the cago ef a vaporiaet, ‘he vaporizer, the total liquid entering will be 125 per cent ofthe quantitymized vapor snd liquid of height zs. ‘The head loss in the vaporizer iteelf due to fetional premure drop camespon t ‘The hydrostatic head between #5 and #: is available to: cause liquid to circulate at auch a velocity that it produces a pressure drop # in the vaporizer equal to the hydrostatic difference between 3 and z,. ‘The cold feed is usually fed high on the return pipe #0 that the leg z, will have as great a density cand hydrostatic pressure #p a8 possible. If the ‘pressure of the feed is : sweater than the operating pressure of the system,'tho feed will have to If there is a sufficiently great preasure difference between the feed and peratng pes, Ue fend canbe ued the motive did in an eostr to increase the.reciraulation of liquid through the vaporiser. This is VAPORIZERS, EVAPORATORS, AND REBOILERS 457 inefficient if {he frod liquid i is comprowed purposely to serve as the motive fluid; but if the fresh liquid is available under preseure for other reasons, ‘ey ers thst the pentane vapoed pr comation rept low while the bottom product is withdrawn from a separate connection, In gruel forond-cineulatio or pump throneh rebailers aro uted only on ‘mall installations or thoee in which the bottoms liquid is so viscous andVAPORIZERS, BVAPORATORS, AND RBBOILERS 450 Pi wear TR: through the piping and reboiler 90 high thet natural ftura @. OO talpy of dp O07 and 2 pe = 280 Bu he. 1 = PRE ~ 12.500 Bia) (ttctny) Eathalpy of vapor at400°F and 218 pein = 885'Btu/1b ‘Gasoline, @ = $8,100 x (B85 — 200) — 2,670,b00 Bea /hr 2 iy ve tat ‘Gaacil, Q = 34,700 X 0.71575 — 475) = 2,870,000 ‘ Ue ~ Up _ 182 - B= Ue oP 1B = 188 o0009 (12) = IMID = LF 614) Pressure Drop Be 5 — 0 For Re, = 85,700,f = 04 fin. 7a Be = BE = ots o OJ = napnssias | Noe K. 5037 ig. 17) eror ie. 6] rooas E Satin T= ATS + 042(875 ~ 475) = SIF Om: O) AP a5 x 10"Dag, Het fil: tbe wid, gas oi Cold fit: shelt sie, gasoline - = 0.00015. x 807,000 x 12 x 6 @) Flow ares, of = O.546in* [Table 10] x Toe KOT a Naif Tig. (7.48) x10) 68 Xe o.5de144 x 0 = oss ft = 28 pei O G= Wea (@) Gi = 807,000, 11/2! = 0.090 = HTD s/n ay We 27 ON TT a ete Os 48) = 027 x 242 = 0405 (ox 027K 25 Ito) Git x 000 81 pet (D4 0834/12 = 0.0604 ft (W Pr = AP, + AP, Re = DOdu ra fer sop 0.0604 X 907,000/0.65 = 85,700 sista, a a @ acer Hou) = O18 Beaton) UNEP) sit | Aouwide | ao | 0) em se HCP)" oe a 1H] 0) Ane’ he = 30 for trial. Ue we Iu/éu = 290 X 0.118/0.0004 = 374 - bo Tee ao) Mo Ex OR Be COON wOt EW a i " a XOSBy/LO ait an Ba ean > "| Be tonne aco me toe) = 00 tara aD z (tbe = 480 — 400° 60°F } From Fig. 15,11, hy > 300; [= Galenlatod aP | Nog henoe ure 300. 10.0 | Allowable aP | Nog478 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER VAPORIZERS, EVAPORATORS, AND REBOILERS 470 ¢. Buadle-in-columan Reboiler. It will probably oocur while examin. arrangement of Fig. 18.40 or b, In Fig. 15.40, as stated proviously, all ing the kettle reboiler (Fig. 15.6) that, if the bundle is to be submorged in the liquid from the bottom plate is led directly to the reboiler. ‘The the trapout, it can be inserted directly into the bottom of the column, ag rato of feed to tho reboiler is the hourly trapout rate, which passes in Fig. 15.12, Thore is no objection from # hest-transfer standpoin through the rebciler but once. In Fig. 15.4% the reboiler is connected “As seen in Example 15.3 only 214 ft? of surface was required for the trans- to the bottoms, which are free to recirculite at a Fite such that the frio- fer of 2,670,000 Btu/hr and this in a 15)4-in. cin. tional pressure drop in the reboiler and ‘other resistances of the circuit Hot fvid eulae bundle 16'0" long. The column required. just balance the hydrostatic head difference between the liquid and 28,100 Tbr of the vapor at 200 psig has a diameter liquid-vapor legs. ‘The hydrostatic head available in the latter arrange- of less than 3 ft. If the bundle is inserted in the ment, however, is less than in the once-through arrangement although dottom of such a colums, many short tubes will be fa greater head is required for recirculation. The head is provided by required and the height of the bottom of the column raising the bottom liquid level in the eolama or by raising the column ist be increased 90 as to maintain theeame holdup itself, Ocoasionally the reboiler may be set in a wel, but ‘this practice spece, Another obvious disadvantage lies in the finds little favor in modern plants, ‘ize of the flanged connection which must be welded Film Cocffcients in Horizontal Reboilers. The coefficients used for to the side of the column to secommodate the Larger thermosyphons are substantially the same as those employed for kettle ‘bundle, Internal supporta are also required to keep reboilera and are given by Fig. 15.11. When there is a boiling range, each above it. Disengagement pated from tho use of the 1-2 parallel flow-counterflow temperature the difference.480 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER d Since the temperature diferences for sensible heating and vaporization ‘While half bailes may occasionally be wed to iticrease the turbulence in‘tho shell, tho tubeoare usually prevented fsom shgging by the vortical q . : ‘onehalf the total fow. ‘The longth of path of each parallel stream equals VAPORIZERS, RVAPORATORS, AND REBOILBRS 481 ‘tubes would be relocated in 8 27 in.:ID shell while retaining the tube pitch 20 a to leave a free vapor flow channel at the top of the shell and Aescer entrance channel st ihe bottom. ‘The equivalent disa/atér is computed directly by Eq. (7.3) from the ‘wetted perimeter of the tubes, haif the shell, and the width of the longi- Stand ome — 18/0" ‘When using ‘a recirculating arrangement with » horizontal thermo- ‘yphon, recirculation can be computed approximately as the rate at(se) Coence/ma on ~ Be 000'061'r = (00r — 929)00°0 x ooo'tE =o ‘1 wD on pease wp peg (ED . oo'te = (see — rozjoon'ge =D — = (eae — exo00 8 = °3 worden Cartancay ag gy OM PIO | ADLER oe = cayme 8 et con Pe Ed tao a cor te/on O6r'F OT/e0 x 98 = g/m Bec = wd 61 pHw d.see ¥¥ praby yo Liye yey cmeeery = % Can) |loW) Wal O/T N= yar a aim Se = Mad er pee are 18 PIRBA P Strowv : Our SE (1) t= 289 con = 9 = song Pomp = ware Weare) teal “oytarentae a comnbe-me gi DANG FT MET = eu ‘DmLE ‘COs Ye — soe addng ea BA (AEST = CH PEE GEN “HE = CT we peat ree ae om abe 000° = ov/oon‘ong = *¥/°9| Ing a} fea neat eee 00882 ~ ¢0°T/000'826 X 9800°0 = MORES od = "4 aw. 006 9m 008 <= y Erg RE oro, loromnc) —aseow = evreg0 = sone oie oo patna ston apron soey um aqh eae “ ‘pods weg opang, fembe “oP Ht oo m am, MATEO 09 acarusor = core SS Re pce ate wt “an 0 a sy OE 9 HM EO TV. (e2e — 109) OE + one = DC one 4q pondans oq ma yw “et o'g 30 cmaaud Suede we yw J.9e8 4 TE fe den ngandany ogy 8 soda fe oe conan pee per tog teen ta) TE ye Toomaoy vse yy yorcsbena un 00 @ U IRE FT. 00 75/4100 RE os uiowyey wisaoo = “mpoqey voqddnomsen, OREO FRONH-2009 #7 VORTRO) “PET ORE Qe = *Y Pony crenary [for eran] poureygo Ayfensn ton Tee PI Pe 20 #08 ‘oper Sf woReouooL Jo s9puo soyTy uy. ‘sopogas woyéoounty (V9HI0K (ors) be = (ate — 98) om} YPM TorosTUCD UT pesenoep oq [TIM HONE TORFMaNISEr TORVTHOTEO an LIS? = (OF ~ $29) ® porjaur ey, “ywodpuvys svomuvero w wosy ajqus0Avy posoptstod ‘ux sodua Ynonp-couo Ajnog oy} Uys s9¥edH 10 wa TO; ONE woREaue ¥ ‘woReTHOdsa aq} Jo yep) 0% oe0p Aza a Up OG ura ‘op Jo elfuws ogy ssoyuN yueogTus you st SomayIP amyeredumo} UI WO conpot ows Ayn, “soqeams yeqdotnos sj sauasoyEp amyesadorey om JUST - = auerxsz~ - regan any ~ 9210607 Prone oe SEE = racing may * Gages = 10 na sina vitae: How a: ae a 100x227 woamo table 10) Gn = aa + 000 ‘= 801,000 Ib/dhn) ct") At 2287, 6 aie x 2.42 = 0.242 t/t) (ae) ie. 1) p32 ~ case DG | 0.0517 x 801 Ba Fe ~ 199.000 Zt sania fn ig. 20) = AS +1/0.178 x 02.5) _ a, pin ‘0.000127 > 91,000" X 16. *” igi X 10"Des, ” BD x 10" x OOSIT x 0285 X LO 2OP PE C748) ‘Total resistance = 1.60 4-2.09 ~ 8.09 pai Driving force, 724 = 16 X O48 X 63.5/144 = 2.96 pai no check ‘Tho resistances are greater than the hydrostatic head ean provide; hence the resireu- lation ratio will be es than 4:1, Of the resiatancen the fiotiona pressure drop may be reduoed by the square of the mass velocity ifthe tubes are mada thoricr..The other alternative i to aie the liquid level inthe column above the upper tube sheet ‘rial 2: Asoume 190" tubes snd 4:1 redreulation ratio: « (@) Number of tubes 880 ft* = 820/12'0" x 0.1068 = 140 .@) from the tube counts: 140 tubes, one pan, $4 in, OD, I-in. triangular pitch Nearest count 161 tubes in 1654 i TD abel490 PROCESS HBAT TRANSFER 7 VAPORIZERS, BVAPORATORS, AND REBOILERS 401 (6, Coroted oosficient Uo: Summary ‘Aw ISL 1D ISL X 120" X 0.1908 — 350 ft Uo = 3,000,000/356 x 125 = 800 1800 | Aowtsido | m8 = Resreoation ratio: Assume 4:1 recirulation ratio te an 0.0972 as bore = OUTS -oaims so fla promo ee BSE = ag 2ST gr le LEE = 1.20 Ba Galant 0008 ‘Frictional resistance: Ry Required 0.004-0.006 a, = 161 x 9208 » ost6 Neg | Caleutsted aP | 0.88 = Taga ~ 946000Tb/ rn) : Nor | Allowsbie aP | 0.68 = OOBIT X - ‘Tho large dirt factor must be retsined because of the ux requirements, ‘This is eee eee ol Ue ath be coltad ter ‘Ef the steam temperature were lower, « higher value of Up could be used and the srstnoe would ramain the same. ‘The Binal reboiee willbe Delving fron, BEE = 12. 048 x Tez = 2.24 pa + . Bhell side Tbe cide . 1D = 1s}¢ in Number and length » 18,190" ‘than the 's recironistion ratio Sze the ning ata a Foes bo Bafleace~ Heelan OD, BVG plc ~ Min, 18 BWG, Hat to an inlet velocity (V = (1/3600) of 645,000/8600 x 62.5 X 0. a ee ey become rm ea 1 Lng eal Spr "Tho elton in ample 155 can be applied directly long-tube verti- Hot uid: shell side, som ae cal evaporator and the steam generator. ‘The ) in = 300 method of computing the recirculation ratio can @ EoD = 15/008 also be applied directly to horizontal thermo (9) Condensing seam (0) bem Gaby Dita syphons, although it is seen in practice that the Me he = 1800 Bou/(hr) Ge F) as 3 x 0.116 /0.0517 bh recireulation ratio is usually quite low. Meg 10) ay = /OD = 90 sca) CALCULATIONS FOR DISTILLATION PROCESSES 080/0.75 = 248 Bea/(n)(t) ‘The Reboiler Heat Balance. The heat re- (18) Clean overall cooseint quirements for a reboiler can be determined 1500 48 readily from hest balances on any continuous U0 = bits, = POPE = 1s Bayar) (638) eilaton colo. A typical column is show i] ‘along with a condenser and zeboiler. 0 Feat ‘The function of reflux has already been dis- nin “i aenqener ee ew cussed in Chap. 12. If R ix the reflux ratio, Min Ba Cas” — hia ee 0 ie, the number of mols of condensate poured. Fi. «1818 Pistiling vl: me drop vo to rool: ba ben somputd, 088 ps ‘back into the column per mol of product with- nome” ene tm Freed abe fell be 12. ‘Tho preeure drop on th sll wxing baci deo thle on th oa 1 support pintes is negligible. R+ DWH — (B+ DW oH og = 6 gVAPORIZERS, BVAPORATORS, AND REBOILERS 493, F gurn, is equal to the sum of the material vaporized in the reboiler and tho wottoms product, ‘The tots! quantity entering the reboiler is 37,200 + 10,430 = 48,330 Ib/hr (The percentage vaporixéd is 37,900 X 100/48,830 = 78.5 per cent and tho vapor and liquid are disengaged under the bottom plate. ‘The tem- perature during vaporisation does not remain constant in tho reboiler, 402 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER where Wo ‘=:distillate (overhead: product), Ib/hr caty ff the diate Coreen pod), Bia ‘snips (Dd (0) sfer othe gu cod vu vapor, respectively +The heat balance on the entire column where the feed inay be liquid or vapor is Walton + Qe ee + Wallon + Wolly (15.20) although the boiling range for a binary mixture with fairly pure bottom where Qx is the reboiler duty in Btu. per hour.and subscripte F and B product is very small. ‘The vapor-quid equilibrium relationships have refer to the foed and bottoms, respectively. ‘slready been treated in Chap. 13. The general method of determining » the boiling range will be demonstrated presently with a multicomponent , mixture. ‘Temperature Potentials in Distillation. ‘The operating pressure of a ‘Rearranging, Qe= (R+I)W Hoy ~ RW Hain + Welln —WeHr (16.21) temperatures aro known afd ifthe reflux ratio is alzo given. ‘Reample 16.6. Calculation of the Raboiier Duty. ° 20,000 Ib far of s 60-50 mixtare by weight of bensane and toluene ia to be drilled at 5 peg total promnure to produce 1 distillate cr-overhaad product containing 9.0 percent by weight of Benttas, the (da ae ace acti ee ete tee me ke nore volatile component, ands battam product containing nat more than 5 ature ooling water. tibedionn, A reGux risyof 2.51 molaet redux per mol of cistlate wil bo acd, ‘The higher the preesure the grester-the temperature difference across tho ‘What bent load mith the sealer tre? condenser and the tnaller the condenser. ‘This i oft by the increased inti mach diate and roan wl be fred? Two bans may oat ofthe reboiler, eoloman, and condenser, all of which must be designed emptied ‘information: thosoverll material blanco andr balance to for a sroater preasure, If eteam is available in a plant at a definite ‘ermine how the itl tanner te fod i tba betwee th dita aad ‘maximum pressute, the greater the tomperature difference in the ‘Gverail balance, 20,000 = Wn +» Bens blanc, 9,000 x 180 = O90 » + O05 Fs “Saving matey, gem fe ‘The extinlpis ore'obtained frém Figs. 3 and 12 weightol for chomical composition ‘At the reepective temperatares Foo) = 1080 Ben/lb Latent heat ~ 155.0 Btu/Ib Hom = 853 How = 3538 Ero = 99 Glaton theory wil be found in umber of standard references? Con- BR Pee 600 00 80 ace prcinnney tothe calculation of the reboler duty in Exam Subettating in Ha: (15.21), ee, r= 254 +1907 X 2888 — 264 X BOTOX HBA + 10400 % 1080 ~ 29000 92.0 = 6,800,000 Bta/hr ‘Vapor which must be generated in the reboiler = 5,800,000/153 = 37,900 lb/hr ‘The Bquid entering the reboiler in g.once-through arrangement is the total quantity leaving the bottom plate or trapout. The trapout, inss nan TeANFER VAPORIZERS, EVAPORATORS, AND REBOILERS 405 494 ‘proc! ‘ a i ‘the feed and of the distillate (top plate) must be given at the start, only - inti snt in Fig. 15.19 enclosed by the dash line of a ‘ sider the distillation erengement it Pe uta the dstiting column aod Jn a0 diay unkown, Bquaton (1524) is cb when ‘. t? ols /hr 15.19 a heat balance ean be made about the upper portion of the + Ith plate, There is 6 4 sane to cook 2g an alone without including the condence. : ith a vapor compost Villain + Welloa, = Wa-+ Wo)Hog + Lasillnsxe, (15:28) ignated by Zes1- In addition some distil. Similarly for the section below the feed, 2-2'-8'-8, the analogues of Eqs. cis aithdrarn, ‘The material balance on 1-1’--0 is the (1522) to (18.24), where any plate below the foed is taken as the mth ate Wp mots/br is wit iS Cqnation ofthe quantities n and out plate and the plate above it as the m + Ith plate, the balances are Va = Enns t Wo (16.22) Vn + Wo = Lear (15.26) ‘Tho material balance applied to a Lmpitnss = Vaiim + Wate (15.27) the mols of one individual eompo- _ (ten _(_™ 15:28) ent slao holds. (Sw) (Ena) 0 Foye = Lesitous + Warp (15-23) From & heat bslance at the bottom sere a th ee Qn + Lmttblarieo = Vablaw + Wally (1529) liquid mol fraction of one compo- {t bas been’ observed that the ratio of the molar Istent heats of vaporiaa- ‘nent in Lys, and 2p is the mol frac- tion to the absolute boiling points of related compounds is a constant ‘ion of the same component in the ‘This is Trouton’s rule. If it is further assumed that the latent heats of Astilate, Bolving fory., the vapor asl compounds are equal, the latent hests of any ideal solutions they may compesition om any plate in the form are also equal per mol of mixture. By assuming that the sensible- section sbove the feed plate, and hest change from plate to plate is negligible compared with the latent- eliminating Vo. heat changes, the calculation of distillation processes is greatly simplified. the temperature difference between the distillate and bottomie’s eeveral ne (chew) a hhundred degrees, however, this assumption cannot be made. Following a+ Wy this eamumption, if the molar latent heata of the vaporisation and conden- +t Je 524) sation throughout tho tower are constant, the mols of material on each Ena + We) plate muet alao be constant. Then on of the ‘throughout the upper . ‘he compotion im of componentaia to be accom os Huy = Hay (4530) ling calumn is to be designed for it, cortain dats: Vie Wat We 0 om ‘eed : a= Wat Wo bamely, the quantity and composition of the feed - ‘head distillate ecmposition (Zo), and And from Eq. (15.25) as a result af the equality in vapor heat content, jon (#3). ‘The quantities of distillate and Wall iH 53 Toadity obtained by sn overall material yy , fu) = Lmiassey (ssn) the column as in Eqs. (18.22) and (1528); assumption, n . ‘three unknown variables, Yo, Lines, 24 : fy = losin (1532) end Dince the Hquid composition i Wa= Len496 PROCESS HEAT TRANSPER ‘the feed. Tt is ndw nedeasary to dotbrmine whether'it is also constant Below the feed: and, if- , whether or not thevalue of Vx is also “equal to.V.. Combining the hesi balancelfor the seetion below the feed. [Eq. (15.29)] with the overall heat balance\[Eq. (15:21)], Vallance) —Lntattnsicn Wat Wo)H ney — Walle ~ Woo (16.23) and using the assumptions established previously, Valbagy = (Wa + Wo}Boe 05:34) Baw) = How = Bae Va= Wet Wo = Vo (15.25) ‘Equation (16.34) establishes the equality of vapor flow in both portions of the column, A Similarly Liam = WrHry + Wille 41536) Hag = Hoy = Bro 4 In = Wot We asa7 Equation (16.24) may be generalized for the composition at any plate ‘above the feed by oo (ctw) + (te) ade t Meee 1638)" Equation (15.28) may be generalised for any plate"below the feed by 3 1= (49) *- (oi) $e 16.39) “The McCabo-Thicle! Diagram. If the composition of a binary mix. “~ ture ean be traced by the analysis of only ove component throughout the column, the solutions of Eqs. (16.88) and (16.39) oan be obtained rather simply, sinco these apply only to the more volatile component. The . ' MoGabe, W. L., and H. W.Thiele, Ind, Eng. Chem, 11, 605 (1926). VAPORIZERS, KV APORATORS, AND REDOLLERS 497 spquired jt equilibrium, ‘Phe same is true, pther eompoaiti SO.pe pnt, ot, ‘Theas av alo the changes whee eg ees 40, ‘Bg on res dling eoluma i no guid entered snd no vayre lates. a Thus, ‘. -per cent benzene. ic Plate 4% = 0.40.i8 in equilibrium ‘with 8 vapor of 61.4 ‘molper ane Me = 0614 1 the wapor were completely sondensed on the plate above | ‘cooling el nnd without the presence of igure, the ext o snd toluone at & peig.VAPORIZERS, BVAPORATORS, AND RBBOILERS 499 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER 498 on, The lower ling ts the depletion of volatile component and ” if the 614 mol-per cont vapor ton, The lower line represen comp tigi of tho eae composition. ‘That 5 Oy chr than cok ef, js the stripping section. oe trarocondentad by heat emoval wings cot Te cat, Ifthe O14 ‘The influence of the reflux can be seen more clearly with the aid of Yhe now condensate at @ would it would describe the path Fig. 1521, if the amount of reflux is increased while zp is fixed, the tnolpor cent condenaate were vaporized nest TN spite in 8 dis slope of the operating line for the rectification above the feed plate also op nd fa condensation would be Tibrivin to tako place, abd increases, moving the point o downward too, When the vapor at is ‘4 nth o it tilating eolaan isto provide a space for equilbet Oe oy testo #6 condensed stb instead of, » greater composition change occurs per plate 10 co the grester the diameter of the column and the greater the heat load on ratios and determining the minimum operating cost as a funetion of the | reflux ratio. oq G It is now apparent that the 45° diagonal line in Fig. 15.21 represents t ‘tho smallest possible number of plates with which the separation of feed 08 yoke eo Eat into distillate and bottoms can be effected. But the slope of the diagonal A i210, and in Eq. (15.38) if the slope is unity, L/L" Ws) = 1.0 and Wo = 0, corresponding to a primed column in equilibrium from top to - ° Fos sats tau bn necesaary to go from zy to a» with an operating lime between +p on the a ‘ari ° CD ‘Minimum Reflux. The determination of the minimum reflux is a-use- ‘O28 fon bermane in fiqull, = fal limitation for establishing a practical reflux ratio. The optimum rgat, ‘est onthe operon ne of varying rs rai reflux ratio, a8 mentioned before, is simply one of economic costs. If the Pe " fox, who number of plates operating line connects a and o, corresponding to minimum refiux, for the separation from 27 ‘one obtains the total number ‘he value of the total mol of reflux at minimum reflux may be designated patos to separate 2s from zr is added toi, i tlate of desired by Wy. Then Eq. (15.38) may be written . tf required theoretical plates to nredace ss ™ aoad of fllorins wow, a foed of a given cat ad Oe = Thay Wee, asp 120 he omg ete _ wr = Pert Pa (15.40) ee throughout the column. represented se a tae ving ae Dw weet —s san (45.30) weitten directly themwon, ton with reflax boing poored back, Wit -w sitions with which the colt ‘ine representa the enrichment of rR (15.42) thy ah ng ll tn end cle te cingLIBRARY, UNIVERSITE TEKNOLOEL PRTRORAS 500 ‘PROCESS HEAT TRANSPER VAPOBISERS, BV APORATORS, AND REBOILERS bat ‘snd the component belanee for the volatile component Wrap = Wor, + Wor, (15.45) and 9 = Uma ~Lns)/Ws, then ¢— = (Pu — ¥a)/Wr, from where W/V is the ratio of the mols of refux at minimum refx to the total vapor. . ‘Thermal Condition of the Feed—Bilest upon the Rebollar. Tu all the heat batanogocemployed so far in this ahgpter it -aseumed that the feed was sligud entering tits boiling point. This isnot Toit 1 distillat yor wa (15.48) i “if gis determined from Bq. (15.44), then Eq, (15.46) describes the pei pre-B Gf intersection in terms of zrand y. ‘Toe vitom poten of tbo tare opera section in terms of q are shawn in Fig. 15.22 Inspection of Fig. 15.22 and the reboiles? "For the case of a liquid feed at ita boiling point a liquid bslance sround the feed plate is q We = Lnps — Lott (18.48) Define a new equation to correct for deviations from the balance in Bq, : 18.43), an at ge Bett sey 7 If q =1, then as in Egy (16.48) al the feed enters as liquid at its boil ing point. If ¢ <1, some of the foid is vapory-assounting for the disorepancy jn the Kiquid balance. If q £0, qWr must be negative. ‘This menng thot there is less Hguid Gownfiow ia the lower: portion than in the upper section. This ‘could occur-only if some of the feed was superheated so that leas fluid was required for the heat tronafer. IE q = 0, qW? = 0 anditho feed is vapor at ite boiling point. Hf q > 1, the feed fs cold liquid. 1f these are the possibilities, how do they affect the intersection of the upper and lower Cperatng Wines of tbo eotumn, since aay point on the oper ins frou 5 toain Fig, 21 reprosents aLiquid-only? .- 1 . denser to give product and the latent heat roquired for, reflux must aii] * Wav “aa ri XO v9 = 0.280 be provided by the reboiler. If feed is available as a vapor, itis untae Cnnnestng the corresponding lines in Pig 15.28: to condense it frat, since the reduoed reboiler duty and operating cost of ‘Tureen plate ae require ‘aper food more than july the addion of een thacstol platen paleo ine ease ake * Beample 15:1. Distllation of « Binasy Mixture. 20,000 Ib/r of « 60 weight per coat mixture of benzene and toluene is to be distilled at an operating pressure of “Bathalpics are computed. OF eee 5.0 peg to produce a distillate containing 90.0 weight por cont bensene and bottoms from Fig. 13 of the " specific henta from Fig. 3 and latent heate ‘contaning 95.0 weight per cont tolune, How many pate are required? “Selutin, Fit determine the pounds of datilate and batons obiaied an iy Baample 166. Basis: One hour. ‘Material balance, 20,000 = Wp + Wa Benaene balnce, 20,000 X 0.50 = O99W n+ 00597 Bolving simultaneously: Wo = 9670 tbr Wa = 10490 he Coxroarmoxs imp Bonsxa Poors fe | Met me Po DF [om Feed: Cal 10,000 ]76.} 128.0 Joss] 1380 | 70 Jorn om 40,000 | 98.1 | 07:8 |o.asz | 875 |_aaz_ | 0.250 20,000 5.6 [5.000 | apy ~ 3012 | 1.000 Dita: 01907 Os 9,474 | 7B. 121.8 | 0.902 1025 1015 | 0.996 cat so |as{ “10 [oom| ao | 4 foam oa 2.6 1.00 | try @ 1019 [Low Bottom: mn WeE ‘oot soo|7a.1| 0.7 [0.050] “ag | 129 [0.18 corte s10 | 83.1 | s08;3 focon | “suo | ae | ocere veepents PLS [LIED | MB | 108-0 Biases 70,0 150 [100 | 2p, = Tit | T.000 i a0, 000 > ee Fer simplicity, inthe cas of bi ion Minimum redux: The equilibrium data pated in Fig, 16:20 canbe und. onted tnt hin len may aid at he ea Wh se —yr _ 09m 010 ‘"aporization per pound ia that ofthe bottoms, Pt Tetent heat of Feo We Oe — Neg — O58 ml/mol (18.42) ‘At 246°F, A = 153 Bea/he Reboller vapor = 5,800,000/159 = Y=WitW whee Wo=1 Trapt = 7,900 10 = 18900 Se Wy = 0588974 + 08885 Actually the trapout liquid on the ioweat plato ia at lover = 127 mol refi detilate ‘tions, and there inn oiling range inthe reed. Soe a the etion SaVAPORIZERS, BVAPORATORS, AND REBOILERS 505 Reboiler Daty fer « Multicomponent Mixture. ‘The method of Exam- ple!15.7 may be extonded 3o the éaleulation of the reboiler requirements fora multicomponent mbfture (see Chap. 13). The feed quantity and ‘composition as well asthe distillate and bottoms compositions and the “|. Reftux ratio must be known, The steps in the calculation of the heat © Aamperntare chang> incaly (246 — 106/18 = 39°F, the boiling range = ae a sr Guilltona wth greater average temperntare shang Sa pe mn be Suan ilo account, Ths Dont in reid in Eee 168.2 balance may be summarized: 1, Heat balance on condenser alone to determine Qe Into condenser: Top tray vapor Out of condenser: Distillate and reflux 2, Overall heat balance on column to determine Qe Into column: Feed and reboiler heat Out of column: Distillate, bottoms and condenser duty 3, Heat balance'on reboiler alone: The quantity, composition, and tem- perature of the bottomsareknown. The quantity, composition, and tem- perature of the trapout to the reboiler are not known, The heat required of the reboiler is known, but the quantity of the reboiler vapor is not known, although it has composition which must be in equilibrium with hock the bottom-plate temperature afterward. For columns distilling ‘samalll range of components the difference will be as little ae 5 to 10°F, and for wide ranges the liquid on the bottom plate may be 50°F or mare below the reboiter temperature. If X is the pounds of vapor formed and the subscript p refers to the bottom plate, the heat balance around the reboiler is XHwe + WeyHae = XHen + Wooten + Qe (18.47) from which X ean be obtained (see Fig. 16.18). 4, Since there is a material balance across the bottom plate, the bottam-plate liquid is the sum of the mols of vapor and mols of bottoms. Having determined the mols of vapor and the bottoms being. known, the ‘trapout is the gum. ‘Having the total mols in the bottom-plate liquid, the temperature on the plate can be checked by a bubblo-point ealeulation. If the tompera- ture assumed in (3) does not cbeck the bubble point of the trapout, a new bottom-plate temperature must be sasumed and (3) reworked.506 ‘PROCESS HEAT TRANSPER VAPORIZERS, EVAPORATORS, AND REBOILERS 307 Rxample 36.8, ‘The Reboilar Duty for 4 Mitiomponent Misture: The foul, Haar se ad bottoroa quantities and compositions are given below. A reffcx ratio Bawanors Of Bt will be used, What ia the reboilr duty? Mol. Tom; — Mol/ax| MOE | toe [TER | Beast | Bur late, | Bottoms, ‘mol ar t 4. 148 | 286 /18,980,000, ne at | sm | 2,100.00 4 5 BAT 5 788 m4 80 Solution: fr oe 1,700 Ge 13,900 G 38,090 ce 6,260 GQ 400 Ow 4,300 Cy 2,640 =u Ou 530 - | 38,020 = BE. seat mane ‘Depot = Wot X= 4160-4 2067 = 6107 maler ‘Average mol. wt, = 46,690/428.1 = 110.3 ‘Areas slater weight = 78277 6 son ‘oT ‘The preasre at the top and bottom of the column sctullydifer beceuse of pears drop ofthe vapor i the cournn itn, Unslly the dvtillnte in taken st 5 to 10 pal lower than the bottom.508 PROCESS HEAT TRANSPER " Rabelr vapor 7 9% | pwr PBs mnt | ET [atc a 0.056 16 41 16.7 45 70:6 a | oso] ne | asl ama | am | ane G | ome | wr | no] ime | io | ioe a | cam] io | gs | ‘ws | oo | ‘at c | oon | ws | scr! ge | om | ase Cw 0.0868 “ua 82.5, 6.6 0.22 21,2 a. | coe] “Ps |. fee | sie | ous | ios Ge {oor | ia | ma | as | oo | 3.0007 | —Bas-7 | ~ae.0 | B07 wa ‘which cheeks 610, +t tion ma eh eh et Vaporization.......---ceee--cess 28,700 far ‘Total liquor to reboiler= <0 2020002 ° 8,177 Th/hr eat load... ssese-ccsces oes 45980, 000 Behe ‘Temperature range. '300-890"F Operating pressure... 6.202202. $0 pein PROBLEMS ‘Realabe forthe ecviee i « 179% in ID L-amahanger containing 100 % in. OD, 16 BWG,-10'0” long tubes arranged for two tube passes on J-in, aquare pitch. Shall Dalles are spaced 16 in. apert. ‘What are tye dit factor and preesure dropst . 182. 26,000 lb/hr of a mixture whose average propertice correspoud to Bexane ix ‘vaporised from 40,000 Ib ir of foed st ts bubble point at 105 psig. The boiling range ia from 900 to 350°F, and heat is supplied by steam at 298°F. Available for the service is x 19% in. ID 12 exchanger containing 132 1 in. OD, A#BWG, 16°" long tuberarrunged for to tube panes oo? Hin. equate pitch, Shell ‘bls are epaced 12 in, apart, 7 ‘Available for he service i 2 25 in. ID horisoatal thermoeypln containing 124 ‘Min, OD, 16 BWG tubes, 12°0” long laid out on I-in, square pitch for two passes. 4) athe rboilerwtiactory? 164. 76900 Iba of pentane bottoms (nol. wt gaia ~ 72.2) eto bo reiroulted ‘through « horisqntatthermogyphon reboiler to provide $1,400 ib/hr of vapor (mol. VAPORIZERS, EVAPORATORS, AND REBOILERS ip ectos of 0004 except thatthe hat roquremest wil be suppl hy » 50 pig ‘ream line. Using 5 in. OD, 18 BWG tubes, tablish the layout ofa reboiler whieh 166. A vertical thermoryphon reboiler trust provi 120,000 Ib /hr of butane vapor toa ona 185 pig Ging point = 170°, latent baat = 122 Bia/h) wing wean * folie for the eros na 25 i. TD1-1 exthangsrcetsining 90 in, 16 BG, 160" long tubes on Jin, tiangular pitch. Shell bufles are halfcirele supports on BT Porth poor cats 16.8 determine-the nesrest vertical thermo- gph fo dd ebponinaety a4: rcielation rao nd dr tr of 0.08 when - Haare mrtace ior prebentng, male aig, ad vaprian- por em, pe > & eat-tranaiercooficen in general, Beu/(hr)(10) (7) Heat-tranafer cooffciant for inside fuid and for outside fuid, Buu fo reeesgectas - r r r 5g 5 gezesgenns 8 * Pe RRD or ° BRR ST ans pprgeoF $ re : ° 5 PROCKSS HRAT TRANSFER ‘Thera conduci Bry G2) 9 CF/E0) ‘Tube length, {¢;Tiguid, mol /ar Logarithmic mean temperature difference, *E ‘Weight of «column of liquid and vapor, 1b ‘True temperature difference for preheating, mnsiblo-heat trancler, ‘and vaporisation, "F- ‘Temperature difference batwoen tube wall and boiling Hquid, “F Uo, Up Overall conficient of hont transfer, clean oocficimt, and design coefficient, Btu/ (hr) te) (°F) ‘Volocity, fps: vapor, mol/ar Spite volume, pie ohne of vapor, spe vue of qu, Tako, ad aeage pci ola, 1/5 Weight flow of hot fuid, 2b/ar Blatic height oF frictional head, ft ‘Latent hiat of vaporieation, Btu/lb ‘Visenity at the ealorie temperature, Ib/(fe)(he) VAPORIZERS, BYAPORATORS, AND REBOILERS ; Desay ion temperature, 1b/(t) (te) 511CHAPTER 16 EXTENDED SURFACES* Introduction. When additional metal pieces are attached to ordinary hheat-transfer eurfaces such ax pipes or tubee, they extond:the surface 5 available for heat transfer. While-the extended surface increases the {otal transmission of heat, ite'indiuence as surface is treated differently from simple conduction and convection. sider a sides of the strips. If the metal strips do not reduce the conventional Equation (16.8) becomes ‘The heat within the fin which passes through its cross section by conduc- Smt (16.12) tion is a 2 ~ ‘or in general terms a= a, (63) © = 0, cosh mal 6.13)518 PROCESS HEA? TRANSFER ‘RXTENDED SURFACES B19 ‘At the baso of the fin where 2 = b ‘Define fy as the value of hy (0 the fin surface alone when referred to the base area of the fin at = b, Calling the ratio hy/hr = @ the efficiency? @ = 8, cosh mb (6.14) of the fin, the average value of the heat-transfor cocfficient at the base of ‘ ‘the fin ig given by Fourier’s equation: shore the subscript refers to the base of the fin. | “ ‘"iThus an expression haa been obtained for the temperature difference a . between the constant uid temperature and variable fin temperature in - apn (16.25) terms of the lerigth of the fin. It is now necessary to obtain an expression for Qin terme of ‘From Eq. (16.4) hy diferentiation with respect to ‘The fin efficiency u/Ay may be defined by Eqs. (16.24) and (16.25). the fin height 2, #0. ap ® «6 Ie _Q/@bP___ tanh mb Ra nweG 6.15) ob. Oven _ tabs 1628) Bubstituting in Eq. (16.3), iad ‘QP tanh mb Ona ae (76.16) Equation (16.26) applies only to the fin and not to the bare portion of the #2 Wong asin ‘tube between the fins. To give the total heat removed by a finned tube, Ban? : the heat flowing into the fin with a coefficient h, must ultimately be com: ‘Aa before, the solution is bined with that flowing into the bare tube at the tube outside diameter. Q = Chet + Ce (16.18) For this it is necessary to establish eome reference surface at which the ArHo zt coefficient on the different parte can be reduced to the same heat fux. C+ nO He —eh In an ordinary exchanger 4, is referred to' the tube outaide diameter. a ‘Because there is no simple reference surface on the outside of finned tubes and a7? it is convenient to use the inside diameter of the tube as the reference a surface at which local cooflicients are corrected to the same heat flux. ® = byPo, = mei — moh = 0 (16.19) By definition Ay is the coefficient to all the outside surface, whether it be it ce Pg PO the fin or bare tube. Beneath the bases of the fins there is naturally a += om * ‘2m 7 gn Begs MP eat e209 heat flowing through the bases of the fins is greater per unit of tube ares. {In terms of hyperbotie functions botween the annulus fuid and bare tube is not strictly constant. It = MES sinh mt (16.23) so affected by the increased flux near the bases of the fins is ordinarily 0 = MES sia mb (16.22) of the tube, however, the heat from both the fine and the bare tube ‘The ratio of heat load Q, to the temperature difference © at the base is ‘The total hest removed from the annulus liquid and arriving at the oes (16.23) to the tube outside diameter and that transferred directly to the bare : or aie = ME took mb (18.4) * Another term which in used in the Harntare is the ‘fin efetivencas,” which is m ‘he oficlency multiplied by the ratio of fin ausface to fim bave area.520 PROCKSS HEAT TRANSFER ciency %. 1f the heat. transfofhid through the bare fubeurface st the ‘tubo outside diameter is desigaated by @2; then Qe = byA® 16.27) where A, is the bare tube surface at the outside diameter éxclusive of the area beneath the bases of the fina, If there are N; fins on the tube, BPN; is all of the fin surface. The total heat transfor at the outside diameter is given by = +0. = AOPNAL + yA ~ (OPH + MaMa @ a(t + ght) oem Aer (16.28) Substituting Eq. (16.26) to eliminate hy a= (sew, St +.) ie (sz) Calling by, the composite value of hy to both the fin and bare tube sur- faces when referred to the outside dismeter of the tubs, the weighted efficioncy is by definition O = hyo/hr. Combining “Eqs. (16.24) and (16.29) (ees | oe =| (1830) But as in Eq. (6.2) tho values of’the cocflicients vary inversely with the heatflow arba. If hy iathe value of the composite coefficient hy-referred ‘to the tube inside diameter, it = ENT + As at A: (16.31) Substituting in Eq. (16.31) . hen (ven, taahn mb a, .)% (6.32) From Eq. (16.32) QA r+ As) (Ar + Ad ham (SACRA) St, (6.30) or simply ] hye (Ay + ADL asa) BXTENDRD SURFACES 531 ‘Thus hn equation has een obtained which gives dirootly the heat-trans- ‘for copfficient on the inside df an extended tube which is the equivalent af swalue of hy on the outtaide durface of the tube. By substituting the « phytical and geometrical factors for a given tubo and. fin arrangement & weighted efficiency curve can be developed relating hy to hin based on the inside tube surface, Bonilla* has presented a graphical solution of Eq. (16.84) for the reo- tangular fin of uniform-thickness. The method of derivation employed here is applicable to other types of longitudinal fins as well, although it is rather awkward for the longitudinal fin of triangular cross section. A table 6f the hyperbolic tangents is given in Table 16.1. Tamux 16.1. Hrpmmoue Taxonnrs E a mm | Toh mb z | BRRSRRRGGI|R0900083 | ¢ 40 * Bonilla, C. FInd. Eng. Chem. 40, 1008-1101 (1948),eee Ame aT hak hat [cm B.14 1.06 X 12)/144 = 0.977 ft*/lin ft 4 tanh mb (828, 20 x 144 m= (HEY =a ‘ey = (gestdogeeiticw) S28 g 2 i 2553 if Ic = (Ay + ADE 834) sm vats yan are ten Fg 18.7, he hn ota oe Ba Iie" Tnth caenmton of te tog o hating of wot in he enna, hee ic ee ee Sm Gnu of tn pear whos di actor mst a ee ea idan Act nino decd) & goo! 2 Ihg-the coefficient hy referred fo the sess BXTENDED SURFACES 523 jan be designed to give & high efficiency for any reasonable value of 2, but as hy oreoee, the wise and coat of the fn algo Increases. Greater eficiencios can alo bo | Brained by using fine which ae not uniformly tisk wich as are treated later on. 2000) ___ 1300) Tig in. 0 fabs x 20 fins «20 SW6x'h ir-highx Sin. IPS shell L000] 3 58 888 S456 80 5 w ‘J 00 hy-heattrnafer coefficient fo fin, Btulthrk #2 )eckeral surface Fis, 107. Weighted fereficianoy ourve. double pipe exchangere with fins on the inner pipe. Because the finned pipe or tube cannot he inserted through a packed gland as in Fig. 6.1, ia, 188, Longfintina Bi doable pips exchangar. (risen Rasen Cs) the method of confining the inner pipe Is somewhat morécomplicated. A ‘typical example of a standard preassembled double pipe finned exchanger is shown in Fig. 16.8, and as in Chap. 6, a single unit is called a hairpin, ‘The cost of these units is extremely moderate, and they are preferable524 PROCESS, HEAT TRANSFER ‘hon ono of the fis ise gas, 4 viseous liquid, or aaniall stam. ‘per ated in sarige or in parallel they are often euperior to abtllind-tube * feet ager 7] Mp |S TPSh ote 0am [4 ese f Bae sseres FE 888883 Ingest coffin, hl inner fob surface xP 7 ig 19 i tnt rte colic fi, Mt el wrt Pro, 109. Woiehted in-efteienay curva fr sel double pipe axchangare weighted efficiency curses for three of the commonest sizes of flouble pipe fiaped exchangers nro giver in Fig. 160. ‘These donat-corkespohd tothe < cettended-surface exchangers. While a design’ curve or equation relsting EXTENDED SURFACES 525 hy to the flow variables and bet iran properties can be dlarmined + Son di526 PROCESS HBAT TRANSFER TENDED SU} i 126 _ oy y 2.088" ‘The value of 60 obtained represents hy to the fin and bare tube already Wetted perimeter = x x 135 — 29 x 2988" 4. 29 x 076 x 2 = 2: TOmbinod and weighted, If four or more fins are attachod to the inner meter, Ox fom anes om mm pipe, the addition of ‘greater number does not appear to affect the heat. ‘Baquivaient = tM fom a 008 ee cooficiont fy signficently. Naturally the weighted efficiency Bent Lond, Q = 15,200 X 05290185 — 151) = 271,000 Btu ts vrat the total heat trazafer are directly influenced by the number of fins MED = 133°F ara aake the experimental data general for other fin and tube arrange. Jol rte i 8, Ac = 027 At a eat the ae ofA a Oe nm ny 26° BEX XB ~ 6 BROCE jnside diameter of the inner tube to the a may he 3000 a efor han be reaolved between the fin and bare tube surface by converting from + wt ‘dropwise condensation of steam) acto hy and plotting a beat-transfr factor j, which includes the average hth 3 3000 ty value of hy to both types of surface. ‘ ge = 418 Tew (hr) (e2)C7F) ‘Figure 16.10ais an ieothermal curve which was cbtained in this manner sie ny ee Pe 181 ft y= 8, y= froauumerous heating and cooling experiments on different in and tube Ai stone erie n= 00 op X28 = 960 ayn) ouble pipe arrangements and agrees with the published date of Delo (@) 234 corp and Anderaon.* Friction factors are given in Fig. 16.100. |The jpn Be(g) = xo ‘Ghuvalent dismeter D, for pressure drop diflers from D. for heat tense aE) = comxas ~* ‘on {icinve of the inclusion of the perimeter of the outer pipe in the wetted 2, = RBZ = 385,000 Ibn) 8) Ferimeter, Both equivalent diameters are computed a8 in Chap. 6 for acon x EO! Touble pipe orohangers using four times the hydrauis rai, £200 11,900 To ilustrate the method of tresting experimental date on pipes or is snge point ea 1,800 vu © 3, doen - tain with extended ourface, » typical tat point will be computed below. Gave of Fig lee” ii of by aor hea ht apparent (07 va flor 08 pot ‘Tuninin tho reverse order ofthe calculation of tho suriaow eaten ‘reprint lb a /hich will be demonstrat to permit its representation on an ieotherma BY 2 raconity cores: for the fulfillment of precess conditions which wil Samia heme ature wi Seo teamplo 162. Calaltion of a Hlattsanfor Curve from Bspeconatal js Cups. . cormelations covered in Fig, 16.10a the viscosity 162. ot from Date. ‘correction was found 0 be #s = (a/ore)*M, where yyw ia fhe viscod “Eeperimental double pipe exchanger, steel bairin Smperntareof the wall” (Tine me = the wot tk a te ‘The Wall Temperature (,. of a Finned 18 tow of a ‘Tube. ‘The wall He ear tabe: 154 in. OD, 18 BWG to which aro attached 20 Sas, 29 BG, ei an extended urtace pipe or tubo infoenom the valu of the beat ee oad etree retura bends tranafercoeficienta which are obtained when a fluid is heated and oooled fed mer tbe, 100" Pr gre tho mmo operating range, Sine the in and taba ietale will not cheorvations: same temperature, the uso of any single temperature such ee . ‘to rope the fin temperature fj and the tubeovall temperature tei Tot Suid soom, Ts ~ BF inns tab) auturally fSetitiour, Kapan' hes developed an ingeaious expert (old tid, ORAL erent, 6 - Te ‘ethod of analysing forthe wall emperatue which donulates het trans- Wieght flow, w = 15,200 bor : ferby means ofan electri analogy, Thortisal methods of obiining ee ers condensation of steam was promoted with ol, wall temperature are quite complex, and even the most typical appi- : cations of extended surfaces have not beon covered by adequate deri (Galeuetiont ons, The method employed below is semiempirical. Ita principal TD of 5 in. IPS pipe ~ 2.068 in. grin sth aon of th bare be Dah be of he ‘The tenon NQ06e — 1.25)" _ 0 X 0085 X 0.75 _ 6.9595 8 ede wer nt comidered to veeve beat inthe dervtnn, and hg are 7xie r decira lenge oma OF Prone, ABM, OF, 732-738 C104); Ind. Bp Chem 4 LOK I040 “Annulus flow area, a, = 2ST est ee one F. cz, cer cece B nnd TY Anvlerman, Frans, ASME, OT, 697-702 (1945).oC PROCESS WBAT TRANSFER advantage lies n.the brevity with which a solution can be obtained. Tt + gprevonted heréjn the sequence which is most adaptable to design when ‘an isothermal pétformanco:curve sich as Fig. 16.100 is available. “Ian ~ Snthanaal curve ito be developed om hating and confosperiiene, ‘the sequence need merely be rearranged: ‘The truc temperature difference Af corresponds to the total resistance 1/Up;in the design equation (Q/A,) = Up: At. The sum of the smaller temperature differences through each of the component resistances “of tw and if the-total temperature drop over the five resistances corre: BXTENDED SURFACES 529 J, Assume a temperature ty to establish a tempersture difference between the dukes fd and the wall 2, Obtain de = (s/oza)*™ whore aie in obtained at ee 4 Obtain by/¢, from a design curve anil correct forthe visoaty ratio, and obtain iby dy = Gy/edibe. Thea Ry = tf : ‘4, Tooblain the value offi effective atthe fia eurface add toft the resistance through the annulus dirt factor Ray Fora dirt factor of Ran 1 4. a6: yout Re asa7) where Ay is the effective value of hy at the fin £ Obtain jy for the value off ia 4 from at appropriate weighted effsieney curve such as Fig. 169. ‘5, Multiply hy in by the surface ratio (4y + 4,)/Acqiving i, which ah corzeted for fax but not for the resistance of the fin and wall metals. Me Macrae Ad 6.38) ‘Tho diflerence between Aj and 7, may be considered due to the resistanoe of the “fia and tube wall mala r4 Pat (16.38) 17. Obtain Avfor the tube fu from any miitable tube-side data such at Fig. 240825, ‘where d= (s/aye)*4* instead af (n/n0)*, and combine with the tube-side dirt factor, Ra. Ry — 1/hey tnd if R; is the value of hy at the tube wall, pom te 8.40) : x 8, From Ki and Ae obtain Use the oorrested overall design soefiaieat based on the inside tube diameter. aoaya Tm eth (i641 %. Obtain the flux for the,sutinoe setually employe. Roma ‘ 48.42) ‘110. Impoos the flax from 9 on the individaal resistances and determine whether the ‘summation of the fret two individual differences ia the same as the esmimed value330 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER (of T, — te and ifthe mum of a differences equal tho true temperature difference, ‘in the same order aa before, the temperature drope are (0, Annus film: a, = Shs i 1k Annulus dirt, corrected to the inside diameter: 2, Fla and tube metal: 4, Tubo-side dirt: Tubeside fn: ‘When the tube fluid wan (S) Re, stat = ($) Rove wom (16.420) 16.438) 18.496) (asad) (16.486) {is a gas, water, or a similar nonviscous uid, the tube-side viacoeity correction can be omitted and 4, ean be taken os 1.0. ‘The metal of which the fin is fabricated greatly affects the efficiency, particularly since k for steel is 26 and for copper 220 Btu/(hr)(ft*) (F/#t). ‘The Calculation of a Double Pipe Finued Exchanger, ‘The method double pips exchangers because they are effective on widely different susfaces and each must be treated separately. ‘Example 16.4. Calealation of « Double Pipe Extended-earface Gas Oi Cooler. will nerve as the cooling medium. Presenre drops of 10.0 pai are allowable on both [reamed ling cto of Or tn pus land 000 arte atorare ror ‘How many 20 hirpiaa wil be required? « . BXPENDED SURFACES 58t ‘Salusion: (1) Hest balance: Gas oi, Q = 18,000 X 0.53(250 — 200) = 477,000 Btu ar Water, Q = 11,950 x 1,0(120 ~ 80) w 477,000 Bea he ee (2) At: Ausume tue eounterfow for theft tial, Ualeas the allowable premare drop 1 (@) Calorie temperatures 2, ane 4: on Scie o x -027 moar etn (6.28) (5.28) alto add: onmalus, gor ait ~ Cola uid: tine pipe, ster (4) Bin TPH ID = 088in. [rabte11]| (4) D ~ 181/12 = 0.180% - (Table 11] Ufa. TPS, OD = 190 in. [Table 11]| a, ~ aD8/4 mw x 0188/4 ~ ores ae Fin cro section, 20 BWG, 3 in. high = 0035 05 = 0.0176in* ox = (5x 3008-5 x 1901 — 4 29.13 in, 4X 4.18/29.13 = 0.57 in, Dy = 0.57/12 = 00876 5 = W/o, =] 8) 04 = sofa . ae a0 Bho aan - = 542000 b/d ce ‘V = G1/8800» = 842,000/3600 x 62.5 © Avr, =m, © agnor, NOE = 2.50 X 2.42 6.05 1b/(E) (ne) OTR X 2.42" 1.74 Ib/etty(he) Ram Die * eM sw Da piReiat ie. 14) =, * = /n(Recin for pressure 5 00878 x emgmnreos man |= gyn tecrren opanty) ™ i184 ig. 16.10) Aer, = 207 Hou/)* = 0,25 Btu/tarr(eeryer te) We. 10) 8 ary a5 (G ea. 151] oy x = 970 xosr as = PS Bea/e}{WCE) Tg 24 fem 194 x 08, - 07 {Js the derivation, the outermost edge of the Sinn was asmumed to bave sero host332 PROCESS HEAT TRANGFEE {sCaloulation of tye Ghurmbers refer to the outline prooedure): Me 19 ear) ie. 169) (26.38) and (Fig. 16.9) asa) ame 4.— Hoong wi Oe mae He = Han = 000% = a90i2s 40.003 (08.40) ae x = 25 aay © de, ~ 5 tt orem re xh nt nat be vel hy he atl ner en fin, TB pie there ae OA fot rae) “nena iia Beamglo 164. Colealstion of « Looglindinal Pin Shetl-and tube Ruchanger. ‘Thus the corrected value is. a shh fs of onveen 8 pel preemre and 250"F ito be cooled to 100" using water 8.0058 trom The maximum allowable for the gas ia 2.0 pe oie = 1430 2088 = sr Cee! vienna stream. ‘rnin gion a computed Af of 128.4° va. 124.0°, but this difference doos not jury » ‘Available for the service in 1034 in. TD 1-2 exohanger equipped with 70 160" ‘som at RE me 28 a es eo + saan oth ar OM A, a ne: opal wh 71 ‘value when cheoking the performance of an existing hairpin or bettery of hairpins for (OD, 12 BWG and are laid out on in. triangular pitch for four paames. a new service. 3 ‘Will the exchanger fulfil the dervice? “What in the final gus ide dirt factor? ‘As reported by a-manufacturer the total surface would be 98.8 X 5.76 w 194 fv. - ‘The reported overall cociiicient would be 114/5.76 = 19.8 Beu/(hr) (ft) CF), Bobution: Extended-curface Shell-and-tube Exchangers. The use of extended Beehaager: surfaces in double pipe exchangers permite the transfer of s great deat Shel side ade ide of hest ins compact unit. ‘The same advantages may be obtained TD = 194i. Number and length = 70, 101,30 finn, 20 BWG, in. from the uso of longitudinally finned tubes in shelland-tube arrange- Bate pace « sing mpporis GD, BWG, pitch ~ Lin, 12 BWG, Sin, toe ments equivalent to the 1-1, 1-2 or 24 exchanger, Bocuse they are Pasees = 1 Paamee = 4 relatively uncleanable, extended-curface tubes are usually iid out on @) Heat ‘ triangular piteh and are never spaced so closely that the fine of adjacent Onygen at 17.7 pis, Q ~ 30,000 x 0:225(280 — 200) = 1,010,000 Bs fr, a tubes intermesh. To prevent sagging and the possibility of tubo vibra: ay Maer = HO 51000" 8) = plan he is : Hot Haid 250 Higher Temp, | 300 E 160 intermeshing snd at the same time afford positive elimination of : vibration damage. At several points along its length the entire bundle LMT = 64.6" . con is then bound with circumferential bands which keep all of the finned BeBios ge aman ‘tubes firmly pressed against the rings of adjacent tubes. ey ard = OST ig. 18) Longitudinal fin exchangers ate relatively expensive and, since they aro NE Mt ~ O87 X 64.6 ~ 60. 2Fsss Paoomas usar reansess (8) T.and &: The average temperatures of 178 and 90°F will be adequate, Hoo jai: she Vide, oxygen Cold fasid: tubs side, water scat” ial +90 xobs x08)]" 5 Fosemun/t44 x 4 = dota te p Thay» ois =u = TS /144 w 147 Wetted porimeter = 70(¢ 1 ~ 20 % 0085 +20 x2 x 0.5) = 157050. 4 = 4X 7115/1570 = On ‘a. (6.41 Dy = 0.54/18 = 0085 f ° 0 GF ia © Or= w/o = 3000/47 * 50,500/0,058 $20,400 Ib /the} "= 988,600 16 /0n)(10) Ym G)/2600p = 868,000 /9600 X 625 1) jn = 905 ‘ig, 16.104] (©) ALITOR, © = 0.295; k = 00175 Cenfty = (0.225 % 0.0545 /0.0175)4 = 030, 10 (or gees) ‘ Een os =55- (2) & — Eq. 6.15)1| (9) k= 040. x 0.96 = 908 Fig. 25) sox 0178 x 050/005 {Ba = 0.005, hac = 1/0008 = 238 205 | deh _ $99 x 908 fla. (16.37)1 dy = 142 Beu/Gee) (OCF) Tig 465} Overall dexign coefficient based om inside of tube Uns? 4 ‘M2 x 23 Do = RS = Teas ~ OE BE /GNNCH) aA Astas} overailcooficiont baipd on inside of tubet intemal surface per lin ft = 0.2048 ft (Table 10) Aco 70 X 0.2068. 10°0" m 230 f8" Ow ata a =m EXTENDED SURFACES 587 Adjustment of the fouling factor: Ra, = 0.008 + 9.27 X 00165 = 00183 , 1 Paint = 0018S +m 149 Ae = 13 (Check of actual overall coeficient: Aya, _ 118 x Uae = te = ee 778 Check va. 782 Pressure Deop (1) df 5 4x 211.5/(1870 +» x 18.28) | (1) For Rey = 29,100 = 0.62in. (Eq. (6.5)]| f = O.000a4ftt/in.* ‘Rig. 26) Dy, = 080/13 = 0.0488 te Re, = Die ‘= 0.0438 x 20,400/0,0845 = 16,200 f= 0.00028 Hin} "Rig. 10308)) ‘Mol, wt. oxygen = 32 2 ‘The ate shllaide drt factor might moggeat chat the exchanger is omsiderablyover- Sse. "However, the umber of ned fea which canbe fied on Bin ther538 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER pitch into a 17¥4in.sballnonly SA ‘Thin gives required value of Upsof 102 which fs slightly groater than ean be performed in x 17}4-in. exchanger. ‘TRANSVERSE FINS Derivation of the Fin Efficiency, ‘The different types of transverse fin between 2-2! and 1-1" ss dopondont apes the sutace bons the we radii ‘sand ry. ‘Thus the total surface between 2-2 and 0-0’ is « funetion dQ = he da (16.44) ‘The heat which enters the fin betwoen 2-2/ and 1-1’ flows toward its base hrough, che ero weton of the fin Applying the Fourier Q= ta. (16.45) where i is the thermal conductivity and a, is the cross-sectional ares of the fin which in this ease also varies with r Differentiating Bq. (16.45), - Ba E (aR) - me Bete? — cs) * Gardner, ep. at EXTENDED SURFACES 339 ‘Equating Eqs. we 44) and (16.46) #429) 21 H)o- ° (18.47) alt to evaluate than Eq. (16.6), which had simple roots, and ean be solved by Beasel functions. ‘A namber of necond-arder differential equations arise in the eolution weeny conan au mugentel by Eq (63) In general form We ~ Bewol equation is 289 +784 ano =0 (00.48) ‘whore n is a constant. Many types of functions which are independent {ina into nich Ba {ib st) ay be tasaorned by alplying by 8 922 +c — amy ~ al + Ep'Cir’” + alr + an(2m — Ir + mt — piatjo = 0 (16.49) where ay Cs, p,m, and m are constants, the last being the order of the Besoel function. Equations (16.48) and (16.49) will have the same form when . a = Cohan (6.50) and $4 w ogaennt (16.51) where C, and Cy are positive constants. If the crosa section of the fin ean be described by Eq. (16.50) and the surface from the outer edge to the ‘cross section by Eq. (16.51), the general solution is found from the boundary conditions at the outer edge ofthe fin and at the haso ofthe fin. o-0(2) [Ate (1652) Shen. snd hotel Mena Cea Rem ing" 1, Me Gro Hl Bock Compan? ne, Now Yer, 19540 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER Tale) b= (16.58) and ua iy = 14 EZ (16.54) where uw and uy-are found by subatituting 7, a», and dA/drfor the edge | and base, respectively, andi = V/—1. Since Os a function of A as well as, the heat transferred to the entire fin surfaee from the fluid is Qi foes 665) 3 whére A, ie the total fin surface. ‘The same heat when transferred ‘through the base of the fin to the tube is 5 Q = herds (16.66) ‘Delining the fin efficiency as before, Ar dy oda 20 — ») Ta-s(ve) —BiKaalwa) on Ae | ae Baten ie TE] 6.57)” For a fititof given contour the exponent of + is known in Hq. (16:50). Equation (16.51) may’be eliminated necordingly to permit the solution for n, the order of théBeadel function. ‘When » = 0, the introduction of-Eqs.-(16.52) and (16.53) ,and. dA = Coit de ‘as obtained from Eqs. (16.51) snd (16.64) into Req, (16.57) givesthe value “7 of @ for the annular fin of constant width. ‘Equation (16.57) reduces to 2 Zs(vu) = BaKilua) 4 ee T= [ses] cow aS, (18.59) - and . . (2-0 Vie = ey) (16.60) . ue «() (26.61) Plots of these equations are given in Fig. 18.180, If half the thicknoos of the fin, y, is given by = ve a2 (186.64) 1 ue a-m(23 fen (16.08) When n equals » fraction, Eg. (16.57) biscomes orate EASTER] cnn When # = 14, corresponding to annular fins with constant heat flux at every toss nection from i to r, . . 4 L.sy(us) + Baltes) O- sarap PANS) coon a ped (16.68) aw (ey (16.60) ve »(2) (16.70) ‘Theee values are plotted in Fig. 18.136. Por longitudinal fine and pi ihe elinincy curves and’ the fundamental equations are included in the frequent use of given fin sid tubo arrangements justifics their a Prepanation.-popou ome oa EMME HE “ETT OME” CaNaY mofe merens i900) fa ems aT VGH VASA VA A HLM SND TY 30 HORSES OMSK gue ty Coyne? Po ay ~SNomL VESWD JO SNLL ANY 30 AONaIDELIS-1) ee bo eo vo sou go (uprytonsn . {eo wait " contend ' - joo saute ay lr AEASNVEL LYRE S8HOON5a PROCRSS HEAT TRANSPER ‘The Optimam Thermal Pin. Schmidt*:has undertaken the derivations for the shapte of various types of finn whidh give thehighest heat transfer 4 for tho msn smouht of etal, "Aas result, the optiaumn fin may be ‘considered th fone which has & dostabt heat fax any ere ection dinat ‘aunt gantiyo ntl neue fer Gna wt dental chap where | the weight and volume of a copper fin ia taken aa unity. o rutivere Bin Exchangers ‘Transverse fin exchangers in eroeafiow ‘axe used only when the film coefficients of the fiuids pasting over them are low, This applies»particularly to gases and air at low and moderate prowurée, ‘Tubes are also available which have many very small fine integrally shaped from the tube otal lf aod w ‘which are usable in conventional 1-2 exchangers with bailed side-to-side flow. ‘These can be bo eat ay » suale thle besbtrnefer cure sad an Hee ca mat atersting applications of ‘transverse fins are found in he ge as coling and beating vias ouch a o francs (eno: nines), ‘tempering cols for sit conditioning, sir-cooled steam condensers EXTENDED SURFACES 585 denser a6 ahown in Fig. 16.14 for localities with inadequate cooling- veater supply. ‘Tho steam ehters the tubes, and An induced-draft fan Greece ie aver the tranevere finned tubee. Tn this way it is possible fo attain a oloter aipproach to,the atmospheric temperature than could be done with & reasonable surface composed entirely of bare tubes. In.546 PROCESS HBAT TRANSYER ‘EXTENDED SURFACES ur cextonded-surfaee gas exchanger, an investigation will be made of the cesobanger 0s given in Chep. 7, in which the shell-side fuid was considered influence of flow pattern on the true temperature difference in crosaflow, lao sad hemogenom punter a very ro ann sd where ‘Troe Tomperstare Difference for Crossflow Arsangerents. ‘Consider ‘ig was assumed that all the tube rows comprising each tube pass were at 1 duet in which a hot gus (or otber uid) pames at right angles toa bundle dhe camo tomperature + carrying a cold tube liquid in a single puss as in Fig. 16.16.- Assume that ‘Suppose, on the other hand, that the baffles in the exchanger in Fig... alte Indicated by the vertieal lines are placed across th’ bands in the 16.16 sre removed and that the tubes are not very Jong 0 that the gas Bia z UA UA e-em ye then ar Solve when 7 = Tat 7 = Oand t= tat y= 0. ‘The solution is oxpresed in a'doubly infinite series, Fa DST (ayer GEER emery] csr) , i obtained by integration as the mean of T when z =X andy goes from 0 to Y, Then WC(T: — 73) =, 22 X,¥ = Kir), y=¥, | altar} om Values of Fr aro plotted for Fr = (7)/{P)omemte in terms of B and Sin “3 rand of = S/(r). BXTENDED SURFACES 549, a5 Selphy -t) (2) Both fide unmtead. rota Baa 675) DIGa~ BF On Os Be OF 08 a9 eo SHte tilted (©) Both fda raised, i i ¥ “Eey al] 5. Yede, Praneactions of de ASME} B64 05 ~asOF "es Setteht % ‘{@) Two-pamm counterion, shell aid mized, tube Sid unmixed, ture-diflerence correction festors. (Bowman, Muller, ond350 PROCESS HBAT TRANSFER a Ux Btw FY (16.78) At the outlet of the strip the temperature is given by TE o cosrm - 6.79) = where ta, refers to the strip. ‘The total heat trauisfer in the strip to ‘the mixed fluid is we mY) = Wear (16.80) ‘Substituting for tn¥ in Eq. (16.80), integrating, and allowing for the boundary condition t = t; at 2 = 0, an expression is obtained for T which gives Ts when 2 = X. Thus TB emo — eo asa) ‘The parameters have been chosen so that we _K UxY _ 8 wor s he ket cke-rd) (16.82) (16.83) ‘Factors for this equation are plotted in Fig. 16.176. ‘Cate C. Both Fluids Mized. Referring to Figure 16.17¢, T ia a func- tion of z only and tis a function of y only. ‘The total heat flow across & section dy is Udy f(r ~ Ode EXTENDED SURFACES ‘551 where T’ is variable and ¢is constant, The heat transferred is we dt and. Wet ef, rae (16.84) sinilay, ; Bat b few (as.a5) z . tat bf rae = om bf tay = bs whee on and fy ae constants ‘Substituting, integrating, and allowing for the boundary conditions + P= Tate = 0 and ¢ =i; aby ~ 0, equations are obtained in as and a» aa = - Dery — paler — 1) (16.86) brea - Bee ~ ayer ~ 2) asa) ‘The integration also gives the temperature change for one fluid. t= r= AM — ey (16.88) Solving simultaneously and using the teraperature change times we to obtain the hest transmitied, Ki 5 [eas + AA] = 1 06.89) Factors for this equation ave plotted in Fig, 16.172. Many of the cases for one croseflow and several peries passes have not been solved so far. ‘The caso of greatest value ia that of one erosetlow and two seties pesees im parallel flow-counterfiow when the shell fluid is unmixed and the esis fluid is mixed between passes. (Case D, Shell Fluid Mized, Two Pass, Counterfon, Fluid! Uninized ‘Call the upper pase I and the lower pass IT, each with murface 4/2, ‘From Case B Dm Kr = evn — erin) (16.90) and = Ky = cw, — ete (16.91) From the identity of flow in each path Ky _K _ Ku KS” Be eon552 PROGRSS HBAT TRANSFER From the gonstanoy of the heatstransfer coefficient and area in each pass Qe Oe (18.88) Let Mom (Py ~ by) (Ts ~ 6) and M = (Pin — 43/(P1— 6). Sino the ‘otal heat transfer is the sum of both passes, U4 4, 4 UA WA bt = TF ate + Ate (16.98) and © = HMO + BNO (16.95) . Also B= Tem Pi — Tu) + (Pn Ts) (16.96) = K = MKi+NKo Ti- 4 = (Ti — ts) + ta ~ 4) La M+NSe (16.07) Tr- ho (T1— Ta) + (Ta 6) 1] MK +N (16.98) Solving all ine equine simstancouy ead eliminsting the sit walnowne Ks 5 (r)x, Kn, 8x, (r)a, M, and N produces a solution in terms of K, S, and (r). oie (16.92) and.(16.98) : From Kgs. (16.90) and (16.91) Keke = Sn Oh= On From Legs, (16.94) and (16.96) Wiminating M and N between Eqs, (10.96) to (16.98) and applying Eq. (16.92), mi(1+4-s)-2K+e-0 (16.100) K Kame aes Substituting in Hq, (16.90) using only the positive root, VE=BAT= B= HP. gen — grey (48.302) BXTENDED SURFACES 363, Factors for this equation are plotted in Fig. 16.17¢. ‘Dunn aiid Bonillat have treated the case of fin transfer with no trans- ‘verse mixing parallel to the extended surface and present graphs to permit 1s rapid solution for the system, + counterflow, ‘being cooled from 400 t0 200°F by a fnid being heated from 100 to 200°F 60:that the approach in terms of @ 1-2 exchanger iv‘sere or 200°F for a eounterflow exchanger, ‘on commercial aoale runs have been made with sir or flue gas, The heat- | "Duna, W. E, and ©. F, Bonilla, Ind. Eng. Chem., 40, 1101-1304 (1948).BBA PROCESS HRAT TRANSFER EXTENDED SURFACES 555 transfer curve employed here has beon transposed from the data of ess of the correlation it gives rela fe en gieactcnenine rsdn Soest emt apt mento of Tate and Cartinhour® on economisers. It has been found that the slont diameter which reflects the proximity and equiv hhoat-transfer coefficient is not influenced by the spacing of succeeding ceeding rows, and the premurodrop oqustion sane een ah rows although nearly all tho dats were obtained for triangular pitch, configuration factors. The volumetric equivalent diame eee ‘The actual heat-flow pattern in a transverse fin probably differs tome. Hameter is defined by ‘what from the idealized picture used in deriving the fin efficiency. Tn 4X not free volume triangular pitch the air or gas strikes the front aod sides of the annular = (16.105) fine but not the back of the fin. As determined experimentally hy is sctually only on average valuc. ‘The concentration of heat on the lead. ‘The net free volume isthe volume between the center lines of two vertical side of an annular fin probably introduces a potential for heat flow around Danks of tubes Jess the volumes of the half-tubes and fins within the Da= 4x nt fee wakene tare ue 2linareet bare lube aren) ‘with which the gas penetrates the space between adjacent discontinuous fins. Because eo many of the epplications involve gases, it has become a ‘common convention in extended-surface heat, tranafer to use Colburn’s 8 388 f f | i i | i le) 8 ay ‘with the value of the viscosity correction ¢ taken as 1.0 for gases. ‘The ‘equivalent diameter in Jameson's correlation has been defined by gee sss - B(Ay + Ae) 2. = = Tprofonted pariater} (em) ‘The projected perimeter ia the sum of all the external distances in the aD Rea DaGehe plan view of a transvermd finned tube. The mass velocity is computed 8) Ree 06 Goh from the fre fow area ina snge ban: of tube at rght angle othe es ZSLIAS, arr at ane aad pare dcop. (a) Jamon () Gunter and Pressure Drop for Transverse Fins. Unlike the heat transfer coeff center lines, A configuration j . factor is 9 dimensionless group which i «cient, the pressure drop is greatly influenced by the spacing of the mueceed- ordiaasily lot in the derivation but which may be inchaded ot th eke ing rows of tubes, their Isyout and closences. It is often poosible in cretion of the experimenter, ‘The factors used here Sand Sy nies transverse fin equipment chat the veri] and transvore ae aoe Sris tho pitch in a traneverse bank and 8, i the center to wouter Gitanns moqual, Of a numberof exelent corelations of prosur drop in crow to the nearest tube in the next bank. ‘The preasu fe unter and Shaw* is used here. . It is equally satisfactory thus © Pressure-drop equation is i ie: coils, water, and air. While there has been some objection to the brosd- AP = SGL, (Di\"*/ 8," (10.106) BK Te, ES ; {ammo ay Trane, ASIER, 88-42 40. XTOEX Diss Sr) VB, "Tate, G.'B, end J. Cartishour, Trans. ASME, €T, 687-004 (1045) ‘here Lp is sets unt Ar Ye nad. A hut Pronn ABHTE, Of 48-080 (104 Jeu Zr is the length of the path. Frition factors are given in Fig,556 PROGRES HEAT TRANSPBR E EXTEyDED aunraces 507 sample 30,5. Calculation of x Transverse-fin Air.Coolet. A duct 4'0' by ar "éaeia 100 000b far of iz fot a An dee at 260°P, The gan into be uid to prin rented water from, 150 to 40°F by revamping » oection of the duot ant istaltag Lin. OD, 14 BWG dubes wf 34 ia, high annular beaty far cf 30 BWC metal spaced Wi inwapart, Ausuine the spacing forhtbo tubea i on 2)6-n. trnogular pitch. : ‘ve dirt Factors of 0.0030 on both streams. The preamure head on the gaa side i ‘ouly a fraction of & pound per square ineb, oo that the overall pressure drop mut be « low. ‘How many tubes shouki te installed How shall they be arranged? Solution: (2) Heit balance: . ‘Aic at 147 pein, Q ~ 100,000 0.25(260 — 200) = 1,860,000 Btu/hr ‘Water, Q = 51,200 x 1.0(190 = 180) = 1,250,000. Btu /hr «bPELEMATION Fo, 16.19, ‘low area: 11 tubes may be fit in one vertical banke 16.198 230 tubes in atemating banka for triangular pitch Oe 138) 66 2 EXIM 51) 1X1 A= ME ORS 34 XB AB) = LOT ins mig Tho te of = 0546 in. ‘Table 10), Ansume egch bank carrie all of the water. 80 0 eo 1 100,000/7.50 erent “a oro 7.48} -# en = - = 2X 0540/148 = 00705 R-Bause 6 ign 0M0 Pr = 0985 (Big. 16.170) sso w/aeygen| 0 ae oats sO A = 5A X0085 = 18.7F () ALT, = 225%, worwa (®) Teand 4 The average temperatures of 226 and 170°F will be adequate. 90.0215 X 242% 0.052 Ih (60) br) = 51,200/0.0708 ‘Caluulition of the duct equivalent diameter ind flow ; We 181] ‘= 302,000 Ib ar) (1) “ = - - 1/3000 X 62.5 § 18,300/0.052 = 28,400 GPR = B,0O0/2000 X82 ‘axebadend Basoter (rr to Fige W400): * ie 1618) @) Ate = 110", bare tube area) 2 7 = 087 x 249 = 0.908», 4, = Sedalia (6.100) Sport artic) . He Fin aren, Ay = F(T - 1) X2KHXIZ BID init oft) = (0.25 X 0.052/0.0183) = r+ Dil tn pom on) Bare tube seas*As oe X1 KID =e X1XB 1 fig =ir{b/DdGo/* —Bisg. (0.15) (9) by = 710 X O94 = C67 URig. 25}, Total ROE RD To 157 x S088 Bey 0.008, has = 1/0.008 = 355 fese 40) ae a 1 x Sine X08 = aa | Be TON Projecto: perimeter = 2X % X2X8 X 12-4202 ~ 8X 0095 x1 Bk coma: ae . i * 361.8 ne Re Se 4/008 = 38 an BL _ BEX 807 ay {2x 972 is ye hehe 888 KBB +h + 067 es rag 7 tin Tat hy 7 BB poi (ean D, = 18312 = 041 ftRXTENDED SURFACES or) 558 PROCESS HEAT YRANSPER = 60 Bea /(he) (CE) (Tabla 3) IO P= LHe Bh feo Fi sone) Fler br = 08s wn-saemim ls) |” ea Return ame rl bo negli, Taso rurfsee/omak = at x 4x ene isa fet ‘no Teetvictions along the axes of the spines. Such sn arrangement will An yda~ wast be called for only when the coficients from both fuids to te respec- nil tive fina is small. Under these conditions it is usually foond thst an ‘Vise 215/188 = 11.8 banks, any 12 banks! ‘unpractical length of fin is required for even a moderate total heat trans- " im methods alresdy treated and by the use of Fig. 16.18¢ or d, The heat- a —7 ‘wensier coefficients generally must be approximated from more conven- te Re 168 yan ‘Honal arrangements. [Net free volume = 4x 4x S95 — Feat 4-905 x FEE - an +05 PROBLEMS (oe — 9 SE x $8.1. A double pipe exthanger consints of » Sin. IPS outer pipe ands Uéin. TPS = tans i he ed cco aot a ed wen i oo =n 6) 18st! fing, 0 18enpper fs, 20 BW: () 18 tel Sas, 16 BHO, ‘riotonel mrtaco® ~ QL + 207234 & "{62. 4620 Ib fax of « 28°API gua ll will be wsod to preheat §700 Ib fr of « 10°APT , at Dion axi9 = 0040 ft . S7S-F and leave at 80°F. A preswure drop of 10 pai is permissible on the gas oil, bat ae ee om trove oo sa ee,The gan ote cnreling Bi and hol Bow inthe = ooat weft ig. 16.185) Available for the purpose area mune of 20-{ hairpin double pipe exchangers cou- sisting of 234-in. TPS outer pipes and 1}4 in, OD, 10 BWG inner tubes with 24 fina 90 BWG, 34 io. high. ow may sections sd be wed, and bow shal they be aang? @- 1e sad in TPS ior tabes wth 26a 20 BWC, Sn high. Premre drop of in, = 23-4. ‘Th eects pat fr pee dope apposimately 12 x 195i How many sections are required, sad how shall they be arranged?120,000 tb hot nitrogen af O guge-pressure is to be heated from 100 to Y76p ae EAL, Foulag fators of GOta Loud be provided fo bth, As or the eeyios in « 19) in. ID 1-2 exchanger containing $6134 in. OD tubes, $70" lope and having 24 Boa 20 BWG, 1 in high winged for two popes, i the eushonger extifactoryt What are the prshmure dropel 165.4 tn] ‘oom measures 5O:py 100 by 12 ft. Beoause df the poopy Sm explosive and torie conctatration it isneseesary 9 change aoe eait Une? an bout, ‘To provide eassfrtalia conditions the room shoul be Lope at 769%, aktoough xo provision willbe mado fr-humidity contol” Tho lovet ‘Beco 6, Cy Cu Cu Ce, Cx Constants, danensioness 3 Constante, : | ‘Specific heat of ookd uid, Bea/(b)(*F); 2 constant in the § PROCKES HEAT TRANSFER ‘Length of fin from outer edgs to the base, ft Theat af hot fluid in derivations, Btu /(b)CE) Simensianlees ochition of the Bese! equation, dimensinlens Inside diameter of tubes or pipe ft Inside diameter of tubes in. et fro pri don | Yoludnetrle equivalent diameter for erossfiow, ft Napiaran base Napa bree nln At «Fe XID, dino sien Friction factor, (Yin? Mass velosty, th /(b2) (49) Acceleration of gravity, 418 X 10" /hrt eattranaferconciont in geoeral, Bla/hx)i0°)F) “Host trmnalersoficent Aor h ofa delved atthe baw ‘ofthe fe, Bea/Car) NCP) rt: eocificient equivalent to the reciprocal of the dirt toe ns ‘the tube “Ra and: outside the tube, Ray respectively, Btu/(tx)@0)(F) ‘outhiont om Sn ide of pipe tube, bat Meksatr cfc on de of pipe or abe read for tha dirt factor, Btu /(hr)ft*)CP) BXTENDED SURFACES 361 tube weighting hyd the fn surface and to tho tube out- ide curtoe, Ba /(oe)Q2)CF) Teatiranalercovfiicat forthe Suid inside the tube, bs comectod forthe dct factor, Beu/ (O29) CP) “int-ronut oofilent for outside id Btu th) ‘Modified Dosw function of the frst kind and order x, dimensionless =i, dimensiones ‘Pastor fombest transfer to finned pipes and tubes, dimen- -sionlees ‘Tho SioderTele and Colburn heattranster factors, dimensionless ‘Temperstare group Tor eromow (Ty ~ T9/Ts — bk) dimension Modified Boseel fonction of the sceond kind and onder ified | ‘Phormal conductivity, Btu/(hr) fe) R/S) “Length of tube, ft ‘Length of path, ft Number of tubes it bundle ‘Number of tube paswea; a constant denoting the order of ‘the Beeel function, dimensionlowe Perimeter, ft Premure drop, pal ‘A constant in the Bensel equation, dimensionteas; pressure, atm ‘Total heat flow of total heat flow through bases of fing and Tare tube surface, Btu /or ‘ont flow, heat flow through bare tabe surface, Btu/hr ‘Temperatare group (7's ~ 71)/(s — #0), dimensionless Dirt oF fouling factor, outside tube and inside tube, da) GCF, Reynolds momber for heat transfer and prearure drop, dimensionless ‘Radina, ampere group in como, 4/4 ~ 6), dimension ‘Temperature group in counterfiow, LMTD/(Ts ~ ti), ‘dimensionless ‘Temperature group (i — £)/(T1 — 6), dimeasiontone562 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER Specitie gravity, dimensionless ampere of ot oF Temperatare of scans, ‘Tempurntare of fix or ool Aid in general, °F ‘Galri tamperataro of bot Guid smi cok ul, respectively from Eqs, (6-28) and (5.29), “F CHAPTER 17 om Te etl iaal hey Bt ‘repeats of don fin temperate of fix bemeath dit DIRECT-CONTACT TRANSFER: COOLING TOWERS ‘im, *F Introduction, Ya all prewoing hapten tb bot and eld ude wee eemaperature difeence, °F 4 at POPE terion aides, Fo sspurated by impervious mutscen Jn tubular equipment, the tube SE, ly At, Bee ‘Tanperature arope acrom fin coeticiemt, outside dirt, Fimits the intimacy of eontect between the hot and cold Suids and aleo ” tae dirt and the inde fd fm corrected fr hc, sarves as & surface upon which resistances accumulate as fouling and scale ty and dirt, stor fms. In order thst a turbulent fluid in a tube may receive heat, par ‘rer dee cots of a, eooter bev om te ticles in the eddying fluid body must contact a warm film at the tube wall, ‘Overall clean confficinat of heat transfer based on inside take in heat by conduction, and then mix with the eddying fuid body. “tbe aorfane, Bea /(he} (ANCE) ‘A similar procesa occurs on the shell side, and the net beat exchange A function Buy occur Through as many as seven idiviGual reistancea, vee ‘Ono of the principal reasons for employing tubes is to prevent the in general, weight Sow of ok 03,3 for ‘contamination of the hot fluid by the cold fiuid, When ove of the fuide y Weghe tow of tld Bi, he ir em oth ober oui an impervious muon olen ame Distanoes, sary, since there may be no problem of mutual contamination, tho gas Balt the width of a i ft deivations and liqnid being readily separsble after mixing and exchanging heat. Sposa in ane Ge and cro detvtont ‘Fouling resistances are sutomatically eliminated by the absence of a xu Seen viene betwers fd and fia —°P face on which they can collect and permit « direct-contact apparatus to “Vieolty 2b to oalorc temaperatre,1b/() (bs) operate indefinitely with uniform thermal performance. The greater Vinoaity at the tobe wall or Bn temperate, fe OF fry intimacy of the direct contact generally permits the attainment of grester am B/C), heat-transfer coefficients than are usual in tubular equipmeni ‘Density, ‘Perhspa the outstanding application of an apparatus operating with oral ri la ee direct coutect between a gas and 2 liquid is the cooling tower. Wieied efficiency (or Ga and bare tube, dimensionlon unually » borlike redwood structure with redwood internals, Cooling tewers axe employed to contact hot water coming from process cooling ‘Sibeerigts (except ex noted sbove) aystems with air for the purposs of cooling the water and allowing ‘Annulas reuse in s proceas. The function of the wooden internals, or fl, is to Base (of fin) ipcresze the eobtact surface betwoen the air ond the water, A cooling Teta of Mn o inside of pipe or tubo tower ordinarily reduces the fresh cooling-water requirement by about bed 98 per cent, although there is some mutual contemination caused by the ‘Tube smtaration of the sir.with water vapor. ‘First of two passes The ppnow fr donates other services: Aecood of re pamer of diroct-eontact heat transfer may. ‘be applied to the conit=— = “—564 PROCESS HBAT TRANSFER ‘ther insoluble gnsee or liquide. This ia enpectally true iq the cooling of 5 er long temperate Tages, ‘The jet condenser referred to in Gap, 14 alee an example of 1 Now Yer, 1087 tual Ruid friction than do the Colburn and other analogies for beat tran ‘Beng, J. Hy ‘Chemieal Engineers Handbook,” Bed, Sec. 8, pp. 823-50, sod fui friction than do tn vondousation of a vapor from a noncon- fm Cubwn od R. Fgford, MeOraw- Ell ook Compsny, In. Ree566 PROCESS HEAT TRANSPER DIRBCT-CONTACT TRANSFER: COOLING TOWBRS 567 gradient between the air body and the air film which continuously pro. From the continuity equation, input — output = accumulation. At ‘motes the movement of acetone molecules in the direction of the liquid, atesdy state there will be mo accumulation of A in the gas film. In ‘This picture is analogous to thet of the steady-state film theory of Chap, 3 pounds per cubic foot per unit time in which temperature gradient promoted heat transfer. ‘The air and liquid Slms are similar to thermal resistances in seriea. ~Ma $e ay, Meade =o (ra) In the case of diffusion from 1-1’ to 2-2’ the concentration difference of the diffasing air-acotone mixture is the potential for the mass tranufer A of the seetone across the several resistances in series. Designating the where Mis the molecular weight of gas A and @ is time. diffusing gas by the subscript A and the inert or insoluble gas (air) by, aa the subscript B the caneentration of each gus may be expressed indi. -3 tly] a7 vidually by its molar density, mols/ft". The rate at which the concen- tration af 4 in the air body decreases, —d8,, depends upon four factors: + Call 84+ dy = 3 the total umber of mols per cubic feet. (1) the number of mols of 4, 4; (2) the number of mols of B, és; (8) the relative difference af movement between the velocity of A, u. and the ed =) velocity of 8, wa in the dreton of dition; and (4) the length of thea 7.12) dds = xapdsbe(ta — us) dd any DeGning the constant ke = I/ausé o where css ia the proportionality constant. If the vet diffusion of the aan Bi 7.13) inecluble = Gand (17.1) reduces eae in rato, ue a7) ° 44's the difusivity or diftasion coeficient introduced in Chap. 18. The dds = aunbsdstia a7a) oe ateed, however, by Eqs, (17.12) and (17.13). Returning to is of pound-mots por hour transl 11s the numberof pound-mola por hou tafe through 4 fe Nan beatae ‘on MA wm ube Tb-mol/ (hr) (ft?) (7a) ‘And for s perfect gus, which the insoluble gas usually approximates, Na by = canbe GE al ara) onbe ee 7.18) ‘and since where n = total number of mols dbs = dbp (75) Pm = total pressure Ne -A,¢-A4° ars) = gas constant a | Nad = 20 ain ty (17.18) and for equimolal diffusion of A into B. : Integrating over the length of the gas film from the gas body to the Men Mae, 13a =, “Unde am ge-Glm—iquid-film interface, From Eq. (17-1) Ne = NB nb = Pine ana dbs = (ousbstabs — csnbcinds) dl = crastsBa(Ba + Bs) dl (17.8) . ‘where the concentrations have also been expressed by the partial pressures ube ~ apa at a7) snd where the subscript Bi refere tothe vahie st the nterfsce 2-2’, Fora508 PROCRSS HEAT TRANSPER ¥ driving force acroes the: gas"film consisting of the two pressures ps and Px; let phe be the.log mean driving prétwure of the inert B. ‘Then } DIREOT.CONTACT TRANSFBR: COOLING TOWERS 569 leaving the gas phase is obviously the same as that which enters the liquid phase. (By a sinblar analysislte that above it can beshown:that, for the iliquid-ffm-tiquid-body interfsce, nd m= ta Bolom Ors) Ns = bullelu = (@a) dA = Riles ~ 2) ad (17.24) pe _ pa px ! where (esis the concentration iv the liquid with subscripts 8 above, = ta Bea 7.19) ‘the mol fraction af the tiffusing material in the liquid, and kis the fiquid- top ; side diftusion cooficient, - Expressed a8 an equality, Wi MOA op, Bi ipem 9" — Pm) (720) “AN = heply — dd = hulee(as = =)@A (17.28) ‘Ske and Ke are the reciprovals of the-two resistances-in series comprising ‘the gas and diquid films, ‘In terms of overall coefficients and the overall potential for diffusion Ns =, Kelp ~ pd = Kile — (ola) dd 728) = Kandy - y) dA = Kilche(e’ — a) dé where 7’ = partial pressure of the diffusing vapor which would be in equilibrium with liquid of the concentration of the liquid ‘body, ate dl, = concentration of the diffusing vapor which would be in equi- Ubrium with the partial prossure of the diffusing vapor in the gazsbody, Ib-mols/ft* #'andy/ = mol fractions correeponding to [el, and p', respectively, dimen- sionless. ‘The overall coefficients are expressed in either of the two ways Ke = overall coefficient-of mass transfer, Ib-mols/(hr)(ft®) (atmos- _ Thereof patil restate diference) ‘This is similar to the ordinary tiansfer equation @ = KLA(T. — te), using _ heeiomencla ture of Chap. 6, where T, — ‘te is the temperature difference is proportional to,its mol fraction in e mixture of perfect gases, Na = koA(p =p) = koApiy ~ y) (v7.21) where y and u; are the mol fractions in the gas body and at the interface } and o> as rag ‘ke may be compared with h for ono of two fiuide engaging in heat transfer. +} ‘The diffusivity can be determined experimentally by measuring the 3] rate of evaporation of the diffusing gas A fram » volumetric container into am inert which is passed ovet'the vessel. Diffusivities.can be com- puted by the Gilliland equ ation (Eq. (28.31)]. It will be noted that in. - “Eq. (18.81) ke is inversely proportional to the/total pressure on the > aystem p, 20 that in Eq. (17.20) noccorrection need be made for prensure, = ‘since the product kyp, inthe numerator will be constant, * "nar ordinary difsin lover the potentid rence Pp — peor = 3 Keand Ke may be related tS ini jual fiims and to each other by vf = Cnet, where p’ ia the equilibrium partial pressure of A in the gas phase corre- sponding to a liquid concentration of (cl, Ib-mols/ft!. Cy is the Henry's law proportionality constant. ‘The law bolde only for wlatively dilute solutions, ‘Thea ‘each increment, he diferent equation forthe eave beght whi all the surface is contained becomes aN 4 = kelp — pi) dA = kopdy — y) dA 7.23) Just as the total heat transfer Q can be calculated from a single individual ‘lm oéeficient, the total surface, and the temperature difference betwoen, Kem eye + aren the fal and thetube wall;so the matesial transfer can bodetermined from _ Ken 1 728) the change in the gas phase alone, using Eq. (17-21). The total material * (ks) + (17 Cake)570 PROCESS URAT TRANSFER dy is the change of concentration of the diffusing component, dN4 = Gu dy and Eq. (17.26) can be written Gundy = Koply — yf) dd (7.29) Ti the surface per cubic foot of tower is a ft#/ft?, the total eurface is dA = adV, where V is the volume of the tower per aquare foot of tower cross section. = fm kad ™ 15% Kage (17:30) diffusion acoomplished by it, and the height of » single transfer unit, ITU will be aru =2 (7.81) * Colburn, A. P, Trans. AICKE, 28, 211 (2994). DIRECTCONTACT TRANSFER: COOLING TOWERS 571512 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER ‘to the extent to which ft is saturated before contacting the wick,aince the degree of saturstion affects the amount of water ‘vapor which oan be svaporatedsinto the air and ecnsequently the amount of beat which.can be removed from it. ‘The depression of the temperature of the wet-bully thermometer, in, DIRECT.CONTACT TRANSPER: COOLING TOWERS 573 ‘where tx and ty» are the dry-bulb and wet-bulb temporatures of the air, respectively, and & is the sensible-hest-transfer cocfficient between the sir and the wick, ‘Since Eqs. (17.32) and (17.33) are identities, and ean be equated. the experiment described above, started when the water, presamably at “Mton ~ ts) = Ka(X! — XD (734) the dry-bulb temperature, evaporated into the air at the same tempera- o ‘ture, If the air had been saturated at the dry-bulb temperature, no h(x water would have evaporated at all. If instead of humidifying air our Kz > tos ~ tes (1738) ‘primacy interest wvas in a process for obtaining cold water by evaporating part of the water from the wick, the lowest water temperature attainable would-be the wet-bulb temperature. ‘Thus a cooling tower or any other ‘burhidifying apparatus which transferred no heat to or from ite surround- and the potential for Kx is pounds of water/pound of dry air. Using Ky for Kx-the potential is atmospheres of water/atmosphere of air, which molar transfer and the molecular weight of the diffusing vapor. of 75°F occurs in the eummertime, it is impossible icon wator lower than Kx(X’ — X) = Kolo’ — P) (17.38) THE ence by religion. ‘The process between the air and the wick can be described rather * simply for tho equilibrium condition when the wick has, presumably readhed the wet-oulb temperature. Let X be the absolute humidity of poMs Ma Ma xn hee Zy- ~2e aan “The last is very neatly true for the temperature ranges in hutnidification the.origins! air, pounds of water per pound of dry air, which ie related to 1B Ma p Ms, Ms the partial pressure of the water vapor in the original air by: X-5= 7 i FoM ~ ple (17.38) X= Peewee _ 9 x,(Ho? Be > Rati ~ ») 0729) Be twee He Ky = KepeoMs 1740) where My and M, are the-molecular weights of water and air.’ Let X’ Relation between the Wet-bulb and the Dew-point Temperatures, ‘be the humidity (or vapor pressure) of the water-out of the wick at the ‘potential. Teen Tt ten heat of waporiaton, the heat leaving he ivr aa et etsy 4 = K(X’ =X 7.32) ‘hn bet of vaprzton pr square on fv not by the 1@ heat ‘transferred from the air to the wick, which is given by B= Meo tre) (07.33) ‘The dew point is the temperature at which a gas of given vapor con- tent deposits the first drop of condensate when cooled by a constant.74 PROCBSS HEAT TRANSFER DIRECT-CONTACT TRANSFER: COOLING TOWERS B75 tion curve for water is deseribed by BZF. The constant pressure oocling ia Ks - tan of water vapor occurs along the constant pressure path AB, Consider in Wout next the adiabatic contact between water and sir. Being adiabatic, itis o dogeribed by a fictitious path AC”, which is an adiabatic although not hk _taleka (YM isentropic, since the mixture of sir and water vapor is icreversible. ‘The Kae = ale ~ eke) =) (17.43) oaling af the air and evaporation of the water separately are not trae aod adiabatic processes. Only the groce effects betweon the two are truly h adiabatic. For the process of adiabatic saturation the path of the water Kev! (744) ‘vapor alone can be determined by experiment and iz found to be along theline AC. The point C is the wet bulb, and since water vapor is added ‘Lewis! called attention to this relation, and the dimensionless group during the adiabatic saturation the partial pressure of the water vspor 3/Kac is known os the Lewis number Ze. Tt conveys the extremely ‘at the wet bulb C, is somewhat important information that the heat-transfer coefficient is to the mas- higher than B. When air is initi- transfer coefficient 1s the value of the specific heat of the medium which ally 70 per cent saturated or more, serves for both heat transfer and-msss transfer. For the case of the wick the wet bulb exceeds the dew nt by To than er cet ofthe T difference between the dry bulb Bau and the wet bulb. If gas ot the 4B, Lr dry-bulb temperature 7', possesses ~~ —T | a higher degree of saturation, tho * Bob point A moves to A’ and the dew § oa Ralation ttwenn wet-tath sed point in at the obvioualy higher . { i texperntre Te a ‘The Lewis Number. The relationship between the heat-tranafer coeffi- “Temperature, cient and the man-transfer coefficient, h/fx, enters into nearly oyery is, 14. Lew numbers for the aver system, direct-contact problem. The analogy between heat transfer and fluid in 8 wet-bulb experiment if the mean specific heat of the moist air is friction in Chap. 3 was arrived at by mathematical similarity. Heat 0.25 Btu/(b)(°F), then the beat-transfer rate will be but one-quarter of transfer and mags transfer may also be related by competing both with ‘tho mans-transfer rate. Tt thus requires four times as great a potential ‘uid friction. References to the subject will be found in Chap. 13. for 4 given number of Btu to be transferred by sensible heat as for an Only the most general application is developed here, although it appears ‘equal number of Biz by mass transfer, The plot of Lowis number vs. ‘that greater accuracies may be obtained from other analogies. For heat ‘temperature for the system air-water calculated from Le ~ (k/pkac)™ is. ‘transfer Chilton and Colburn give shown in Fig. 17.4. Two pointe obtained experimentally by Hilpert are wwe also included in the plot, Values of 4/K x for other systems are tabulated in Table 17.1. §- waiités GY -a@ ‘The Effective Film. In the wet-bulb experiment it was seen that the same wet-bulb temperature would be attained regardless of the rate of whore fis the dimensiones friction factor. sas flow over the wick. Tt has also boon shown in Chap. 11 that the rate For mass transfer (diffusion) of heat transfer -vazies with the 0.8 power of the gas velocity, ‘The same should be true for mass transfer. Tn the Eq. (2744), if the retio of the KxD/oks ‘Lewis, W. K,, Trane, ASME, 44, 329 (1923), Kz(«\* ~ watts G)"~ EGY on "Tllpelt By Porchgal, 8 88 (1880)376 ‘PROGRSS HEAT TRANSFER ‘coefficients is constant, the'film for both heat transfer and mass tranwfer DIRECT-CONTACT TRANSFER: COOLING TOWERS 577 required to develop the continual zeuse of the Himited water they may abtain from public or private sources. In some conimunities oven river ‘ates, Which may bo present in abundance, requires procooling as dis- Touts nae ‘iteluding water, and obtained in is i a a = 0.028 oh "(g)* (4745) ‘where D is the inside diameter of the tube and J is-the thickness of the fio, This may be compared. with Eq. (6.2) of Sieder and Tate for heat me ae oi eGR) or m0 is ‘Toons 17, Avaniae Vanoms oF H/Kx Cascutarey rao Weravin ee Oe ee rans oe ition nt Ae apparatus whose potentialities have scarcely been realized. muarwood, F-AC, Fvons ATCA. B, 1OT(E). when (1/ie)'* is substantially 1.0 for gases. Other interesting exten- - tions ofthe theory bave been made by Arnold? and Chilton and Colburn.* ‘cooling water has grown to such an extent that new plants are often ‘Sherwood, op, ci, p. 29, ‘aanold, J 1H Pn, 4 255,008, ‘P Cathurn. Ind. Eng. Chem., 26, 1183 (1934), by panalysotratel air high hes aeady pamod through tha towerDIRECTCONTACT TRANSFER: COOLING TOWERS: 579 prove to be the most economical type, and where power eosta are high, it may even be preferable with wind velocities as low as 234 to 3 mph. Since the atmospheric currents must penetrate the entire width of the 578 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER onevhas gene existent o drift wate droplet i carried from consideration must be sven ta tho temperature characteristics of thea ‘the aystem by tbe air stream, ‘it is customary for the air to rise to a high temperature during the day, ‘Natural-circulation Towere. Tn use in Burope and the Orient, the popu- at least relative to the hot-water temperature, the natural-draft tower larity of the types in Fig. 17.Se and d is declining in tho United States. ‘Will cease to operate during the hot portion of the day. ‘The initial cost ‘This ia particularly true of the natural-draft tower. and fixed charges on these towers are rather groat, and they deem to be "The atmoepherig tower avail itgolf of stmogpheric wind currents, Air passing out of use, blows through the louvered sides in one direction at a time, shifting with ‘Closely allied to natural-circulation cooling towers is the spray pond the time of year and other atmospheric conditions, In exposed pisces consisting of a number of up-rpray nozsies, which spray water into theofeach He ladionon the nome of hous whan Fly tht the ad oes te case wre brerge Say velocities spa er he Asay length ations, DIRECT-CONTACT TRANSPBR: COOLING TOWERS 58) thout inducing air,currents, ‘These do not operate with an orderly iat at ir flow sad'béneoqenlly are ast capable a predacing water582, PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER DIRECT-CONTACT TRANSFER: COOLING TOWERS 583 continuously: emo at ie bolton but four droplets remain in the {ittle consequence to the overall formation of surface aa long ss there is a ‘uniform distribution of liquid over the entire cross section of the tower. “ a ae ote Be 1) Rivmils a droplet with zero velocity ‘were starting to fall anew, and the interrupted tower is equivalent to the “4 etctve Sak quate of four mrey ; mut decrease to zero when its direo- tion revernes. Another means of inereasing the surface or time of eon Bie, 17-9. Cocting-tower water and taotinepray towers and cooling towers Sy apg Grater nea o foing droplet ‘The name can be achieved with a noatle instead of an atomizer by using a water-soluble is tbe evaporation fom the te owing fo Ue strain of te i as Teonatned by atch be dopletatae formal et the top of the tower is in of ‘ing through the tower,‘DIRECT-CONTACT TRANSFER: COOLING TOWERS 585 siixtures in this chapter the enthalpy of eatursted air above O°F can be camputed by 584 PROCESS HRAT TRANSPER For oonvenience, cooling tavrers are analyzed-on the basis of 1 £4 of cbone-dry gas rate. per unit of ground stea @ Ib/(ts)(). The water He X44 40.04 (754) Floading ah the top of the tower isithe water rate per unit of ground area L 1b/thr) Ee), and the raako-up rate i Le Ib/(hr){ft*), ‘The heat load per where 0.24 is:the specific heat of sir. ‘For unsaturated air “hour per square foot gis accordingly tho total hourly rate Q divided by the interual ground dimensions of the tower. Using the eubseript 1 for the inlet and 2 for the outlet, the balance around the tower in terms of the gas for a O°F datum is 4g + LaTs = O(a ~ Th) 7.48) where C is the specific heat of water and H i the onthalpy per pound cof bone-dry air snd incliding the heat of the vapor aasociated:with the pound of bone-dry sir, In terms of the water loading the‘heat balance is H = Xtop + dor + O48X(E ~ tor) + O24 (17.55) ‘where 0.45 is the specific hoat of water vapor from @ to 120°F and the subscript DP refers to the dew point. = eample 17.1. Catcalation of the Bathalpy of Saturated Air. What in the antarn= tho enthalpy ofa ab 75°F? 7070 te tration pr ref eter 008 pa Te. Dame 18 Buoy, XP = Pe Me = ppl IE 00187 mate a q = LCT, = Ts) + LCT — To) aan . Bathalpy above OF, m ODIET X15 + 00181 X 10515 +024 X75 Combi ‘The enthalpies of Tables Q eae 7: oe an5o j TrB and 178 have been computed in tha manner, (Hy — H,) = LC(T, — 7: CT: 7.4 . Gills ~ Hy) = LOC, =P) + 10 748) ‘rama 172. Bwmaueis ano Housperisn oF Auw-Waree Mocrensa at 147 Pata ‘The quantity of red to for tion is Humidity, | Eathalpy, air, ir + HO, Ly = (Ks —X) 7.49) Temp, F pia] Tb HOb xic| Beoflbaix | fb ‘nb Dividing Bq. (17.48) by Ea, (47.49) ” 0.008 16.15 | 1260 | 12.70 Gy — Hi) LOD = Ts) + LT: s 0.0068 78 7 12°85 = WO. = 1) + Lor, doo | aos | ma | 13.00 OO) & eee | BS | ae | Be nF _ per, — 73 : o ¥ 0.0110 28.7 13.10 13.33 La ax) 7 POM — 8) tats o | 0: om | 204 iazs | 138 ; m | oo: a | a8. Combining By. (17.51) with Bq. (17-47) B | oo. oom | a2 | ius | ies . m | 0 com | ai | we | wo IC(P, = Tr) + LCT: = gQ + LAT. (17.52) 85 0. 0.0982 ey Bn 14.81 wo | 0 come | er | ie | tats os | 8. cos | us | ise | ie wo | cow | m7 | in | isc we | ty coe | ms | wa | ie mo | coo | ma | ia | mw | i coor | am? | ice | 110 120 a 0.0810 15 14.62 16.82 us | 1 cos | ius | tars | tot to | 3 ome | aus | igs | iss i | 3 oimo | ime | io | isis two | 3 oo | ae | sas | ise w/o oro | aes |: isa | twee from aiother, serious etror may result. For the solution of sill air-water 150, 8.710 160 286.0 15.38 20.80586 PROCBSS HEAT TRANSFER DIRECT-CONTACT TRANSPER: COOLING TOWERS 587 ‘Trou 178. Ermine axo Howmpims ar Various Exrvarions depending upon the amount of air and the amount of evaporation it is ‘levaione ae fect above sea level possible for the temperature of the water to fall to ar below the dry bulb, Fiumidity, 17 1b wala dry air eothalpng 2, Bus/b dry aie af the inlet sir before reaching the bottom of the tower where the ai eters. It ia the fact that both potentiala may operate adiabatically in Teap, 2200 1000 om, S000 tho same direetion while anturating air which taakes the cooling tower 30 ert x» le cffective for cooling water. In the lower portion of the towor the wate say possess a temperature equal to or lower than the dry bulb of the air ~ 0070 | a7. it contacts, and sensible heat and mans transfer are in opposite directions, g ‘os | 20 ‘deatical with the wet-bulb experiment. The limit to which the outlet % a8 | 2. water temperature may then fall in s cooling tower is that which ia ae ao | ale adiabatically in quilibrium with the inlet air, namely, the wet bulb. ® wa oy The derivation of the performance of a cooling tover given below is s ma | 40 ewentially that of Merkel’ Since the total host transfer in a cooling x “ tower i the pasag of het by difusion and convection from the water : to the air, = 2: T= ute (47.56) = a where qu Btu/(hr)(tt*) ia the portion transferred by diffusion and g. @ Btu/(hr) (ft?) is the portion transferred by convection. In the definition uo of qit should be remembered that the area implied by ita dimensions ie is the ground area of the tower and xiot the heat-tranfer surface. ia ‘Xie the average latent beat of vaporisation of all the wator vaporized ‘125 in the tower, Es 7 is ua la (nearly) (17.57) 2 7 Combining with Eq. (17.47) 10 na fe = OP: — Ti) + LOT, ~ 7) = bd (17.58) Hat Transfer by Simultaneous Diffusion and Convection. In the wet- bulb experiment the air and water were initially at the same temperature, $ EOP T) $1 (Ty— PEO | LOT = 74) + La (Ta~ Te) although this was not a necessary requirement. By simply referring to « Lk Tod — Fig. 17.8 i& can be seen that the equilibrium represented by the wel- (17.50) bulb temperature is influenced by the absolute vapor content of the air. But In a cooling tower hot water is cooled by cold air. When water pasoos In = Es - (17.60) through the tower, the water temperature may fall below the dry bulb of and. the inlet air but not lower than the wet bulb of the inlet air. Consider | Oe — A) = LCT — 7) + Le Ts) (1748) the tower to be divided into two portions. In the upper portion hot ‘from which water contacts outlet air which is colder than the water. Unlike the 1 (te- vwet-bulb experiment, in this case the partial pressure of the water out eit x)—! (tr.61) of the liquid is greater than that in the exit air while the temperature ‘Thins an interesting relationship, since it states that the i * ae ‘ rs ratio of the heat of tho water is also greater than that of the exit air. Both potentials teanaferred by convection to that transferred by diffusion, both in the work to decrease the water temperature by evaporation and sensible 4 . transfer to the sir. thereby increasing the air enthalpy. In this manner, ‘Merkel, F., Yorschungsart., 76, 1-48 (1925).588 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER samejdircotion, is fied by tie inlet and outletair conditions, whch ae éithet known or, can be obtained by caleulation. - While Eq. (17.61) ‘eetablishes the quantities of heat trausfer by convection’ and difusion, the ratio of the rates of heat and msas transfer has-been sot by the Lewis number, ‘Based on the overall rather than the individual films, the sensiblohet transfer from the water at temperature 7’ to the afr at-temperature ¢ ig given by ‘where a ia the surface of the,water per cubic foot of tower as bothi"droplet so im cena te feria ove tine in WA i Bingo dL. ia the rate at which material diffuses, the differential ‘Bq. (17.26) for weight flow is Maal = Kelp! ~ poav 705) | where pf in tho partial proanre of water corresponding to the water. | ‘Equation (17.65) becomes at, = KX’ - Xaav (17.66) where Xa the humidity at the water temperature 7 and X the humidity of the ais. Substituting in Eq. (17.64), gy = Ken! ~ Xjaav 7.67) ‘The water ovaporated dL increases the humidity of the air stream above ita valuo at the infet by a= @ax ‘The combined heat tranufer dg is thea the sum of both modés of dg = dg bdge = MT — Nad + K(X’ — Kad and dq = Gal ‘Equation (17.70) in useful if it can be combined -with Eq. (17.69), since it expreaaes the total heat tranier in the system in heat units alone. In order to avoid the appearance of both X and H in the same equation, the dq, = MP — Oad¥ atts) DIRSOT-CONTACT TRANSFER: COOLING TOWERS 889 values can be factored out. Using an avorage value for the humid eat ¢ and the latent heat A and neglecting superheat, all of which aro pormitsible in the relatively close range in which the cooting tower oper stos, for an girswater mixture consisting of 1 Ib of air and X Ib of wator vapor, Hm let + aX ar7iy* | GH = O(edt + 2dX) 7.72) Regrouping Eq, (17.69), r= Rady [(W2sax)-(4ax)] arm > Add-and subtract o(7 — 9, a= Keoa¥ [or +39) ~ (4x) teen 9 (gh - | (17-74) Substitute Eq, (17.71) into Eq. (17,74). qe K,aav [Gr - ser -o(ho~ ) 07.75) dg can be expressed in terms of the enthalpy decrease of the total water nantly orth enthalpy increas ofthe tol alr mixture, both of which aq = UOT) = Ga ara0 water circulated.over the tower and may be considered constant without introducing 4 seriou exo ALOT) = Lat av77) Loa? = Gan 17.78) From Table 17.1, for water diffusing into air the Lewis mamber is approxi- mately h/K.x0 = 1, and the last torm of Eq. (17.78) drope ouf, thus Ga? = Gd = Kx! — Had (07.79) By introducing the mast-transfer-rate equivelent K'x = h/e both modes ot host transfer can be combined by the use of either-voofficient, which- ever is the easier to obtain. Actually 4/Kxc for the system air-water ‘snot L0 as predicted by the Lewis number. ‘The data of several investi- * Thin ia an approximation for Eqs. (17.54) and (17.56). sndDIRECT-CONTACT TRANSFER: COOLING TOWERS 591 ‘While Eq. (17.80) roomblee Eq. (17.30) except for ite dimensions, it is : ; not very convenient for ure in oooling-tower calculations where the practice Bq. (17.79) is always evaluated from diffusion potentials, which principal interest lies in the temporature of the water produced. Equa é = tim (17.0) can bo tanformedo Ba. (17.51) when malipied hy the + theo t ratio recalling that C = 1.0for water. It is more convenient to servioos the convection-heat transfer alone represents Tess than 20 per use Eq. (17.81), whose value will be oallod the number of diftusion unite nglo avoid confusion with the number of transfer unite nj. If the height cone of one diffasion unit IZDU is known for a given typeof fill, tho total height 7 of tower required for # given service can be computed. 500 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER convenient simplification that the Lewis number equals 1.0 will be treated ‘The Analysis of Cooling-tower Requirements. Equation (17.79) ix " . the key equation for the calculation of the design and the analysis of per- _ Determination of he Morale of Ditusion Units, ‘The number of dtfu- formance in cooling towers. Kx is the overall transfer-rate term analo- sion units ulated by Eq. (17.81) is equal to fa7/(H’ — H) and ia deter- _ gous to Us in exchangers, and it should be remembered that there is no - mined only by the process conditions imposed upon a tower and not the a cine i mn it a ib 1 transfer hy diffusion. For a particular type of fill if the height of ane eter ferperstire Teter everairs ‘tranaler unit (HTU) is known, the total height of tower required for the a Wage onsafeovat prose ein cbtatne as thepretent of n{QIFUN Fa AELO. (0) Graphical integration of a7/(H" ~ H), (9) Correction for theliquid fim ‘The units of mols and atmospheres are convenient for sabeorption calea- lations but the pound is more convenient in diffusion-hest transfer. performance of the tower itself. Only the HDU is obtained experimen- ‘Equation (17.79) is seen to be the analogue of Eq. (17.29) except that the tally. If a quantity of water of a given inlet temperature and a quantity portion of the total Btu transferred by sonsible-heat transfer bas first of sir of a given wet bulb are to be contacted, it will require a certain been converted by the Lewis number into an equivalent quantity of ‘umber of diffusion units as determined by the integration of Eq, (17.81) ‘Btu mass transfer and then combined with the actual mass transfer ‘oreduce the water to any desired temperature, ‘The number of diffusion ‘since it is a fixed proportion of it. Consequently, @ dH is the total heat units so obtained will be required in any type of tower, whether it be trausfer in the diffusion tower. Rearranging Eq. (17.79), filed, packed, or empty. The height of the tower which is capable of providing the predetermined number of diffusion units varies for each an y ‘typo of fil and with the liquid and gas loadings. fat enh (17.80) inne the temperature of the water 7 is nota simple finction of 1” and wr , it is more convenient to carry out the integration of Bq. (17.81) nme fatty = Kak (7.81) graphically or numerically. Referring to Fig. 17.10a, ‘he fasted502 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER DIBBCT-LONTACT TRANSFER: COOLING TOWERS 508 straight line drawa between Hi and Hj. ‘The potential obtained in this manner is greater than the actual potential antl sauses errors which may tbe on the unadfe side. To obtain the number of diffusion units from the {d8/(H" — H), tho exprestion mtst be multiplied by G/L. av . Correction for the Liquid-film Resistance. From Eqs. (17.46) to Trumidities, this line is equivalent to the vapor prossure of water out of rater. ose dest requirement iat determine the actual enthalpy at any point jn the tower, Equation (17.78) states that LC dT =Gdif, where C = 1.0for water, It relates the change in enthalpy in the gas phase di to the accompanying change in-the water temperature dT” in contact with-tho gas. This change can be represented by rearranging Ea.(17.73) to give 4 Le army | in the equation of a straight line ia Fig. 17.100 whose slope is the f Rll ofthe iqud te sirloeding 6. The value of H at any point onthe °* o wi i ‘oppo operating ling is given by 3 place of Ubecause it is consistent with much of the literature. For the Hiatt he) za) actual relationship when there is a significant. liquid-film resistanee, 5 rewrite Eq..(17.62), IC a? = hf — TadV (17.620) ‘which is the rate of transfer from the liquid body through the liquid film to the liquid-eir interface, The rato of sensible transfer from the interface through the gas film to the gus body is given by . Godt = hd Ts — HodV ‘The analogue of Eq, (17:78) may be obtained in terms of the interface. G@aX = kx(X — X) Applying the Lewis number ho/kxe = 1, where kx is the gas-side diffu sion coefficient, i werage difference of #1’ ~ Hor the increment, the number of diffusion aft = beth — Byaav zz. equired to change tho temperature of therater is obtained. ‘When 2 caneteteare eunmed UD, the total change in the water temperature ‘Equating (17.628) and (17.790) gives dives the total value-of nz, AS mentioned above, the starting point for be Mod he opereting line H, is obtained from the condition of the atmospheric ek ead air enteringsthe tower at the bottom. Refering to Fig. 17.40, a ine ef-negstive slope —ba/hz ia drawn from, ‘When the number of diffusion units is obtained from Ea. (17.80) 3 ‘each of the terminal points of the operating line and the potential is the rea included between the saturation line, the operating line, and the 1 MoAdasos, W. HE, “Heat ‘Tranamission,” 24 ed, p. 290, McGraw-Hill Book ‘Company, Inc., New York, 1942.“ROCESS HEAT TRAN. 504 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER DIRECT-CONTACT TRANSFER: COOLING TOWERS ‘two lines of negative slope. The interface values of the enthalpies ang ‘temperatures are masked accordingly. ‘of the water from a process is over 120°F, the increased evaporation may justify the use of an atmospheric cooler to prevent the direct contact between hot water and air. the task will be as well as an indieation of the number of diffusion unite which will be required. ‘In Fig. 17.11 is shown a map of the United States on which are recorded eae TNT at mothe Bpercet gy & ‘ermal wummar. (Tha Malay Compu.) Fee vetbalh aia, 0 September, Inclusive,A ET AH) i Be 2 vl ue i ng rer I ein : : gh E EnagedSSaSeedGSesskeleSessees’ SeFeendeae | EF iy i : SuBseMesessuRaVBsTsgasesereeRraRsExsscAss £2 AG i BUASSHSRNNeRARseaTesessssaazse: eeaeassase | LY “sh i guee gs EUEEE Seusessee RREREEE BBs Fe8s sfele| j LELESEET EE : AE e ilk i BE a He a e falluia! iri ang ade are | id i i 5 BEpeaSsy x : Hendin E ai gidsaeiis ae & He fe iH! ebebaieRSShsSesaiesesdsazes | LY uf Hl z Beliist Ravesesseuseasszansasase: ee | Es 7 fe @ etEie fag pracsesaussveesazozssasa ve Tel ollel = eireel z Bssssassezsxagiaa: we] LY 3 i # SeeErEs «_ ne Sates seeseaes see en sees a gitle F ¢ B ore eet! F508 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER i DIRBCT-CONTACT TRANSEER: COOLING TOWERS 509 In the study of cooling towers the impression sometimes arises that water transferred and a driving potential in humidity unite are go oon- < the cooling tower eannot operate when the inlet air is at its wet-bulh venient, No data have appeared in the literature oo far in which DU, temperature, This, of course, is not so, When air at the wet-bulh the height of a diffusion unit, is plotted against G for the humidification temperature enters the tower, it receives sensible hest from the hot water, of ait, but data have sppeared with Ka plotted against G. The relation and its temperature is raised thereby so that it is mo longer saturated, ~ between the HDU and Kira is . Water then evaporates continuously into the air as it travels upward in av the tower. ADU = FT 7.84) ‘One of the objectic dionable characteristics of cooling towers is known as. . ‘fogging. When the hot and saturated exit air discharges into & cold and the relation between the Kza and Kea cam be obtained from Eq. ‘Stmosphere; condensation will occur. It may cause a dense fog to fall (1740). The HDU or Kea are the performance characteristica of the ‘over a portion of the plant with attendant safety basards. If provision given fill, or packing, and nz is the'sise of the job required for the fulfill- js made during the initiat design, condensation oan be reduced by any __ eat of process conditions, In the ease of packed towers containing means which reduces the outlet temperature of the air. If it is desired small objects it is possible to report the data over wide ranges by an to maintain a fixed range for the cooling water in coolers and condensers, equation of the form Ke = car fogging ean be reduced by the recirculation of part of the basin water a (17.85) ‘back to the top of the tower where it combines with hot water from the If the value of K'xa is multiplied by the ratio V/L, the number of diffusion coolers and condensers, ‘This reduces the temperature of the water to anita in a given height can bo obtained, since V'= 12, the tower, while the heat load is unchanged. ‘The principal expense of If tower is in operation and it is desired to determine its performance the operation, sside from initial investment, will be that of the pumping characteristics such as the HDU or Kya, the number of diffusion unite power for the recirculation water, which does not enter the cooler® and being performed must be calculated first from the observed inket and eondensers, outlet temperatures, humidities, and flow rates. ‘The total packed, or ‘Humidification Coefficients. An apfiafatue in which air and water éon filled, height divided by the value of ne calculated from observed data will be brought into intimste contact may serve as a cooling tower or air give the HDU. Of the data available in the literature only those for ‘humidifier. Considerable information can be found in the literature on ‘Raschig rings and Berl saddies aro given here, since other types of pack- ‘the performance of a variety of packing and fills, Simpson and Sher- ings and Gil are less standardized and in some instances dificult to repro- wood! have given an excellent review of somo of the pertinent data in the dace. The data in Table 17.5 have been publishod in part by MeAdams Hterature aa well aa sotne original data on fils suitable for cooling towers. {rom tests by Parekh and have been made available through the courtesy Because of the outgrowth of modern diffusion calculations from sbeor of Dean T. K. Sherwood. Data on fill producing droplet surface cannot jon practices in the chemical industrice, much of the data in the literature be represented quite so readily as film-type packings,, since the total js represented by a plot of Koa vs. G for systems in which the gas film is droplet surface changes greatly with the number of droplets formed. contrelling, This method now appears to be giving way to plots of tho. ‘This in turn js influenced by the Equid loading. HTU ve. G, Colburn haa recalculated much of the early data on this Coution is emphasized in the application of the information in th ‘basis, The relation botween the HTU and Kea is literature to use in actusl services. Many of the data have been obtained ZY on small packed, or filed, heighta or on laboratory-scale apparatus of ATU = FaG ssnall cross section. A problem in the design of large towers is the : ‘attainment of s uniform distribution of both air and water over the entire where Z is the total height containing 7, transfer units, Both caleula- croas nootion and height of the tower. A tower of large cross section tions are baood on the,use of the pound-mols of water transferred and a should be easier to control than a small one because of the lower ratio of driving potential expressed im atmospheres. There soem little reason to ‘wall perimeter to cross section, which, in a sense, is a rough index of the employ these units in humidification esleulations, sinee the pounds of fraction of the liquid flowing down the tower walls. ‘the water is ‘Simon, W. M, and. HK, Sherwood, Roig, Bog S26 (140) 2 Meddams, W. HL, op. cit, p. 289. se eT one FG. ‘Pini, eB, Rots Chom. Bag, MTR, (96).PO Re 602 PROCESS HEAT TRANSPRR DIRBCT-CONTACT TRANSFER: COOLING TOWERS 603 ‘The Calculation of Cooting-tower Performances, Usually opera buy coking towere rather than erect them themelves. Thin fs undoute™ ® many difsion vata ment the tower be capnble of performing to ful the proms ceiily the wisest policy, since it makes available to the operator a “Determine («) by numeral integration meen deal of “know-how” in » field in which it is of great value. "The open difference. Ow and (2) by using the log mean exthalpy -ator will specify the quantity of, water and the temperature range he Saiution, (0) On coordinates of enthalpy vs. water temperature auch aa Fig. 17.12 ‘requires for his process. Tho fabricator will propase a tower which will pat he staration ne tom the date of Table 17.2. fulfill the conditions furnished by the operstor for the 5 per cent wet bulb Piles hacia st te et la aE in the locality of the plant and guarantee the fan power with which it wat From Table 17.227, = 301 Bua dey ar at an oaet wate tapos of €O, ‘be accomplished. With the first cost, fan power, and the approximate. perature of 85°F, height of the pumping head the operator oan compute the cost of the 0 cealng-torer water bal on 8 period of depreciation af about twenty od] 7*fasume thet a cooling towee haa been erected and placed in operation wo] ‘on this basis, An seceptance run is made to determinle whether ot not | mM the cooling tower is meeting the guarantee. ‘This consists of a wel-balb determination on tho windward side of the tower and the determination f |_| of the air rate by velometer or other pitot arrangement. The air leaving ool} i the cooling tower is always. assumed to be saturated at its outlet tem- i erature, ‘Tests have shown it to be anywhere from 96 to 99 per cent z wa { 2 rt Ine nae at exchasght the performanos in satisfactory if the messured = 1 pea overall coefficient during initial operation at the process conditions equals | or exoeeds the stipulated clean coefficient, In cooling towers the basin £, i i for design is one which is very rarely present. A cooling towor designed € has t for » given approach to the 5 per cent wet bulb and erected in the «| a fall of the year will probably not encounter the design condition for 7 another 8 or 9 months. On the basis of its performance in autumn will it operate at the design conditions when they eventually return? A series a0} of calculations answering questions of this nature will be undertaken 0 presently. ach performance caloulation may be divided into two parte: (1) How of + many diffusion units correspond to the process requirement, and (2) how Temperatine,sf 12 1S 1 Bs many difusion unite is or ean the tower nctually perform? “Obviously at Fro, 1722. Baution of Beample 173. all conditions (2) should exceed (1). ‘eo gd ad ae adig wl eta hn sop tan ie Example 17.2. Calculation of the Number of Diffusion Units. A plant is being the tower, starting at ‘The liquid loeding is simply the total hourly water rato laid oatin retrictod.waterloeality. The toll heat load tobe removed som sere [rigs nat hat of raperion, Beas Fector for dilfsin, factor for brat transfer, reepetively, dimensions wor Latent heat of vaporination atthe dow point, Diu © Overall conicient of ma trae, loans CM) 009 tn) , Dena, Dit? Crea coe of ma end, onl NEP at ee hott (act at uated sbews) Overall oe! f mam tact, b/((00)(0 70) 4 Diflasing compeneat ‘Thermal conductivity, Bhu/ Chr} F/I) 3 net ts Difetity, for i Cari intertace Gao-Skyerafcon,I-mol/(be (0 (tan) I Ine {gain coe cent, mmc Cx) (ant enooenteaton) 2 Ostet asim coefficient, Tb / ir) (8°) bb) ‘Liquid loading, Tb/¢ar) (of ground arca) ‘Logarithmic mean temperature difference, “F ‘Makeup water, b/ (ir)? of gronnd ares) ari ube hfe oF Hse, meson ‘Molecular woight, dimensionless ‘Heat tranafer beoed on 1 ft! of ground arce, Bta/thr) {tt ound are) ‘Heat transfor by oonvection and diffusion, reapectively, based on 1 ‘of ground ares, Bta/(hr}(1* of ground area) Gas constant, 1544 fb /BhaCHAPTER 18 BATCH AND UNSTEADY-STATE PROCESSES Jotroduetion. The relationships of preeating chapters.bave appued ©! ‘nly to the steady state in which’ the heat flow and souree-Lempersture seadly temper al ‘unsteady stato are the regenerative furnaces used in the steel industry, eatin in the pebble heater, and equipment in processes omploying fixed and mov-: agen ered of fine, acemrak ot batch tomperaare chang in “ing-bed catalyse mochanical agitator is installed in ‘Tn batch procesees for the heating of liquids tbo time requirement for. Pa isapieted, Wnt thao a mech ae atte tank continuously recirculated, the conclusion that they jhe cid ‘heat trpnsfer oan usually be modified by increasing the cireulation of the 2 . : stream, (6) cleaning or regeneration is a significant part of the total ‘operating period, and (6) the simplified operation of most batch processes is advantageous. In order to treat the commonest applications of batch and unsteady- -state heat transfer systematically, it is preferable to divide processes _ between liquid (fuid)‘hesting or cooling and solid heating or cooling. ‘The commonest examples are outlined below. ‘Estornal exchanger, iotherma! modiam External exchanger, onisothersal medion, Exjornal exchanger, liquid comtinuoasly added to tank, isothermal medi Evteral exchanger, quid continuounly added to tank, Neatotbe al tum 1 ang i F qgammes: BA, A.C. Muller, ad W. M. Noge, Trane. ASHE, 0, 29-204 1}, Batch distillation jt Fisher, RC. Ind, Bag. Chent, 88, 030-042 (1044). om “Chiddock, H., and M., Sanders, Trans, AICKE, 40, 208-210 (1044),626 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER BATCH AND UNSPRADY-STATR P! wn “tang ond cooing opiate bts, poral fow-cumtero . a UA ternal 1.2 exchanger a” Me (188) Bernal 12 exchanger, liquid ontinuouny added to tank a. UA xtoraal 2-Loxchanget > rican ne | (isa) ‘Bitereal 24 exehanger, liguld cimtinvously added to tank Integrating from ¢; to ty while the time passes from 0 to 8 Heating and cooling batches without agitation . nich _ UAd : ‘Extomal counterfiow exchanger, isothermal medium, Ran” Me (18.5) External counterfow exchanger, nonisotbermal medium ‘The use of an. 5, ‘eternal 1-2 exchanger . ‘equation such as Fq, (18.5) requires the calcu ‘eternal 2-4 excbasger ino Ur he ol er ht vem nindependient vale sagt nig he Da, Ts eve eee jy, considering at-tranafer proves. Ht (OON-D-PANK. OR ACKMTED YBa StiergiaanaweeaEeetinte | phi eyeing ah fiven time, the surface requirement is umally ‘the cooling medium js » refrigerant on-temperstre procs in which = ftaknown, "If the heat-tranefor mufaco ie own A ie tantetatare, Conctle tee eee een at — 4 in an existing instalation, the time required ta Mig. 18-1 containing Mf tb of leuid with spectfe heat aed iitoeees, | oa ‘possibility arises wl is tho batch i gurface are Known but the temperature st the at any time 6, = Conclusion of the time is unknown. The fallow- @ yo? uh ——— jng assumptions are involved in the derivations ae ge 7 UA AE (18.6) Fra 18.1, Agtatedbatch. of Eat (18.1) through (18.23): T ) ia constant for the process and over the entire surface nich Use 2. Liqu d flow ratos sre cone hh” MC 8.7) 3. Specific heata are for the process. CONAIN-TANK OR JAC Fae heating oF cooling medium hes & constant inlet temperature, ‘The nonisot {cpr VES, NONIBOTHEIMA HEATING ASEM. 5. “Agitation produses a uniform batch fiuid tomperatore Piteree-tenbant mine constant flow rate W andinlet 6. No partial phase changes ooeur. friable outlet tempersture 7, Heat losses are negligible. a ®, ® @ Heating and Cooting Agitated Batches: Counterfow Sy 7 Mea = WOU, — Ts) = UA at (18.8) comene-TANK OR TACKETRD YESGHL, TSOTEBRUAL RATING YOLEN, ‘t= LMTD Tr -T, arse nerangement shown in Fig. 16:1 consisting of agiteed BMWS caer ntaning Bf To of Liguid with specific heat © and initia) wonpe mate tcf tare 6 heated PY nel pera eat bale Let Ki = 4 a temperature & at any time @ is given by the if is ee 1s = e477 and equate (6) and ee he total somber of Bit tranferrd, then per unit of time ) and (6) of Bq. (18.8). at MeH 2 we(EH 1) (7, - 9+ a= = eG, = 04 (38.1) 1 # re (Oe yan 4 anh aa iT = (M18) 82) wat FE o ae)paocnsa MEAT TRANSFER BATCH AND UNSTEADY-STATE PROCESSES 629 oe ‘There are two variable temperatures, ¢’ and 7s, which appear in the LMTD and which must first be eliminated. Equating Eq. (18.18), (a) and (6), goneis-TANK, NONIBOTHERMAL COOLING MEDIOM: q @ _ _ycil a wey) = 0A (1810) oa - MCG welt — 4) Ky= eam vest ts 4 Meat att BS Equating Eq. (18.18), (a) and (0), ah Me at nam Hes let CaO) or are ey? 18.16) mat Maen Asietal iavih ial Te varsble temperature out of be aa the exchanger # will difler from the viable tank temperature f, and the differential heat balance is given by @ ® @ ‘THERMAL BEATING MEDIUM, The ag Ot weft! — 1) = VAAL (18.32) Se Mem vet — 9 in ig, 163. Liquid is contin. T= A uously added to the tank at the t=h- Ga tate of Le lb/hr: and at the constant ‘temperature %. It ix let Kye eum samed that no chemical. heat ch Ky = 18 "effects attend the sddition of the what g(' te ye 18:13) nake-up liquid. Since M is the (2) 4 A pounds of fiquid originally in the tho, 18. Adiated batch with eternal 1) EXTERNAL XKCHANGER, IGOFHERMAL COOLING MEDIOM: Bf batch and Lois in pounds perhour, *sheneer,liauid coutinuouly added. Wek: —-7 the tal ald any time + La ‘The differential heat balance is Moh a given what Bole wceprom. ‘The differ- “nares MLCHANGR, NONIBOTHEERMAL HEATING! ential heat balance i#-given by ® © @ Oo ate = welt 9 = WER: — Tam UA AE (18.6) agai) | OE + 1a) E+ Lett — ty) = welt — 9 (18:18) and wel? ~2) = UA where emote630 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER Solving for ¢, (Ky t 0 () nt ‘Substituting in Eq. (18.18), eB) -[z (BN) 4 1] Mit (8.19) I the addition of liquid to the tank couses an sverage endothermic or exothermic best of solution, ++¢. Bta/tb of make-up, it may be included by adding qc to both tho numerator and denominator of the left side, Tho aubsoript 0 refers to the make-up. WSETRENAL EKOHANGEE, LIQUID CONTINOUSLY ADDED TO TANK, 150- srurmcaL COOLTRO MEDIUM: a + Lanne SE + WOU — 7) = InC(T6— 7) (1820) ‘The heat-of-eolution effects can be included by adding 9./Ce to both the numerator and denominator of the left side. EXTERNAL, EXCHANGER, LIQUID CONTINUOUSLY ADDED TO TANK, NON- reoMMERMAL HEATING MEDIUM, ‘The heat balance is identical with Ea. (18.18) for heating except that Af is written for the inlet and outlet temperatures of the heating medium. (9 - (m= 1) C—O = (MoT ate LMID = iF O/C =F) TO) (, — TAWC = (¢ = fue = UA At 7) — | eek, — 1) M 0 TaKaWe = we) + | wnt ttt 8.20) ‘The heatof-eolution effects can be included by addin Ge numerstorand dominator of tha af ade, ne tv ¥@ Poh * RETERNAL EXCHANGER, LIQUID CONTINUOUSLY ow. 4 ‘AppED 10 - ISOTHERMAL, COOLING MEDIUM: TAN, = ree) Ke te — 7, — Hevea = (Ts ~ 1) required all external exchangers opersteincouterion. Wik seous, since it saccifoes tho construstion and performance advantages cf stipat appr mach a the 1-2 excnager, ‘Te etamal 12 exchanger ean be in ‘using the temperature difference as defined by Eq. (730. no diference a8 VAL 1 2-s@41-vRTD we Viti" 2s ts VEST aay where Mic Ts we ene Re Toro we Mt Sa 2-8 +1- VF FD Pate VBE OM 2(Kr— 14 632 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER. and co 5 ba well as Ris a constant which is independent of the exchanger s- fs = = (aeaga ‘Rearranging, st Toh _ Sw sas) masa mM! here 8 is defined by Bq. (18.24). EXVERNAL 1-2 EXCHANGER, COOLING: Toh, ge 18.268) mqan” See where § is defined by Eq. (18.24). RxrmRwat 1-2 EXCHANGER, LIQUID CONTINUOUELY ADDED TO TANK | FING: ™ aM one = wel — t) — Let — &) (8.27) ears e-8) by r+ Be- (5+8 Ba Serb yO oo (18.28) Bae 3— 2) s+ effects can be Sin defined by Bq. (18:24), The heat-of-colution ae oie Sen numerator, and denominator of the BATCH AND UNSTEADY-STATE PROCESSES 633 KSTPANAL 12 EACHANORR, LIQUID CONTINUOUSLY ADDED TO TANK, cota: +L = Le -- wer 7) 18.20) in Lela t+ WSR — (Le + WSRYT, + ae" Eins Wane Cet WA Be (# + md) (18.30) where 8 is defined by Eq. (18.24). The heat-of-silution effecte can be included by adding q/Co to the numerator and denominator of the left side. RATING AND COOLING AGITATRD BATOHES, 2-4 PARALLEL FLOW counrmertow. . Equation (8.5) gives the true temperature relations for the 24 exchanger. This can be rearranged in torms of 5 to give gw (Ke ~ 0 + VT BHT — RB) KDR FY + FD VEE and Ky = e0any BF (18.32) Since 5 cannot be expressed simply, Eq. (18.31) can be solved by trialoa. PROCESS HEAT TRANSFBE BATCH AND UNSTEADY-STATE PROCESSKS 635 rgea with a temperature i, which is the food temperature to the (RKTERNAL COUNTERFLOW XCHANGER, NONISOTHERMAL HEATING ‘exchanger on the next recirculation. With agitation, however, tho fist uapimm. The outlet temperature of the batch and the heating medium. fiquid emerging from the exchanger mixes with the batch liquid and after each reciteulation is not known. ‘This case does not factor #0 simply : sche ieines its temperature above the initial temperature as the precoding with an isothermal medium. Although the answer can ‘This in turn reduces the temperature difference in the exchanger and be expressed in a series form, it is tedious to evaluate and greater speed increases the time required for s given heat transfor. ‘ can be attained by calculating the temperature changes after each recireu- ‘Suppose the initial quantity of batch Liquid is Tb and that # is cizeu- intion. The temperature relations after each recirculation can be defined Iated through the exchanger at the rate of w lb/hr. Since there is a dis- when. ‘crete temperature change with each recireulation, the proctes is not sa Bend ea9 Geecribed by adifferential change. If the number of circulations required REI for the attainment of s final batch temperature is N, the time is given by | Kyo q@arence ~ NMjo. eget a—9 saz) = = ETERNAL COUNTERFLOW IXCHANGIR, ISOTHREMAL HEATING MEDI: Reoirculation 0 he ht S(T — 4) wel 9 = UA oa Sa) . . . . aie Solve for each circulation by introducing the temperature from the pre- ‘For the initial circulation coding circulation. nen-tin—9 TEXTERNAL COUNTERFLOW EXCHANGER, NONISOTHBRMAT, COOLING tetnl . Re wanton, After each recirculation, For : 6 Ew T= T-8(T ~t) (18.38) In terms of 7 and ¢ RXTHRNAL 1-2 KKCHANGER, HRATING AND COOLING. ‘This cise can be het 1 -8 calculated in the same manner as the preceding but using § as defined by +7 Eq, (18.24). An even greater simplification can be obtained by using the on ‘Ten Broeck chart in Fig. 7.25 and calculating each step separately, The Lane continuous addition of liquid can be accounted for in each step along with . tee Ti peti) 8.38) ite heat of solution. “ When solved for N circulations, ETERNAL 2-4 EXCHANGER, HEATING AND COOLING. This is the same 1 sas) aa the preceding except that 5 is defined by Eq. (18.31) or Fig. 8.7. oe remple 18:1. Calonation of Betch Heating. 7600 gal of liquid beosene under Provision can be made for the continuous addition of liquid by comput- preapureat 200°F is required fora batch extraction prooeet. ‘The rtorage temaperature ing the mix temperature to the exchanger alter each circulation. In Senn tatcopesturec( OVP, hpinp enone othe ant wamebiot see such an event tho ste of the batch itself must be trestod as incronsing Titing40}000Tb far of benanee. Availabe for the servic 400 fe cloea dob pipe ‘with each cireulation, 90 that Eq. (18.34) does not apply usllees Bf is ‘exchanger surface which, in ootnterflow streams, yields n Uc of 60 calculated for the increased by Za? pounds during the recirculation, ‘The total time will be fow raise above, ‘the eum of the individual caloulations as sbove. sole) og wilt tk to eat the agate ate sing the double pipe counter ‘ZATERNAL COUNTERFLOW EXCHANGER, ISOTHERMAL COOLING SEDTUM: (@) How long will it take using 1-2 exchanger with the same sirfsce and cosdicient?. {© How lng wilt take using 2-4 exchanger with the same marfae and coeficient? tret—yh-D (18.35) @ How long will it take in (a) if the bateh voosel ia very tall and the betch is not v= Ke ‘onsidened to be agitated?638 “PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER TCH AND UNSTEADY-STATE PROCESSES 7 $0.20(400 — 249) = 2007F =H) = 298 40200000 — 209) = SAF ‘actually, a fractional numberof circulations are zequired. Ifthe problem treated fromthe standpoiat of taal heat innate ed 5 put tothe bah, ie FC = 30,000 X 0.60 = 6000 Bea/(hr) °F) ren) (38-85) 9101 Subatitute in Ba. (1816). 40 = 10 | @101 — 1 000 6000 teow ~ soar X Tors wan = OY” = sighe 2 W981 — 2) + B24 = 300 (2038 ‘Total circulations = 8 40.28 = 8.25 320 Se atte ‘This value compares with 5.18 hr for the agitated bateh. 10, Baro Dienaron This cae correspond toa. (18.25) ia which $a dened by Bq. (1828) and , Tea ane mgaments for batch dstilaton are ho by Ba. (83. in Figs18.5 and 18.6, The still pot ia charged with a’bateh of liquid, . nome s 33.101 + 3.20 + 20" +2) — (1 + 8.20 — V8.2 +1) tate Soames, y 20 1h 038 x 000 ossane (© Use 8 fom Eq.(18.81). Ky siren EFT Sao . on Solve Ba. (18.81) by triad error: go 2876 — yn + VES OT = 6 — B2+1+ 675+) ~ 02m wig aa RiaBATCH AND UNSTEADY-STATE PROCESSES 639 *— Joadd in the still pot increases, the weighted heat transfer coefficient to the residue decreases. Buppose steam at 300°F is used to vaporize a charge ‘having an initial boiling point of 200°F and the distillation is to be cut “ rm a nr to a boiling pot film coefficient and heat load are high, the temperature difference ia 200-200 = 10°F but at the cutoff tempersture, where the film cosfficient and heat load are low, the temperature difference is only 300 — 250 = 50°F. Both conditions must be tested for U and Af to determine which one requires the greater surface. ‘The factore affecting the condeneer are different, The water rate it ‘condition for the condenser therefore ia st the start of distillation, where ‘the maximum heat load and minimum temperature difference usually ‘occur together, A common practice for obtaining the heat load for the reboiler and charge, it is entirely likely that the preheat rate may be limiting. The ‘time for preheating can be obtained from one of the batch heating equa- tions in the preceding section. Introduction. Since the appearance af Fourier’s! early work the con- duction of heat in solids has attracted the interest and attention of many * Fourier, J. B,, “Théorie analytique de le chaleur," 1822.40 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER leading mathematicians sid physicists,” Tt is possible to present only ‘some of the simplost and most representative cases here and fo suggest ‘the ovérall nature of the study. ‘The-render is referred to the excellent hhooks pn the subject listed ‘below.+ ‘They treat the,subject-in greeter ‘etail and provide the solutions for a number of specific problems as well ‘ag many with more complex.geometry. q To ike treatment of unateady-state conduction the simplest types of Wall of finite thicknees Cylinder of infinite length, sphere, semiinfinite solid ‘Newman's method for common and composite ‘Geuphical determination of the time-teraperatare distribution a 36” “oat (2.12) Budden change of the wurface temperature (infinite conficient) ‘Wall of infinite thickness heated on one ade oll of faite thio heated on one ide ‘Wall of finite thickness heated om béth sides (lb) ‘square bas, oube, cylinder of infinite length, elinder with length equal to ita diam the equ ter, aphere i, beundney comin impoeed onthe pete. "The most general equation 1 Boelter, L. M. K., ¥. He Cherry, H. A. Johnson, snd RO. Martinelli, “Hest stunts Noten" Univerty of Caldorin Prom, Berkeley, 1046 Carlaw, 8. and t= Cr+ Cw + Certer . (18.40) t-0, 2, fenva teu + CoS feta asst) Ghumbanidt and E, P. Partridge, “Industrial Heat Traneer,” John Wiley & Sons, se oNew York, 1989. Shacwood, T. K,, and C. B. Reed, “Appliod Muthenation ‘Chemical Engineering,” MeCraw-Hill Book Company, Ine, New York, 1 ceetiaw of more eoest methods sco Dusinberre, 0. M.y“‘Numerical Analyals of Flow,” ‘Book Company, Ine, New York, 1949, and Jakob, Mi, Peta Wat 1 Take Wilew A Sona. Ine. New York, 1949. af wee Ff de in readily rooognized us the probability integral or Gauss’ 's error integral with values from 0 to 1.0. The boundary i= ‘dons for ta inbuts wall ected on oon teow top thats phen se on $= 0.t= te and, when x ~Oand 6 = 0,1 — 7, where tis the initial2 PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER ‘uniform temperature of the solid. When z = 0 and @ = 0,1 = 7, = ¢, jn which 7, is the temperature of the face of the slab directly upon being Drought in contect with surroundings at 7. When z= 2 and ¢ ~ 0, the temperature of the slab naturally possesses ite original temperature ae tes = Cr+ Oe + Cs = to (18.42) ‘This can be valid, however, only if C1 = 0, for otherwise fs would have to vary with 2 whereas it was assumed to be uniform. ‘Thus b= O+s - G=6-7 Substituting for the constants in Eq. (38.41), 2 fave = - etd taht m5 or in abbreviated form : tent eon sa). (1843) where filx/2 +/ai) denotes the value of the error integral in terms of the “ [ # . 1 Oar an teas fo tea e182 ae ‘Fis. 18.7, Probability integtal. Sine tous canes eit ee a eatin Ania ea BATCH AND UNSTRADY.STATE PROCESSES os ‘pe obtained by dimensional analysis, For unit ares the hest flow can be taken from Eq. (2.6). a rs (a8.45) where @ is the heat flow Btu/br. To obtain dt/dx from the expression Jor ¢ in Eq. (18.44) the derivative of the error integral becomes a [av oy ot afer (sa) and Eq. (18.45) reduces to Q LMT 4) act A Vrab asa ‘Values of the exponential aro plotted in Fig. 18.8, ‘9 1 : aanEna a 1504) 02] L1iitil | a CC eT) a te, 188, Vales ofthe exponential. ‘Tho heat flow through the surface is obtained when x = 0 or @ _ HT. — 4) qe (184s) and after hr the total heat which will have entered or left the wall willbe $ = mr, — 9 fe (isa) where Q is the number of Btu. Example 18.2. Host Flow throogh « Wall, Ibis deired to know tho temperature ‘of a thick steel wall 4 in. bolow its hot surface and 4 hr after ita uniform temperature ‘of 100°F was changod by suddenly applying a temperature of 1000°F to one face. ‘How much host will be passing into the wall at that timo, and how much will already Ihave paxeed into the wall?oa PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER BATCH AND UNSTEADY-STATH PROCESSES ry inan infinite wall at the same distance from-the’hot euriase. Its is the temperature at the reinote ace of» finite walt ft thick, the heat flow per square foot from the remote face will be @= he - ty (18.508) ‘And this is equal to the heat dow in an infinite wall at the distance 2 = 1 from the hot face. a= er, 9 (18.500) _By equating the two the rate of heat removal required to reproduce the distribution of an infinite wall will be KT, = terial he 51) ae asst) Hf the value of 1/2 +/ad is nearly 1.0, the tempersture increase in the remote surface will be very small. If the value af 1/2 V/a0 exceeds 0.6, it will bo postible for most industrial applications to apply Eq. (18.44) to the finite wall directly, ° PoP GS) -1Ggenm) w= f(0330) (18.44) ‘From Fig, 187, for 2/2 /ad.— 0.180, ji(a/a Vad) = 0.149. cont ton (555) esa ‘= $000 4 (100 — 1000)0.143 = 672°F 7 ‘The heat fow croasing « plane:tin, fromthe mréace at dr after spying the heat ie * siven by Eq, 18.47. ‘ Qe —h) ann + {SS Williemson and Adams! developed equations for obtaining the center, @ 200 = 10)» sss pun) 009 centerline, or center-plane temperatare.of a number of shapes whose a” Vex Oa x4 -murfoces had suddenly been exposed to a heat-soutee with infinite film . coefficient. Tacluded among these are the infuitely wide slab, the equare ‘The total haat which fowed thvough « aque fot of wall in the 4 bri given by “bar, the cube, the cylinder with infinite length, the cylinder with length equal to.diameter, and the sphere, Sinve only‘in the slab is the flow of ¥ = mer, - wale as) heat along a single axis, it may be expected that equations for the other = 9.x auc. ~ 300) Viegg Eggi = 78000 Beate sitet hheat through the wall to ita oold face increases. “Schack? has analyzed 1-8) gig OR J this problem by noting that a finite wall can be made to duplicate an +5 vain “TF infinite wall, ‘This will-oceur if the same heat fow is removed from the ‘As Aa@/I¥ increases, the series converges even moro rapidly until at 4a8/t* = 0.6 only-the first term is important, The solutions for all the ‘ Wilianason, B.D, and H. Adams, Phys, Bar, 16, 90-114 (1919). 2 Baback, op. it46 PROCESS HEAT TRANSPER BATCH AND UNSTEADY-8TATE PROCESSES a7 above shapes can be expremed in terms of a series. Williamson ang ater a cace tpratae haw born wade changed to 100, At blr, ‘Adams have presented their caleulations in the sizpliged form tun be talon an 041 (fh - fet $041 y-73 t= (“e) (08.52) Gay or Prom Fig. 189 when J = “¢ a($f)-a0m tent e- ton 1s Crm rn on ‘= 1000 + (400 — 1000) x 0.155 = B60"F Wa ot Pine Penn ad 1 Fluid with Contact Resistance. rete (i) ig &8 BERGBe fe eeezes had tee Ton ( ee ie ea) we Yugi hla (18.834) ‘Fra, 18.9. Plot of falded /) for variows shapes. hat (Gi x) ‘The sories expression is presented by fa(4ar0/M), in which lis thé principal ‘The temperature of the center plane will be depth or diameter and ¢ the temperature at the center, center line, ot : ad, : center plane. For the various ehapee and their respective final equations, tan et tum Bape SB (18.54) th vl ff) wee bated by Wien ond. Ada a o : . have been plotted 1839. Te tn _ , (408° Ting std cerns Top Seah de pnts (Hae) casi at the center line of « long wtee! ahaft 13 in. in diameter, initially wt 100°R, 16 min | Grober, op. et.